Bulletin No. 227 ' Series G, Miscellaneous, 27 

DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR

UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY

CHARLES L). WALCOTT, DIRECTOR.

THE

UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY

ITS

ORIGIN, DEVELOPMENT, ORGANIZATION, AND OPERATIONS

WASHINGTON

GOVERNMENT FEINTING OFFICE

1904
d

o

L

0
CONTENTS.

Page.

Letter of transmitted...................................................... 7

Introduction ......................^.........................^............ 9

Origin and development of the Survey......................... 9

Present organization of the Survey ............................ 12

General results achieved by the Survey ........................ 14

Administrative branch.................................................... 16

Executive division.................................................... 16

Section of correspondence, records, supplies, and shipments......... 16

Section of instruments............................................ 18

Messenger, watch, and labor force................................. 19

Division of disbursements and accounts .................................. 19

Library............................................................... 21

Geologic branch..........'................................................. 24

Division of geology and paleontology .................................. 24

Division of Alaskau mineral resources ................................. 31

History of investigations...................................... 31

Geography of Alaska ......................................... 33

General features.......................................... 33

The mountains........................................... 34

The rivers ................................................ 36

Coast line and islands .................................... 38

Climate, vegetation, and resources ........................ 39

Operations of the Alaskan division ............................ . 39

Results...................................................... 43

Division of mining and mineral resources .............................. 48

Division of chemical and physical researcher)........................... 50

Section of chemistry.............................................. 50

Section of physics ................................................ 53

Topographic branch......................................................... 55

Division of topography ............................................... 55

Eastern and western sections...................................... 55

Section of triangulation and computing ............................ 64

Triangulation ........................................ 65

Base measurement ................................... 65

Primary traverse..................................... 66

Spirit leveling........................................ 66

Office work .......................................... 69

Section of inspection of surveying and mapping .................... 70

Division of geography and forestry .................................... 71

Hydrographic branch .................................................... 74

Division of hydrography..'...................................... 1...... 75

Division of hydrology ............................................'..... 84

Eastern and western sections...................................... 84

Division of hydro-economics .......................................... 88

Reclamation.service .................................!.............'... 91

3
4 CONTENTS.

Page.

Publication branch........................................................ 93

Editorial division .................................................... 93

.Section of texts ........ ......................................... 94

Section of geologic maps................................ .......... 98

Section of topographic maps ...................................... 104

Section of illustrations............................................ 108

Section of photography........................................... 110

Division of engraving and printing ........... ^........................ 113

Division of documents ................................................ 117

Publications of the United States Geological Survey ........................ 119

AnnualKeports...................................................... ' 120

Monographs ......................................... .....^,,......... 130

Professional Papers.-.- .............................................. 133

Bulletins .:.......................................................... 135

Water-Supply and Irrigation Papers................................... 144

' Mineral Resources.................................................... 150

Annual Reports of the Reclamation Service ............................ 151

Geologic Atlas of United States........................................ 152

Topographic maps and folios.......................................... 155

Reports and maps relating to Alaska................................... 198

Index ...................:........-.....................:................ 203
ILLUSTRATIONS.

Page. 

PF,ATE I. Map of United States, showing location of geologic field parties in

1903.......................................................... 28

II. Geologic map and section of the region around Telluride, Colo.,

illustrating the method of representing geologic formations...... 30

III. Map of Alaska, showing progress of geologic and topographic reconnaissances and special investigations............................ 46

IV. Map of United States, showing locations of topographic field parties

in 1903-4 ..................................................... 62

V. Map of United States, showing areas covered by topographic surveys. 64

VI. Map of United States, showing condition of astronomic location and

primary control on January 1, 1904 ............................ 70

VII. A, Typical bridge gaging station Mississippi River at An oka, Minn.;

B, Typical cable gaging station Milk River at Havre, Mont..... 82

VIII. A, Apparatus for rating current meters at Chevy Chase, Md.; R,

Typical weir gaging station, Los Angeles River, California........ 84

IX. Price electric current meters, with buzzers ........................ 84

FIG. 1. Ideal view and corresponding contour map .......................... 58

2. Map showing locations of river stations and principal irrigation projects in western half of United States in 1903-4....... '. ............. 80

. 3. Map showing locations of river stations in eastern half of United States

in 1903-4 ............................ '. .......................... 81

4. Map showing progress of work on underground waters in western half

 of United States in 1903-4........................................ 86

5. Map showing progress of work on underground waters in eastern half

of United States in 1903-4........................................ 87

LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL.

DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR,

UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY,

Washington, I). C., February 18, 190 Jf.

SIR: There is presented herewith, for publication as a bulletin, an 

account of the origin, development, and present organization of the 

United States Geological Survey, with short summaries of its various 

operations during the first quarter-century of its existence. This bulletin has been prepared in accordance with your instructions, and it is 

believed that it will be read with interest generally, both in this .country and abroad, as a brief record of the rise, growth, administration, 

and work of an important branch of the public service. 

Very respectfully,

H. C. RIZER, -

Chief Clerk. 

Hon. CHARLES D. WALCOTT,

Director of United States (Geological Survey.

THE UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY: ITS ORIGIN, 

DEVELOPMENT, ORGANIZATION, AND OPERATIONS.

INTRODUCTION.

ORIGIN AND DEVELOPMENT OF THE SURVEY.

The. United States Geological Survey, in the Department of the 

Interior, was created by act of Congress approved March 3, 1879, so 

that March 3, 1904, marks the completion of the twenty-fifth year of 

its existence. The quarter-century anniversary happens to fall near 

the date set for the opening of the Louisiana Purchase Exposition at St. 

Louis, at which the Surve}7 will make an exhibit. It is hoped that 

many of the people of this country will be interested in that exhibit, 

and, in connection therewith, it has been thought desirable to place 

before the public, by means of a small bulletin, an account of the organ- 

 ization and work of the Survey and the results it has achieved.

Prior to the date of the act above mentioned five Federal surveys 

had been engaged in mapping portions of the territory of the United 

States. The oldest of these, the Coast and Geodetic Survey, had 

restricted its mapping to the coast line, but had extended certain geodetic and scientific investigations over various portions of the country. 

The other four organizations had made topographic, geologic, and other 

scientific and economic surveys in the Territories west of the one hundredth meridian. The.Geological Exploration of the Fortieth Parallel 

was engaged from 1867 to 1872, under the direction of Mr. Clarence 

King, in surveying a zone, 105 miles wide, extending from the merid- 

.ian of 1040 to that of 120° west of Greenwich, and comprising an area 

of 86,390 square miles. The Geological and Geographical Survey of 

the Territories, under Dr. F. V. Hayden, between 1873 and 1878, surveyed areas in Colorado, New Mexico, Utah, Wyoming, and Idaho, 

comprising about 100,000 square miles. The Geographical Survey 

West of the One Hundredth Meridian, under Capt. George M. Wheeler, 

U. S. Army, was engaged in extending surveys in various portions 

of the country west of the meridian named in its title. It surveyed 

an area of about 359,000 square miles. The work of the Geographical and Geological Survey of the Rock}7 Mountain Region, under

9
10 THE UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SUEVEY. [BULL. 227.

Maj. J. W. Powell, covered an area of about 67,000 square miles, in 

Wyoming,'Utah, and Arizona.

Before the creation of these more elaborate Federal surveys exploration parties, mainly under the War Department, were dispatched 

in various directions over the mountain regions of the Far West, 

where they made topographic and geologic surveys and examinations 

of the natural resources. In these expeditions the parties followed 

the more important Indian trails, river basins, and mountain passes.

When the United States Geological Survey was created all these 

earlier surveys were discontinued except the Coast and Geodetic 

Survey, which, as a part of the new Department of Commerce and 

Labor, continues to make surveys of the coast, and geodetic and scientific investigations <5 on lines which have been followed for more than

half a centuiy.

The first Director of the Geological Surve}^ was Mr. Clarence King, 

formerly Director of the Exploration of the Fortieth Parallel. Mr. 

King held the office until 18S1, when he resigned, and was succeeded 

by Maj. J. W. Powell, formerly Director of the Survey of the Rocky 

Mountain Region. Major Powell held the office until 1894, when he 

resigned and was succeeded by the present incumbent, Mr. Charles D. 

Walcott.

The paragraph of the organic act creating the office of the Director 

of the United States Geological Survey reads, in part, as follows:

* * * this officer shall "have the direction of the Geological Survey, and the 

classification of the public lands and examination of the geological structure, mineral 

resources, and products of the national domain.

The first Director had doubt concerning the precise intention of 

Congress, regarding both the functions of the organization and its 

field of operations. In respect to the first point, he concluded "that 

the intention of Congress was to begin a rigid scientific classification 

of the lands of the national domain, * * * for the general information of the people of the country, and to produce a series of land 

maps which should show all those features upon which intelligent agriculturists, miners, engineers, and timbermen might hereafter base their 

operations and which would obviously be of the highest value to all 

students of the political economy and resources of the United States." 

Doubt arose respecting the field of operations of the new organization 

because of ambiguity in the term " national domain," which might be 

taken to mean either the land actually owned by the nation, or the area 

within its boundaries. The Director adopted a conservative course 

and planned to survey only areas within the limits of the public lands. 

This limitation, however, was removed by an act of Congress approve'd 

August 7, 1882, which contained a clause reading, in part, "to continue-the .preparation of a geological map of the United States." This
ORIGIN AND DEVELOPMENT. 11

was accepted as authority for the extension of the geologic and topographic surveys and other investigations into all portions of the'United 

States.,

The Director, advised by the Secretary of the Interior and the interested committees in Congress, at once recognized the necessity of 

making a good topographic map, as a basis for classifying the public 

lands. A satisfactory classification of the lands, and especially of the 

products of the national domain, requires an indication on the base maps 

of the cleared and the cultivated lands, with subclassifications of these. 

Water is regarded as one of the most valuable resources of the country, 

and under the clause requiring an examination of the mineral resources 

a hydrographic survey has been made, to ascertain the amount and 

quality of the water supplies. From time to time Congress has 

definitely recognized these various functions by specific legislation 

providing for the making of "topographic surveys in various portions of the United States," for "gauging the streams and determining the water supply of the United States," for " the survey of the public lands that have been or may hereafter be designated as forest 

reserves," for preparing "maps of Alaska showing all known topographic and geologic features," etc.

The growth of the work of the United States Geological Survey 

ma}7 be well illustrated by the increase of its annual appropriations 

and by the .increase in the amount of topographic mapping accomplished within a year. The first appropriation amounted to $106,000, 

and provided, in addition to the Director's salary, $19,624 for topographic surveys, $56,000 for geologic surveys, and $24,376 for pay of 

temporary employees and for contingent expenses. Ten years later 

the appropriation (for the fiscal year 1889-1890) amounted to $801.240, 

exclusive of that for publications. The specific purposes mentioned 

were topography, geolog}^ paleontology, chemistry, illustrations, mineral resources, library, irrigation, and engraving geologic maps. 

This appropriation was much greater than that for the years immediately preceding and succeeding, because of the large item for irrigation, which was succeeded by much smaller appropriations for hydrographic surveys. The appropriations were, however, increased from 

3^ear to year, until ten years later (fiscal year 1899-1900) the total 

reached the sum of $844,740. For the fiscal year 1903-4 there was 

appropriated a total,of $1,377,820, the larger items being:

Topography .....................................'..................... $300, 000

Geology ................I............................................. 150, 000

Alaska ............................................................... 60,000

Hydrography ......................................................... 200,000

Chemical and physical researches....................................... 20,000

Mineral resources ..................................................... 50, 000

Engraving and printing geologic maps.................................. 100,000

Surveying forest reserves............................................... 130, 000
12 THE UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 227.

During the first year (1879-80) the topographers mapped, on the 

small scale of about 4 miles to the inch and with the large contour 

interval of 200 feet, 3,400 square miles. During the last year (1902-3) 

there were mapped approximately 31,000 square miles, on, however, 

the much larger and more detailed scales of 1 mile and 2 miles to the 

inch and with relief shown by contours having intervals varying 

between 10 and 100 feet.

PRESENT ORGANIZATION OF THE SURVEY.

For convenience of administration the Geological Survey is organized in branches, divisions, and sections. The work classifies naturally 

into five great branches: (1) Administrative, (2) geologic, (3) topographic, (4) hydrographic, (5) publication. The branches are subdivided into divisions, and some of the divisions into sections. In the 

administrative branch the division is in most instances the administrative unit. In the technical branches the division is in some instances 

the administrative unit, while in others it is organized for inspection 

purposes only, and the section is the administrative unit.

The permanent force of the Survey has grown during .the last 

twenty-five years from 39 to 678. The organization and the number 

of persons employed are shown in the table on the opposite page.

This table shows only the number and classification of persons regularly employed; the field force of the Survey is temporarity increased 

during the field season Ivy the employment of skilled assistants and 

aids in surveying and by laborers to the number of 50 in the geologic 

branch, 200 in the topographic branch, and 250 in the hydrographic 

branch, thus bringing the total number of employees up to about 

1,200 during the field season of 1903.

The Director is appointed by the President; all other permanent 

positions are within the civil-service rules and regulations and can 

be filled only by means of competitive examination of applicants. 

Laborers employed temporarily for field work during the field season 

are engaged by chiefs of parties at or near the field of work.
PBESENT ORGANIZATION.

Organization and personnel of the United Slates Geological Survey.

13

Branch.'

Administrative. . . .

Geolocjic

,

Division.

Disbursements and accounts .................

Geology and paleontology.

Mining and mineral researches ...............

(Topography .............

I Hydrology ..............

Editorial ................

Section.

Correspondence, records, supplies, and 

shipments ............

Steam engineer, firemen, mechanics, and 

messenger, watch,

/Arpol o'pnlno'v

Pleistocene geology. ....

Pre-Cambrian and metamorphic geology . . . 

Petrology ..............

Economic geology of 

metalliferous ores .... 

Economic geology .of 

nonmetalliferous minerals ................

("Eastern ...............

Western...... .........

Triangulation and computing. 

Inspection of surveying

and mapping.

f Eastern ...............

( 16 arid States and Territories. ) 

Texts .................

Number of 

persons permanently 

employed.

12

2

43

14

9

87

12

26

} "

53

34

3

2

5

26

\ i«

6

187

5

4

5

12

9

85

12

678
14 THE UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL.227. 

GENERAL EESULTS ACHIEVED BY THE SURVEY.

Among the more important results achieved by the organization are 

the following:

A complete topographic map (see pp. 55-71) of 929,850 square miles 

of the area of the United States, which, including Alaska, amounts to 

3,622,933 square miles. In other words, the Survey has finished the 

mapping, on more or less detailed scales, of 26 per cent of the area of 

the country, including Alaska, and 31 per cent excluding Alaska.

This map is published in the form of 1,327 separate atlas sheets, 

printed in three colors from copperplate engravings. The topographic 

maps of the Geological Survey have greatly expedited investigations 

by cities of their water supply, and have been of the highest value to 

railway companies and State highway bureaus in designing and planning their projects. The improvement of highwaj^s in New York, 

Maryland, Massachusetts, and other States has been greatly facilitated 

and the cost of the State work materially reduced by these maps. 

The elaborate and valuable reports recently completed on the future 

water supply of the cit}^ of New York and on the New York State 

Barge Canal have been rendered conclusive in large measure only 

through the agency of the existing topographic maps.

Many of the broader problems whose solution must necessarily precede the final geologic mapping of the country have been solved. 

The geologic mapping of the surface formations has been extended 

over about 171,000 square miles, and 106 geologic folios have been 

published, while nearly an equal number are in various stages of 

preparation. These folios consist of descriptive text, a topographic 

sheet, geologic sheets for areal and economic geology, structure 

sections, columnar sections, etc. (see pp. 99-100). Each folio thus 

presents a practically complete history of the topography, geology, and 

mineral resources of the.area described.

Coincident with the geologic work, important experiments and 

investigations into the physical characteristics of rocks in various 

processes of formation, and of volcanic and geyser action, have been 

conducted in the physical laboratory (see pp. 53-55), and many 

important conclusions have been reached. The chemical laboratory 

(see pp. 50-53) and the petrographic laboratory (see p. 27) have been 

engaged in solving, chemically and microscopically, the more important problems connected with rock composition and structure, while the 

paleontologic section (see p. 27) has aided in solving stratigraphic and 

structural problems by the classification and identification of the fossil 

remains of plants and animals.

The engraving and printing division (see pp. 113-117) has engraved 

1,421 series of copper plates for as many topographic atlas sheets, 

each series consisting of three plates, one for each color. It has litho-
GENEEAL EESULT8 ACHIEVED. 15

graphed on stone the colors, ranging in number from 10 to nearly 30, 

necessary for distinguishing in each of about 100 geologic folios the 

various formations and outcrops. It.has printed several editions of 

most of the topographic maps and at least one edition of the geologic 

folios, besides revising both as occasion therefor has arisen, and 

engraving and printing miscellaneous State and United States maps.

The hydrographic branch (see pp. 74 93), including the reclamation 

service, has recorded during the last fifteen years the maximum, minimum, and mean discharges of all the more important rivers, and for 

shorter periods the same facts concerning all the lesser tributaries of 

the many hundreds of streams in the United States. These results 

have been assembled and studied, and the flow of the streams has been 

compared with the precipitation as shown by the records of the Weather 

Bureau. The physical characteristics of the river basins have been 

studied in respect to their forestation, soil covering, etc., and there 

has been accumulated a vast amount of data from which it is possible 

to estimate closely the volume or run-off of each of the streams. The 

development of the water powers of the country, especially in the 

Southern States, has received a great impetus in the last few years 

through the facts brought to light by the hydrographic branch in 

respect to the volume and regularity of the discharge of, and the 

amount of fall in, the various streams of the country. Many unknown 

water powers have been found, and projects already commenced have 

had their value or their defects made manifest through the evidence 

resulting from the surveys of this branch. Data have been gathered 

concerning the public lands which are irrigable and their relation to 

possible water supplies. A large number of reservoir sites have been 

examined and surveyed in a preliminary way, and the lands withdrawn 

from sale or occupation pending more detailed studies. A number of 

these reservoir and irrigation projects have been studied in greater 

detail, surve}^s of the irrigable lands, as well as of canal lines, have 

been made, and some have been finally approved for construction by 

the reclamation service. (See pp. 91-93.)

The division of geography and forestry (see pp. 71-74) has made 

detailed examinations of 110,000 square miles, including a classification of the lands, as forested (with stand and kind of timber), grazing, 

desert, and cultivable, and has prepared final reports on these reserves, 

showing the character and amount of the timber and many other facts 

which will serve as a basis for the future forest management of these 

properties.

Perhaps the immediate value to the people of the work of the Geological Survey is best shown by the aid it extends in developing 

the mineral resources and in forwarding important engineering 

projects in which the people, as well as the State and Federal Governments, are interested. To instance a few cases: The work of
16 THE UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL.227.

the geologic branch has had a wide educational influence upon the 

public at large, but more directly upon those engaged in the mining 

industiy. Among the many direct practical benefits which it has conferred upon this industry may be mentioned the investigation of the 

mining geology of Leadville, which has not only guided exploration 

and secured economical mining in a district that has produced between 

$200,000,000 and $300,000,000, but has been of even more beneficial 

result in teaching the mining engineer and the miner (he practical 

importance of geologic study in carrying on their work: in other 

words, it has,great!}r improved mining methods throughout the whole 

country. The investigation of the origin and geologic relations of the 

Lake Superior iron ores and the publication of numerous reports on 

that region have so effective^ directed the prospector in the discovery 

of the deposits and the miner in economical methods of development 

that this region now leads the world in the production of iron ore. 

The detailed areal mapping and the determination of underground 

structure in the Appalachian coal field are placing the development of 

its coal, petroleum, and gas resources upon a scientific basis and relieving these branches of the mineral industry of a large part of the hazard 

and uncertainty which has always hitherto been associated with them. 

The collection and publication of reliable statistics of mineral production (see pp. 48-50) have furnished a sound commercial basis for all 

branches of the mineral industry.

ADMINISTRATIVE BRANCH.

EXECUTIVE DIVISION.

This division is in general charge of the chief clerk. It embraces 

three sections: (1) Correspondence, records, supplies, and shipments; 

(2) instruments; and (3) messenger, watch, and labor force.

Section of Correspondence, Records, Supplies, and Shipments.

This section is the successor of a miscellaneous division which was 

established early in 1885. That division had charge of the preparation 

of letters and reports, without restriction as to subject, a class of work 

which was then and for years afterwards done under the immediate 

control of the Director and the chief clerk, and not by the heads of 

branches, divisions, and sections, as at present. The old division also 

attended to the incoming mail, opening, recording, and referring or 

otherwise acting upon it, and to matters relating to appointments and 

attendance, much as is done under the present organization; but it did 

not have charge of property accounting, supplies, or shipments. In 

May, 1901, the division was reorganized on broader lines, its functions 

were enlarged, and its force of two or three persons was much increased; 

the force employed in the section now numbers 12. Recently the more 

specific name given above was adopted.
CORRESPONDENCE, EECOEDS, SUPPLIES, SHIPMENTS. 17

This section is that part of the administrative branch in which the 

official mail of the Survey, including also the money mail, is opened, 

registered, and distributed to the several branches, divisions, and sections for attention, and through which a large part of the outgoing 

mail is dispatched. In it the roster of the Survey is kept and all business relating to appointments, promotions, transfers, and other changes 

is conducted, as is all business pertaining to the attendance of employees. 

It also has charge of the property accounting, of the custody and issue 

of stationer}7 , of the purchase and distribution of miscellaneous supplies, and of express and freight shipments.

All letters received by the Survey are stamped with date and serial 

number. Letters without contents are recorded by the card-catalogue 

system, while money letters are registered by book system. The mail 

is then distributed to the various divisions and sections of the office for 

official action. When answered or otherwise disposed of, letters that 

relate to the business of the adminstrative branch are filed in this section, together with carbon copies of the answers; but letters pertaining 

to the internal administration of other branches are filed in the divisions to which they pertain.

At the appointment desk all business relating to appointments, sepaations, etc., is attended to. The Survey's permanent working force, 

now numbering about 700, is being steadily augmented, and between 

700 and 800 changes of one kind or another were made during the 

fiscal year 1902-3. This work involves much correspondence with 

the Secretary of the Interior, the Civil Service Commission, and applicants for employment, and the keeping of a full system of records. 

At the appointment desk is also kept a record of the attendance of employees and of applications for annual or sick leave or leave without pay.

From the purchase vouchers the property clerk abstracts all nonexpendable property and transmits the abstract to the several subcustodians. On its return a consolidated abstract is compiled, which 

shows the entire responsibility and purchase of nonexpendable property in the field. This abstract is transmitted to the custodian, who in 

turn receipts to the Director. At the expiration of the quarter, purchases as shown on the consolidated reports are inserted in a property 

return.

For all open-market purchases made in the District of Columbia the 

written authority of the Secretary of the Interior is required. The 

obtaining of these authorizations, the making of requisitions for the 

supplies, and the checking of the bills constitute another branch of the 

work of this section. All stationery used by the Survey in field and 

office is likewise procured through and issued from this section.

The shipment and receipt of supplies, field material, etc., by freight 

and express, and the registering of mail and handling of incoming 

registered mail are also parts of the work of this section. 

Bull. 227 04 2
18 THE UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL.227.

Section of Instruments.

X

To this section are intrusted the details regarding the purchase of, 

accountabilit}' for, and repairs of all instruments used by the Survey. 

The clerk in charge is designated custodian of instruments.

When the Survey was organized the stock of instruments was very 

small and no particular custodial method was observed. Their aggregate value was perhaps $10,000, while now the valuation approximates 

$90,000. Those used by the topographic force were under the control 

of the chief topographer, who supervised their purchase and their 

issue to the field parties and attended to the necessary repairs. As 

operations were extended the stock of instruments so increased and 

the wear and tear assumed such proportions that a custodian for all 

classes of instruments was designated and an instrument shop was 

established for their systematic repair. This shop was continued 

until a reduction in appropriations for the topographic branch in 

1890-91 necessitated its abolishment. Shortty after this a change was 

made in the administration of the topographic branch, when the duties 

of the chief topographer were delegated to the section chiefs, and one 

of their number took charge of the purchase and repair of instruments, 

the custody remaining as before. Repairs of such instruments as 

actually needed attention were then made annually by contract with 

instrument makers. This method continued for several years, when 

the duties connected with the purchase and repair of instruments were 

transferred to the custodian, and a separate allotment was made to 

him for the purpose of attending to these details Avithout drawing on 

the allotments for the various topographic sections.

When plans are determined upon for field work an estimate of the 

instruments required is furnished to the custodian of instruments, 

and it becomes his duty to see that the necessaiy articles are forthcoming when needed. Jn the topographic branch sufficient stock is 

kept to meet, as far as possible, any unforeseen conditions, but in the 

geologic branch instruments are obtained for each field party as occasion arises. If the stock is not sufficient it is augmented by purchase. 

The section chiefs determine what types of instruments will be the 

most serviceable, and the instruments are purchased when and where 

the best interests of the Survey will thereby be subserved. They are 

issued to the party chiefs upon requisition and are charged to them on 

memorandum cards.

When instruments are transferred from one party to another in the 

field, a special invoice card is made out in duplicate and exchanged 

between the persons or parties involved, and the duplicate, acknowledging the transfer, is sent to the custodian, so that the proper entries 

may be made in the records.

When practicable, separate parts of the instruments used are kept
INSTEUMENTS. 19

in stock and are supplied upon requisition, letter, or telegram, so that 

there is never any delay in furnishing field parties with necessary 

instruments.

Each year every instrument used is carefully overhauled. On returning from the field the users of instruments tag them, make notes of their 

condition, and call attention to needed repairs. The instruments are; 

examined by the custodian, who is thus able to determine their probable condition, especially any peculiar defects noted by the user, and 

he then arranges for the repairs. These are made either by the manufacturers, who are able to take a number of instruments in hand at 

one time, or by the Survey mechanician, who attends to the minor but 

equally necessary repairs.

Standard types of instruments are used wherever applicable, but for 

most of the work the best instruments are of specially designed forms 

adapted to the requirements. Among the latter are theodolites, planetable movements, and telescopic and sight alidades.

The topographic records are also in the custody of this section. The 

field methods in use at the time of the organization of the Survey consisted entirely of the taking of notes, so that the records were all in 

book form, and for some years there was no necessity for an elaborate 

system of filing. As the work progressed, however, and the plane 

table was brought into use as the principal instrument for mapping, 

the results assumed different shape. This necessitated a systematic 

method of filing, and a double entry card-catalogue system was adopted. 

The plane-table sheets and the books are numbered and filed in cases 

by themselves. Other miscellaneous material connected with the survey of individual areas is filed in special envelopes, each envelope containing the material for a particular area. The records now comprise 

over 18,000 pieces, and the catalogue necessary for them consists of 

about 40,000 cards.

Messenger, Watch, and Labor Force.

In this force are included a steam engineer, firemen, a carpenter, 

elevator conductors, janitors, watchmen, messengers, laborers, and 

charwomen, all of whom are under the direction of the chief clerk, 

either immediately or through a watchman in charge.

DIVISION OF DISBURSEMENTS AND ACCOUNTS.

That portion of the Geological Survey which has supervision of the 

finances is known as the division of disbursements and accounts. This 

division was, necessarily, one of the first to be organized after the 

Survey was established in 1879. It has always been in charge of a 

chief disbursing clerk, who at the present time has 13 assistants.

This .division prepares the annual estimates of the amounts which 

the Director judges the Survey will need during the next fiscal year,
20 THE UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL.227.

for the information of the appropriation committees in Congress; 

keeps accounts with, the appropriations and allotments made for the 

various lines of work, and examines all vouchers for expenditures, to 

see that every requirement has been complied with, before they are 

forwarded to the Treasury Department for final accounting. Prior to 

1901 this division was charged also with the property accountability 

and the making of purchases; but in the year named, owing to great 

increase in the appropriations and in the number of accounts and 

vouchers, the duties relating to property were transferred to the 

section of correspondence, records, supplies, and shipments.

The chief disbursing clerk pays the salaries of most of the employees 

and many other bills; but during the field season, when many parties 

are at work in sections of the country remote from Washington, it is 

necessary that bills be paid by special disbursing agents near at hand.

There are numerous laws of the United States regulating the disbursement of money by its agents. All disbursing agents are required 

to submit their official accounts to the accounting officers of the 

Treasury, who pass judgment on their legality. The rulings of the 

accounting officers form a body of judicial law supplementary to 

statute law. The entire system of enactments and rulings is so 

voluminous and complex that no successful attempt has been made to 

codify it.

Disbursing agents of the Survey are bonded officers, and must render 

strict account of the moneys intrusted to them. They are required to 

have their funds deposited either with the Treasurer of the United 

States or an assistant treasurer of the United States or with a designated depositary; and disbursing agents are not responsible for the 

loss of funds thus deposited. They are also required in most cases to 

make disbursements by check, and are thus relieved of the responsibility involved in the actual handling of cash.

In the office of the chief disbursing clerk the following books are 

kept: (1) A ledger of disbursements, showing an open debit and credit 

account with every disbursing officer, and also with every appropriation made from year to year; (2) a consolidated account current, showing a recapitulation of all public funds in the hands of disbursing 

officers, as per last report, received since, expended or otherwise disposed of, and remaining on hand at the end of every month; (3) a 

classification of expenditures, showing the amounts paid under the 

different heads of appropriations; (4) an allotment book, showing the 

amount allotted every division of the Survey for the fiscal year's work.

It is the universal custom of the Government in the settlement of 

its bills to require the signing of receipts before payment. When 

accounts are settled by mail, vouchers in -duplicate, properly filled 

out, are transmitted to the creditor for signature, and upon their 

return a check is sent in payment. All vouchers must be written and
DISBURSEMENTS AND ACCOUNTS. 21

signed in duplicate. One set is transmitted by the disbursing officer 

to the Director of the Survey at the end of each month, and is ultimately filed in the archives of the Treasury Department. The other 

set remains in the hands of the disbursing officer. Four classes of 

vouchers are used salary vouchers (pay rolls and single vouchers), 

traveling-expense vouchers, field-expense vouchers (supported by subvouchers), and purchase vouchers. Vouchers must be certified by 

chiefs of parties and divisions, audited in the office of the chief disbursing clerk, and approved by the Director of the Survey, before payment can be made. From time to time, usually once a year, accounting officers of the Treasury Department, in compliance with law, make 

a general investigation of the accounts of all disbursing officers of the 

Survey, and report the result to the Secretary of the Treasuiy.

Topographic, geologic, and hydrographic work in cooperation with 

States has been actively engaged in during the last few years, and is 

constantly growing in importance and volume. During the current 

fiscal year the Survey is cooperating with 14 States, covering 21 separate appropriations and allotments, whose accounts received, examined, 

paid, or forwarded to the several State disbursing officers for payment 

average 230 monthly, exclusive of subvouchers. The appropriations 

for the current fiscal year's work in cooperative surveys aggregate 

$217,800.

The expenditure of money from the reclamation fund (see pp. 91-93), 

also, has greatly increased the work and responsibility of this division.

The first appropriation made for the work of the Survey, March 3, 

1879, was $106,000. The amount appropriated for the current fiscal 

year's work (1903-4) is $1,377,820.

During the whole of the first fiscal year of the Surve}r only 726 

money accounts were received, examined, paid, booked, and transmitted to the Treasury Department for settlement. The present fiscal 

year shows a monthly average of 1,800 accounts not including subvouchers examined, paid, and forwarded to the Treasury Department for settlement.

LIBRARY.

The establishment of a library as a part of the equipment of the 

Geological Survey was suggested in the organic law by the clause "all 

literary and cartographic material received in exchange [for publications] shall be the property of the United States and form a part of 

the library of the organization;" and it was further provided that 

special memoirs and reports should be issued in quarto size, and that 

3,000 copies of each should be published for scientific exchanges and 

for sale.

Considerable time was required for the Survey to put into operation an exchange system to prepare and publish reports and special
22 THE UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SUKVEY. [BULL. 227.

memoirs which could be oft'ered to scientific men and institutions in 

exchange for material needed for the new library. As a nucleus, the 

late Maj. J. W. Powell deposited his private collection of State geological survey reports; some material was received from the Powell and 

Hayden surveys; current material was donated and purchased, and 

soon the library began to fulfill the objects for which it was established. 

The collection was arranged in a room in the northeast pavilion of 

the present United States National Museum building, where the Survey office was then located, and remained there until 1885, when the 

office was moved to its present location. As the collection increased 

the quarters were enlarged from time-to time and new shelving was 

added. In 1901 a large part of the wooden shelves was replaced by 

metal stacks and shelves. At present there are 30 metal stacks, containing 4,800 linear feet of metal shelving; and two rooms are necessary for the maps that have accumulated. Besides the collection in 

the library proper, several thousand books and pamphlets relating to 

paleobotany, physics, and chemistry are deposited in the laboratories 

of these sections. The books are in constant use by the specialists 

who are employed in research in these branches of science, and their 

work is greatly facilitated by having them at hand.

The growth of the collection has been steady. About 1,300 periodicals and proceedings of scientific societies are received annually. 

There have been a few gifts, the most notable being that of about a 

thousand volumes of scientific serials, transactions of scientific societies, and monographs collected by the late Dr. F. V. Hayden while in 

charge of one of the earlier geologic and geographic surve}7 s and presented to the Geological Survey by Mrs. Hayden after her husband's 

death; and that of 576 books and pamphlets, mostly on early American 

geology, presented in 1889 by Miss Frances Lea, of Philadelphia, after 

the death of her father, Dr. Isaac Lea. Several large purchases have 

been made. In 1882 there were bought from the geologic library of 

Mr. Robert Clarke, of Cincinnati, 1,885 volumes. This collection was 

especially rich in reports of early State surveys and Federal exploring 

expeditions. In 1888 the sale of the library of M. Jules Desnoyers, 

of Paris, afforded opportunity to purchase 700 books and 2,000 brochures, and in 1896 chemical dissertations to the number of 6,000 were 

bought.

For several years Congress has appropriated annually the sum of 

$2,000 for the purchase of periodicals and books. The main source, 

however, of the increase of the libraiy has been exchange, by which 

are acquired the publications of almost every scientific institution, private and governmental, engaged in similar lines of research throughout the world, as well as .those of authors publishing individually. 

The exchange list, which was established in 1883, has gradually 

increased. At first it was separated into two divisions one consisting of those to whom all Survey publications except maps were sent,
LIBEABY. 23

the other of those who received only the annual reports. It was soon 

found that by this plan many individuals and institutions were receiving Survey publications which were not used or permanently placed 

in their libraries, while others failed to receive those they most needed. 

To remedy this faulty distribution the following plan has been devised: 

Individuals and-institutions whose work is so general that the}^ need 

all Survey publications libraries, publishers of periodicals, and scientific societies are placed on a list to receive all the publications except 

maps. To all geologists who need books of a special character the 

Survey sends, at intervals of about two months, a list of its new publications, and from these lists they select the publications they desire. 

By act of Congress copies of geologic and topographic.maps may be 

sent in exchange to a limited number of individuals and institutions. 

This list has been complete for several years, the number allowed by 

law falling far short of the demand.

The distribution of the publications of the Geological Survey was 

conducted under the supervision of the librarian until 1893, when it 

was transferred to the newly established document division.

There are in the library about 50,000 bound volumes, 80,000 pamphlets, and 30,000 maps, besides many books that form parts of sets 

of periodicals and of proceedings of societies, museums, and congresses 

that have not been entered in the accession book. A rather large percentage of books received are unbound, and during the last few years 

the binding has not kept pace with the increase. An effort is being 

made to remedy this, and in 1903 there were bound 1,750 books, and 

in addition many pamphlets were furnished with board covers by the 

library assistants.

An author card catalogue has been in use since the establishment of 

the library. At first much of the cataloguing was done by untrained 

assistants and by methods essentially different from the accepted usage 

of the large libraries of the present day. This author catalogue is being 

replaced by a new catalogue of printed cards, procured from the 

Library of Congress and the John Crerar Library. A subject index 

on cards is in preparation and is being added to as fast as the books 

are catalogued. A shelf list of books in the library is also in preparation. In arranging books on shelves.a subject classification is used. 

Serial publications are grouped together, the general arrangement 

being: First, official geological surveys; second, periodicals; third, proceedings and transactions of scientific societies; fourth, separate books 

and pamphlets, arranged according to subject-matter. In addition to 

library work proper, the work of preparing an annual bibliography 

and index of North American geology, paleontology, mineralogy, and 

petrology is done by the libraiy force. 

A librarian was first appointed in 1882. At that time he could perform all the duties connected with the office. With the increase of
24 THE UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SCKVEY. [BULL.227.

the library, through publications of the Survey, purchases, donations, 

and exchanges, the working force has been increased until it now 

consists of 9 persons, including the librarian in charge.

Under the law the library is open from 9 a. m. until 4.30 p. m. 

During these hours it is in constant use by outside students as well as 

by members of the Survey. The latter are permitted, in addition, to 

draw from the library any books, except encyclopedias and dictionaries, that are needed by them in their investigations.

The work of the Geological Survey has a wide range in the domain 

of science and economics. It is recognized that the library should 

completely cover the field of geology in its broadest sense, including 

the practical, historical, and bibliographic ground. The endeavor is 

made to procure all publications needed for reference in geology, 

geography, engineering, statistics, chemistry, and physics, and for 

administrative purposes. This standard of completeness has not been 

reached, but it is believed that the library of the Geological Survey 

approaches it more nearly than any other, except, perhaps, that of the 

Geological Society of London.

GEOLOGIC BRANCH.

The geologic branch is composed of four divisions: (1) Geology and 

paleontology; (2) Alaskan mineral resources; ("3) mining and mineral 

resources; (4) chemical and physical researches.

DIVISION OF GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY.

Previous to the organization of the United States Geological Survey, 

in 1879, there had existed various organizations in which men had

been trained and investigations started. The newly organized Survey

inherited much unfinished work from these different surveys previously prosecuted under the auspices of the Government in the 

Western Territories. Since it seemed desirable to carry forward and 

complete these surveys as rapidly as possible, investigations were continued in the fields covered by them, and thus the early organization 

of the Survey was determined in part by antecedent geologic work. 

At the same time, however, demands for local economic investigations 

came from various portions of the country, and new investigations 

were consequently begun.

The history of the division of geology and paleontology may be 

divided into four periods: (1) From the organization of the Survey in 

1879 to 1884, during which there was a process of differentiation of 

the various lines of work that were being carried on; (2) from 1884 

to 1893, during which geologic work was organized under divisions 

based in part on the subject-matter under investigation, but largely 

on geographic provinces; (3) from 1893 to 1899, during which work
GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY. '25

was organized in independent parties, each chief of party reporting 

to the Director; and (4) from 1900 to the present, during which the 

geologic and paleontologic work has been in a single administrative 

division, but separated for scientific supervision into several sections.

(1) The law of 1879, under which the Survey was organized, defined 

the duties of the organization as the "classification of the public lands 

and examination of the geological structure, mineral resources, and 

products of the national domain." Under this law, as interpreted by 

the first Director, the activities of the Survey were confined entirely 

'to .the public lands, and consequently to the Western States. The 

work was organized under five divisions, each of which was practically 

complete in itself, carrying on geologic, topographic, and chemical 

investigations. This form of organization continued for two years,

when topographic work independent of the geologic parties was

begun. Shortly afterwards the same action was taken with regard 

to paleontology, and at the same time a separate division was formed 

for the collection of statistics of mineral production. At the end of 

this first period, therefore, the work of the Geological Survey had 

become well differentiated and most of the forms of activity in which 

it is at present engaged were represented. In 1882 an amendment to 

the sundry civil bill was passed providing for the preparation of a 

geologic map of the United States, and this was regarded as sanction 

for extending the work of the Survey over the whole country. New 

divisions were therefore established for the investigation of the eastern 

portion of the United States as well as the western.

(2) During the second period the work of the Survey was divided 

into three groups of divisions geologic, geographic, and accessory. 

Under geologic were grouped the following divisions:

1. Division of Archean geology.

2. Division of Atlantic Coastal Plain geology.

3. Appalachian division.

4. Lake Superior division.

5. Division of glacial geology.

6. Montana division.

7. Yellowstone National Park division.

8. Colorado division.

9. California division.

10. Division of volcanic geology.

11. Mississippi division.

12. Potomac division.

Paleontology was also divided into the following divisions:

1. Division of vertebrate paleontology.

2. Division of Paleozoic invertebrate paleontology. '

3. Division of Mesozoic invertebrate paleontology.

4. Division of Cenozoic invertebrate paleontology.

5. Division of paleobotany.

6. Division of fossil insects. . .
26 THE UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SDEVEY. [BULL.227.

The next year a division of correlation was established, and a little 

later the Florida and New Jersey divisions, making in all 15 divisions 

in geology. The heads of these divisions reported to the Director 

until 1889, when the office of chief geologist was established.

(3) In 1893 all the geologic divisions were abolished and the work 

was organized under separate independent parties, each party chief 

reporting to the Director. This form of organization continued from 

1893 to 1899, during which time the number of parties increased from 

23 to 58. During this period details both of administration and of 

scientific supervision were attended to by the Director.

(4) With the increase of his duties the Director, in 1900, found it 

necessary to change the form of organization. Various sections were 

established under section chiefs, who had scientific supervision but no 

administrative control over the work. The latter remained with the 

Director until 1902, when the office of -geologist in charge of geology 

was created and the administrative control of .the division was transferred to that office. At the same time paleontology was included 

with the division of geology.

As already stated, the character of the early work of the Survey 

was determined in part by the problems inherited from previous organizations and in part by the urgent demand, particularly from mine 

operators, for the economic investigation of various mining districts. 

Thus, of the five divisions originally composing the Survey organization, three were devoted to the completion of studies alread_y begun 

under previous organizations, namely, the investigation of the geology 

of the Colorado Plateaus, which had been begun under the Powell" 

survey; the study of the Quaternary lakes in the Great Basin region, 

which had been started b}^ the geologists of the Wheeler survey; and

the geology of Montana, which was left, incomplete by the Hayden 

survey. Three new investigations were begun, one in each of the 

three mining districts that were then most important the Washoe 

district, containing the famous Comstock lode; the Eureka district, 

and the Leadville district. With the extension of the geologic work 

to the Eastern States, gradually less and less attention was given to 

the economic geology, and of the 15 divisions which existed in 1890 

fewer than a third were engaged in work which had a direct economic 

bearing. The work was directed more largely to the investigation of 

the broad problems of geology as a scientific basis for the preparation 

of the geologic map of the United States. This work, which was the 

largest of its kind ever undertaken by a Government organization, 

required careful consideration and thorough investigation of many 

fundamental problems in geology which have only an indirect bearing 

upon the development of economic resources. The first folio of this 

atlas was issued in 1894, fifteen years after the organization of the 

Survey and eleven years after the necessary legal authority for the 

preparation of the map-had been secured. (See pp. 98-103.)
GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY. 27

After the scheme for the publication of the map had assumed final 

form the'necessity for these broader studies was less urgent and the 

work of the Survej7' returned more and more to economic lines. The 

earty economic work was confined to the investigation of the ores of 

the precious metals, but it is now distributed over the whole field of 

mineral production, embracing the nonmetalliferous minerals as well 

as the metalliferous ores. Of the 53 parties engaged in field work 

during the year 1903-4, 24 were engaged in work which was primarily 

economic, while 14 others were employed on work which was more or 

less directl}r economic in character.

The division of geology and paleontology is now under the general 

direction of the geologist in charge. Since, however, the work is 

somewhat varied, scientific control along various lines is vested in 

chiefs of the following sections:

Areal geology.

Pleistocene geology.

Pre-Cambrian and metamorphic geology.

Petrology.

Paleontology.

Economic geology of metalliferous ores.

Economic geology of nonmetalliferous minerals.

The first-named section has immediate charge of the work of making 

a geologic map of the United States. The sections of Pleistocene and 

pre-Cambrian geology represent specializations of that map work. 

The petrologic section is concerned with the study of the rocks themselves, the paleontologic with the fossils in the rocks, and the two 

remaining sections are concerned with the metalliferous ores and the 

nonmetalliferous minerals. .

The section chiefs are in effect consulting geologists who help the 

individual workers in the formulation and solution of their problems. 

Each field party works under the supervision of one or more section 

chiefs, selected according to the nature of the problems of the area. 

Before publication all manuscripts are submitted for criticism and 

approval to the chiefs concerned.

The main purpose of the Survey is defined by law to be the making 

of a geologic map of the United States. In discriminating the different 

formations and determining the complicated structure of the various 

mining districts, however, many facts of interest and importance in 

themselves are brought out. With very little additional work it is 

usually possible to give a fairly complete account of the ore bodies, 

and such work absorbs a very large share of the time and energy of 

the corps. This is as it should be, 'since one of the main purposes of 

the map is to aid in the development of our natural resources.

Geologic maps are valuable in many ways. They show the areas 

within which coal, iron, and other useful minerals occur, the limits of 

the artesian basins, the course of metalliferous veins, and many other
28. THE UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [uuiA.227.

things needful to the development of a region. In connection with 

structure sections, which usually accompany such a map, i£ is often 

possible to indicate very precisel}7 not only the localities but the extent 

of beds of commercial importance and many of the conditions which 

influence their availability in raining.

The geologic map of the United States which is being made by the 

Survey is in large part on scales of 1 and 2 miles to the inch. Such 

a map of the whole country on the scale of 1 mile to the inch would 

require paper dimensions of about 240 by 180 feet about the area of 

half a city block. This would be too large for general use, so the map 

is being made piece lyy piece, each sheet on the scales named representing one sixteenth or one-quarter of a square degree of the earth's surface 

(see pp. 60-61). The individual sheets as they are completed are bound 

up with a brief descriptive text in folios (see pp. 99-100). Thus the 

information relating to each area is available at once, and it is not 

necessary to wait for the completion of the whole.

Of the 3,025,000 square miles of area of the United States, excluding Alaska and island possessions, the geologic map of 100,000 square 

miles has now been survej^ed and published. A large additional area 

has been covered by preliminary or reconnaissance surve}^s, and the 

field parties are at work in widely scattered areas, as shown by PI. I.

The base map used by the geologist is prepared by the topographic 

branch, though occasionally the geologist works with the topographer, 

or even at times does preliminary work in advance of topographic 

mapping. In such cases he must measure his own distances, usually 

by pacing, and determine altitudes by means of the barometer.

In order to make his map, the geologist needs to determine the 

character and distribution of the individual rock masses and their 

relations to one another. To do this it is necessary to travel over the 

whole area and carefully plot all outcrops and ledges of rock. The 

dips of the rocks must be measured in order to determine the amount 

of deformation they have undergone, and since in places they have been 

repeatedly folded and broken it requires man}?- careful observations to 

determine the position of the individual beds beneath the surface.

In some districts, as in much of the Lake Superior region, magnetic 

surveys are made in connection with the geologic work. In that case 

observations are made with a dipping needle at many points, and the 

results are plotted to show the underground distribution of the ores. 

Unfortunatel}r, veiy few ores are magnetic, so that this method can 

be used but rarely.

Many rocks do not show their true character in the outcrop, where 

the}*" have been changed by the process of weathering. It is also difficult, if not impossible, to determine by the eye the nature of many 

igneous rocks. Samples are accordingly taken and, when necessary, 

chemical analyses of these are made. More commonly the nature of a 

rock may be determined by studying it with the microscope, and this
U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY BULLETIN NO.227 PL. I

rrrw ^H^--.* .- . *o,X; ' -^"^V*^

fe^»' .'?$< «ifj 1;. |i^'^3^^

. ;v^'i ; !';r. 1 A; l& »!* V -U^ ^S7^.! :--! -. ,WA HHi:^t^"'?^^^i' l^^/ ;i^»-^ ^-V 

toi^1^^»t -^-l^^fc^>:4 ^ \ 

l>5Jife!*£3U^*^^

LOCATIONS OF GEOLOGIC FIELD PARTIES

YEAR 19O3-O4-

JULIUS BIEN ft CO LITH.N.1
GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY. 29

work is the particular province of the section of petrology. Eocks 

may be ground down to sections so thin that they become transparent, 

and then, with a particular form of microscope, the minerals composing them may be determined.

On the return of the geologist from the field such microscopic sections as are necessary are made and are studied in consultation with 

the chief of the section of petrology. Analyses of rocks or ore are 

made in the chemical laboratory, and the fossils collected are submitted 

to the paleontologists for determination and interpretation. The field 

notes are plotted, sections are drawn, and the report is written.

Accompanying each report is a geologic map on which is shown, by 

appropriate colors and symbols, the distribution of the various formations. Geologic time the time during which the rocks were made 

IS divided into several large parts called periods. Smaller time divisions are called epochs, and still smaller ones stages. The age of a rock 

is expressed by naming the time interval in which it was formed. 

The sedimentary rocks are grouped together into systems. The 

principal divisions of a system are called series. Any aggregate of 

formations less than a series is called a group. Where a part of 

a formation is specially designated it is known as a member. In the 

work of the Geological Survey the following sj^sterns and series are 

recognized:

Rock systems and series.

System. Series.

r\ Quaternary.................................... i (Recent. J

\Pleistocene. 

Cenozoic -- r Pliocene.

Tertiary....................................... Miocene.

1 Oligocene.

lEocene. 

[Cretaceous.

Mesozoic . .| Jurassic ... 

[Triassic ...

Permian. 

Carboniferous.................................. Pennsylvania!!.

Mississippian. 

Devonian..

Paleozoic..- Silurian ... 

Ordovician

Saratogan. 

Cambrian ....................................... Acadian.

Georgian. 

Algonkian

Archean...
30 THE UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL.227.

The character and age of each rock mass are shown on the map, and 

by means of structure sections the relations of the different masses 

are indicated. PL II shows a portion of the Telluride, Colorado, 

sheet. In the foreground is the map, and above it is a structure section. Such a map and section give a fairly complete account of the 

geologic history of the area in a very condensed form.

From the study of fossils and of the characters of the rocks trustworthy ideas may.be obtained as to the climatic conditions of the past. 

It has been learned, for example, that Greenland and the northern 

countries which are now covered by perpetual snow and ice formerly 

had a warm climate, and that at a later time the northern portion of 

the United States, extending down about to the Ohio and Missouri 

rivers, was covered by a great ice sheet similar to that now covering 

Greenland. The records of this ice period are very complete, but also 

very confusing; fossils help but little in making out the history, and 

because of its complexity a special section of the Survey is devoted to 

its study.

Another portion of the geologic section which is of great complexity and in which fossils are too rare to be of much service is the preCambrian. In the rocks of this age are the great copper and iron 

mines of the Lake Superior region, the lead deposits of the Ccsur 

d'Alene, many of the copper deposits of Arizona, and the gold-silver 

veins of the West. A special section of the Survey is accordingly 

devoted to the study of the stratigraphy of the pre-Cambrian rocks. 

Six monographs have been prepared describing the iron ranges, and one 

the copper-bearing rocks, of the Lake Superior region. The mining 

districts of the West are being studied by this section in connection 

with the two sections devoted to economic geology.

The economic work of the Survey has from the first been made 

very prominent. In mapping the geologic formations the relation of 

the rocks to the ore bodies is necessarily studied in considerable detail. 

The distribution, mode of occurrence, and genesis of the ores are also 

investigated, in order that their economic importance may be properly 

estimated and their development carried on with the greatest economy. 

Two sorts of data result from these studies first, those which throw 

light on the general laws governing the formation of ores and other 

minerals of economic importance; and second, facts of geologic structure and occurrence which are immediately useful in the development 

of the particular ore bodies studied.

The Survey has consistently occupied the position that its greatest. 

and most peculiar usefulness lay along the first-mentioned line of 

research. The principles controlling mineral deposition and the laws 

governing the occurrence of ore bodies can be satisfactorily determined only as a result of the comprehensive study of many mines and 

mining camps. This work is beyond the reach of individuals, but is
U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY BULLETIN NO-227 PL.

LEGEND

( continued )

Ids 

^ 

Landslides

SEDI M ENTARY

Glacial bowlde 

deposit

Mnncos shale

4 / ':^%b^l*i ^M Sih-erlon volcanic

GEOLOGIC MAP AND SECTION OF THE REGION AROUND TELLURIDE.COLO.

ILLUSTRATING THE METHOD OF EEPRESENTINO GEOLOGIC FORMATIONS

Scale: e^

3 kilometers

Contour interval 100 feet

Datum fA- m^cn sea. Level*
GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY. 31

appropriate to the national organization-. The application of the prin- 

.ciples to particular ore bodies and camps is quite within reach of the 

individual mining engineers charged with development work.

That the Survey work does actualljr result in the development of 

these principles is evidenced by the simultaneous formulation by 

Emmons, Van Hise, and Weed of the doctrine of the secondary enrichment of metallic sulphides; b3r Emmons's statement of lateral segregation as applied to the genesis of the Leadville ores; by Van Hise's 

development of the principles of metamorphism in relation to ore 

bodies, and by many similar results. '

The importance of aiding in the actual development of the resources 

of the country is constantly recognized', in two ways first, by preparing handbooks and summaries of existing information regarding particular deposits or resources; second, by making careful structural 

studies of particular mining camps. Work of the first sort is exemplified in the series of papers, together presenting a succinct review 

of the coal resources of the United States, published in Part III of 

the Twenty-second Annual Report of the Survey; another such paper 

is that grouping all existing data regarding the asphalt deposits of this 

country, published in Part I of the same annual report. Similar papers 

covering the clay resources, Portland-cement materials, gypsum, etc., 

are in preparation. Studies of individual mining camps are constantly 

being made, a large number of the areas having already been surveyed 

either provisionally or finally.

In the early months of the development of a camp there are rarely 

sufficient exposures, either natural or artificial, to furnish data for 

a complete account of the ore bodies. Often at that time it is possible only to formulate general statements as to genesis and structure. 

Occasionally it happens that even after detailed studies have been 

made development is pushed so rapidly that still further details become 

available. Cripple Creek, which was the subject of a very careful 

study in 1894, is now being restudied in order to take advantage of 

the development of the district since that time; Leadville, also, which 

was the subject of an elaborate monograph in 1886, is being restudied, 

and probably other camps of the West will, in time, warrant similar 

resurvey s.

For published results of the work of this division see the list of 

Survey publications, especially series A, B, c, D of the classification 

table.

DIVISION OF ALASKAN MINERAL RESOURCES. 

HISTORY OF INVESTIGATIONS.

In 1895, through an appropriation by Congress of $5,000 for the 

investigation of the gold and coal deposits of Alaska, the Geological 

Survey for the first time was enabled to take up work in Alaska independent of other organizations. The same amount was appropriated
32 THE UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL STJKVEY. [BUM,227.

the two following years, and in 1898 it was increased to $25,000. 

Systematic work along both geologic and topographic lines Avas then 

begun and the investigation of all the mineral resources commenced in 

earnest. The work developed rapidly; the appropriation was increased 

to $60,000, and, in accordance with plans approved by the Secretary of 

the Interior, on July 3,1903, the division of Alaskan mineral resources 

was established. At the same time the administration of the work, 

which at first had been a subordinate function of the geologic branch 

of the Survejr, and later was placed in charge of a committee consisting of a geologist and a geographer, was vested in a single geologist. 

The appropriations for this Alaskan work up to the present time aggregate $252,089.60. '

Previous to 1898 the investigations were largely of a preliminary 

character. At first they were undertaken in. cooperation with other 

organizations and necessarily without a comprehensive plan. The 

first opportunity came through invitation of the United States Coast' 

and Geodetic Survey, in May, 1889, "to send a representative with 

the boundary survey-parties for the purpose of making geological 

observations in Alaska." This was accepted. In 1890, and again in 

1891, the Survey combined with the National Geographic Society in 

the investigation of the Mount St. Elias region. In 1891, also, a geologist from the Survey accompanied an expedition organized by a 

syndicate of newspapers to explore the area lying north of the St. 

Elias Range. In 1892 an expedition under private auspices explored 

Glacier Bay, and the results were published by the Survey. In 1895, 

with a Congressional appropriation of $5,000 for the investigation 

of the gold and coal resources of Alaska, the Survey was placed in a 

position to send an independent expedition to Alaska to prosecute 

work of an economic character along the southern coast. In 1896, 

under a similar appropriation, work was commenced in the interior 

by the investigation of the placer gold-producing areas along the 

Yukon River.

As the field season of 1898 approached, previous conditions had 

greatly changed. This portion of North America had been brought 

prominently before the world through the discovery of the rich gold 

deposits of the Klondike region, in Canadian territory, and, following 

popular demand, Congress, by an act dated January 28, 1898, appropriated $20,000 for surveys in Alaska.

Here was a great region of the national domain, the interior of 

which was largely unknown. The general conditions were to be 

ascertained and described, the geography studied, the topography 

mapped, the character, distribution, metamorphism, and mineralization 

of the bed rock investigated, and the relation of the mineral deposits 

to the bed rock, and their character, value, and distribution, so far as 

possible, made clear. All these various kinds of information were to
ALASKA. 33

be embodied.as quickly as possible in accurate maps and practical 

reports. The first hasty reconnaissances were so planned as to cover 

the areas of greatest economic importance and to form a framework 

about which.more detailed studies could be grouped.

GEOGRAPHY OF ALASKA.

GENERAL, FEATURES.

Alaska was purchased from Russia in 1867 for $7,200,000, but for 

thirty years it remained practically forgotten. The events of 1898 

revived public interest in the Territory, but general knowledge of it is 

still very limited. The relation of Alaska to the United States had long 

been overlooked; it had been relegated to the uninhabitable polar 

regions, because no comparison of its climatic features with those of 

countries in approximately the same latitude had been presented. On

looking at a map or globe of the world it is seen that Scandinavia and 

Alaska are about neck and neck in reaching toward the pole, but that 

Alaska has the greater southern extension and is nearly twice as large 

as Scandinavia. The possibilities of Scandinavia are already understood; the development of Alaska has just commenced.

The southeastern boundary of Alaska is within two days' distance by 

steamer from Seattle. From the far western extremity can be plainly 

seen the Diomede Islands, between which runs the boundary between 

the United States and Russia. Be}rond them, visible at a distance of 

60 miles from Alaska, looms a portion of the Siberian coast.

The area of Alaska is over 590,000 square miles about one-fifth that 

of the United States, and two-thirds that of the region included in the 

Louisiana Purchase. The shape is irregular; it consists of a large, 

compact body of land with a projection from each of the lower corners, one toward the southeast, called the Panhandle, and one toward 

the southwest, called the Alaska Peninsula. This peninsula and the 

Aleutian Islands extend our territory far toward Asia, reaching out to 

meet the Commander Islands, a somewhat similar extension eastward 

from the peninsula of Kamchatka. The Panhandle and the Alaska 

Peninsula exhibit unusual irregularity of form, include many associated islands separated from one another and the mainland by narrow 

waterways, and, as a whole, present a striking contrast to the main 

portion.

The boundary line varies greatly in character. The main eastern 

boundaiy is a straight line from Mount St. Elias to the Arctic coast, 

along the one hundred and forty-first meridian. The boundary along 

the northeastern side of the Panhandle, which has just been fixed by 

international agreement, follows an irregular course among the mountains of the Coast Range. The waters of Portland Canal and Dixon 

Entrance terminate it to the south.. The southeastern or Pacific edge 

Bull.. 227 04 3
34 THE UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL.227.

has the form of an arc, concave toward the open ocean, but the continuity of this great curve is interrupted by many inlets. The western 

boundary of Alaska has the appearance of incompleteness. One looks 

involuntarily for its continuation and finds it in Siberia. It is very 

probable that at one or more times in its history Alaska has been connected by land with the latter country, and even at the present time 

the waters of Bering Strait have a depth of hardly 200 feet. This 

western boundary is indented by Kotzebue and Norton sounds, which 

separate the land mass into three bulky portions, the middle one of 

which, Seward Peninsula, approaches nearest to Siberia. The arc of 

the southern coast is reversed in the Aleutian Islands, and the concave 

side is occupied by Bering Sea. The distance from the end of the Panhandle to the outermost of the Aleutian Islands is about equal to that 

from the Atlantic to the Pacific, and between the same point and the 

Arctic Ocean is included a stretch of country equal to that from Florida 

to Canada. The northern coast is regular, and from it the sea floor 

slopes gently beneath the waters of the Arctic Ocean.

The surface of Alaska exhibits a wealth of topographic features of 

contrasting variety mountains, plateaus, and lowlands developed on 

a truly grand scale.

In a broad way, the larger features of topography correspond with 

those of the Western States. There is a Pacific Mountain system, a 

plateau region, a Rocky Mountain system, and a plains region'. These 

four divisions are well marked and show the close geographic relation 

of this area to the southern part of the continent. Through the States 

and British Columbia the mountain trends are north-south and 

northwest-southeast, but after they enter Alaska they swerve to the 

west, and finally to the southwest, and thus determine the configuration 

of the southern coasts and the valley of the Yukon River.. The irregular appearance of the western coast is due to the western trend of the 

main lines of structure, which find their continuation on the other side 

of Bering Sea.

THE MOUNTAINS.

The Pacific Mountain system has been divided into four ranges the 

Coast, the St. Elias, the Aleutian, and the Alaskan. These subdivisions of the system ma}7 be recognized in the model exhibited by the 

Geological Survey at the Louisiana Purchase Exposition in 1904.

The greater part of the Coast Range lies back^of .the Panhandle of 

Alaska, in British Columbia. It attains a width of 100 miles and a 

height of 7,000 to 8,000 feet, but shows no well-defined crest line.

Closely associated with these mountains in the islands of the Panhandle are the beginnings of the St. Elias Range, which, farther west, 

includes that magnificent group, the Fairweather Mountains, and still 

farther westward attains its fullest expression in the lofty summits of
ALASKA. 35

Mount St. Elias (18,091 feet) and Mount Logan. The width of the 

range in the vicinity of these peaks is about 100 miles, and the extreme 

height is attained in Mount Logan, in Canadian territory (approximately 19,500 feet). Beyond Mount St. Elias the range is divided; a 

subordinate range, called the Nutzotin Mountains, diverges to the northwest, and another, the Chugach Mountains, trends southwest across 

the Copper River and down toward the Kenai Peninsula. Between 

these two ranges lie the Wrangell Mountains, Mount Wrangell itself 

being an active volcano.

Along the western side of Cook Inlet is a range which extends out 

into the Alaska Peninsula and continues through the Aleutian Islands. 

This has been called the Aleutian Range. It is composed largely of 

volcanic material, and embraces a number of active volcanoes. In the 

Cook Inlet region eruptions within recent years have scattered volcanic dust for miles over the surrounding country.

Farther back from Cook Inlet, to the west, extends the Alaskan 

Range of mountains, with a northeast-southwest trend, which gradually bends round to the east and is connected more or less closely 

with the Nutzotin Mountains, an extension from the St. Elias Range. 

This includes many snowy peaks, among which two Mount Foraker 

and Mount McKiuley stand out above all the others. McKinley is 

the loftiest mountain in North America. Its height, which has twice 

been determined by the Geological Survey, is about 20,300 feet.

The Rocky Mountain system extends through the Yukon Territoiy 

and approaches the Arctic coast in the northeastern portion of Alaska. 

It then bends toward the west and crosses the northern portion of 

Alaska as a mountainous belt, composed of several ranges, with a minimum width of about 80 miles and an altitude of about 6,000 feet. 

There is no well-defined crest line. Toward the west it apparently 

becomes two divergent ranges, one of which reaches the coast "in the 

vicinity of Cape Lisburne; the other forms the divide between the 

Kowak (or Kobuk) and Noatak rivers.

Between the Pacific Mountain system and the Rocky Mountain system lies a vast area called the Yukon Plateau. As the mountains have 

been found to be extensions of similar features in the Yukon Territory, 

British Columbia, and the United States, so the great interior basin 

represents probably the northward extension of a similar and related 

feature which in the United States lies between the Pacific Mountain 

and Rocky Mountain systems.

The traveler between the main drainage areas of the interior is 

struck by the uniform elevation of the interstream areas. Rounded 

hills, level mesas, and persistent flat-topped ridges, composed of rocks 

of varying structure, rise to about the same level, and give the 

impression that they are the remnants of a former continuous surface. 

Occasional limited areas of rugged mountains rise above this level,
36 ' THE UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL.227.

and innumerable stream valleys have been incised below it, but from 

the northern base of the St. Elias and Alaskan ranges to the southern 

foothills of the Rocky Mountain system, and throughout their length, 

the remnants of this ancient level are to be seen. In height it varies 

from about 5,000 feet, close to the bases of the mountain systems, to 

less than 3,000 feet in the vicinity of the main lines of drainage, and 

slopes gradually toward the north.

There is an area about 160 miles in width between the northern base 

of the Rocky Mountains and the Arctic Ocean. A portion of this area 

next to the mountains, and extending 80 miles northward, has a 

southern extension along the eastern base of the northern Canadian 

Rockies, and is comparable with the Great Plains region of the United 

States. There is a gradual slope from an elevation of 2,500 feet at 

the base of the mountains to 800 feet at the outer margin. The surface is gently rolling and diversified by only a few minor ridges 

parallel with the main range. Bej^ond this plain a nearly flat coastal 

plain 80 miles in width extends, to the shores of the Arctic Ocean.

The main surface features of Alaska, then, from south to no'rth, are 

the Pacific Mountain system, the Yukon Plateau, the-Rocky Mountain 

system, and the Arctic slope. The general trend of these from the 

eastern boundaiy to Bering Sea is at first northwest and then southwest. These features and their trend are the visible expression of 

important structural lines intimately associated with the geologic development of the country.

THE RIVERS.

The development of the surface features of Alaska is inseparably 

connected with the history of the deeply incised drainage systems. 

The rivers fall naturally into three groups those of the south and 

southeast coasts, those of the west coast, and those of the north coast.

The rivers of the south and southeast coasts, from southeastern 

Alaska westward, include the Stikine, Taku, Chilkat, Alsek, Copper, 

Matanuska, and Sushitna. Thvy drain the southern slopes of the 

Pacific ranges and a portion of the.plateau region lying north of the 

mountains. The Stikine, Taku, and Alsek have their sources beyond 

the mountains and reach the coast through deep-cut canyons in the 

Coast and St. Elias ranges. The Chilkat finds its way to the coast 

between the Coast Mountains and the St. Elias Range. The Copper 

drains a portion of the large irregular area between the Alaskan Range 

and the mountains to the east, and reaches the coast through a can3^011 

cut through the Chugach Mountains. The Matanuska and Sushitna 

occupy the area between the Copper River drainage basin, and the 

eastern slope of the Alaskan Range, and are tributary to Cook Inlet. 

As they flow more or less parallel to the main structural lines, the 

necessity of a carbon through a coastal range is avoided.

Most of these rivers are swift, powerful streams Avhich attain a
ALASKA. 37

length of from 60 to 300 miles or more, flow through a region presenting great variety of topographic forms, and transport abundant 

sediment to be deposited in the extensive deltas at their mouths. 

Their characteristics are impressed upon them by the region traversed, 

and the glacial slopes of the lofty Pacific ranges have imparted to 

them a resistless energy which makes their availability to the ordinary 

uses of civilization very difficult.

The rivers of the western coast are of an entirely different character. 

These broad, gently flowing streams derive their waters from the 

remotest sources in the interior, and most of them offer easy ways of 

transportation and communication for hundreds of miles inland. The 

most important are (from south to north) the Kuskokwirn, Yukon, 

Selawik, Kowak (or Kobuk), and Noatak.

Most of the drainage from the western side of the Alaskan Range 

finds its way to the Kuskokwim, and the same river drains the littleexplored area westward toward the coast. Its tributaries follow 

widely divergent courses; the upper ones interlock with those of the 

Yukon, the divide between the two systems beingjow. After gathering many important tributaries from various sources, the main stream 

flows southwestward through a region of hills and lowlands to BeringSea.

The Yukon River and its tributaries form a drainage system comparable to that of the Mississippi. From the source of its longest 

tributary, far within Canadian territory, to its mouth in Bering Sea 

the distance is over 2,000 miles. Where it enters Alaska, a few miles 

above Eagle, it has already become a river of great size, and for 1,300 

miles thereafter it traverses the plateau region and gathers to itself 

the waters of many tributaries. Its course within Alaska shows a 

close adjustment to the main structural lines, which have already been 

considered.

A study of the entire Yukon drainage would require familiarity 

with a large part of Yukon Territory and British Columbia. It is 

, sufficient here to realize the fact that this great system has tributaries ramifying far within the Rocky Mountains to the east and in 

close proximity to the Arctic and Pacific oceans on the north and 

south, and that in gaining control of this vast area the whole system has entrenched itself to a depth of 1,000 to 3,000 feet in the plateau, 

so that the smaller streams, the tributaries of the larger ones, and the 

main streams -themselves often flow in narrow, steep-walled canyons 

below the general surface, while in other portions of their courses they 

traverse lowlands of great extent.

From the Canadian boundary, where it is only half a mile to a mile 

in width, as far as Circle the valley of the Yukon is comparatively 

narrow and is bounded by the Yukon Plateau. From Circle to within 

a short distance of Rampart the river traverses a great lowland, known
38 THE UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL.227.

as the Yukon Flats, and here, divided into many interlacing channels, 

covers a zone 10 to 15 miles wide. From the vicinity of Rampart to 

the mouth of the Tanana River it is again contracted, and then, for a 

distance of 600 miles, flows in a meandering course through a broad 

valley, often bounded by hills and bluffs on the right, until it loses its 

great volume of water in the many distributary channels leading it 

through the great mud flats of the delta to Bering Sea.

The main tributaries of the Yukon in Alaska are the Koyukuk, 

the Porcupine, and the Tanana.

The Koyukuk enters the Yukon about 400 miles above its mouth 

and brings to it the drainage from an area several hundred miles distant along the southern slopes of the Rocky Mountains. The Porcupine pursues a peculiar course. It rises near the boundary on the 

Alaskan side, flows northeast toward the Mackenzie, and then, turning 

abruptly at the base of the Rocky Mountains, flows southwest and enters 

the Yukon about 200 miles below the boundary. The Tanana has its 

source near the boundary, in the St. Elias and Wrangell mountains. 

It flows northwestward in a course parallel with that of the upper 

Yukon and drains the northern slopes °of the Pacific Mountain system 

and the large portion of the Yukon Plateau on either side of it.

The drainage areas embraced by the Selawik, Kowak, and Noatak 

rivers lie partly within the plateau region and partly within the Rocky 

Mountain region. These rivers follow a general westerly course, 

parallel with the mountain ranges, to the waters of Kotzebue Sound.

The northern slopes of the Rocky Mountains and the plains region 

are drained by many unexplored streams, which have their sources far 

within the mountains, flow in canyons across the plains, and enter the 

Arctic Ocean in an indefinite way, after traversing the ill-drained area 

of the Coastal Plains.

COAST LINE AND ISLANDS.

The coast line of Alaska is very irregular and, including that of the 

numerous islands, has a length of about 26,000 miles. It differs greatly 

in character at different places. In southeastern Alaska the mountains 

rise abruptly from the water and dip steeply below its surface. The 

precipitous character of the coast is carried westward through the 

Aleutian Islands. The western and northern coasts are generally low, 

and shallows are common. The most important inlets are Prince William Sound, Cook Inlet, Bristol Bay, Norton Sound, and Kotzebue 

Sound. There is an occasional fringe of coastal plain along the 

southern coast, and still more of it on the western coast, while along 

the Arctic Ocean it attains a width of 80 miles.

The important islands are those of the Panhandle of the southeast 

coast, Kodiak, south of Cook Inlet, and Nunivak and St. Lawrence, 

in Bering Sea.
ALASKA. 39

On the relief model the submarine platform is strikingl}7 shown. 

This attains a width of about 25 miles on the south coast and occupies 

a large portion of Bering Sea, extending 450 miles off the mouth of 

the Kuskokwim. Unalaska, a town of the Aleutian Islands, is situated 

nearly on the line where the surface of the submarine platform falls off 

abruptly to the depths of the Pacific.

CLIMATE, VEGETATION, AND RESOURCES.

Very erroneous impressions have prevailed about the climate of 

Alaska. The area is so large that a~great variety of climate is to be 

found in its different portions. The climate of the southeast coast 

resembles that of the northwest coast of the United States, but farther 

north and west the winters become longer and colder, and Arctic 

conditions prevail in the interior. The summers, even to the Arctic 

Circle, are hot and the length of the day furnishes abundant opportunity for the growth of vegetation.

Ainong the mountains of the Pacific system climatic conditions have 

produced many glaciers, making this portion of Alaska one of the 

finest fields in the world for the study of glacial phenomena. The 

varied climatic conditions which have covered the highest peaks 

with eternal snow and glaciers have clothed the lower ranges and 

foothills with moss, all the coastal regions west of Kodiak and northward to the Arctic Ocean with the greenish-brown vegetation of the 

tundra, and the river valleys from the Kowak (or Kobuk) southward 

with an increasing growth of timber. The distribution of vegetation 

is instructively shown on the relief model.

The resources of the country have more than proved the wisdom of 

its purchase. At first furs, fish, and timber were supposed to be the 

only valuable products, but gold, copper, silver, tin, and coal are now 

produced. The search for these metals and their exploitation has 

resulted in an increase of the white population from 430 in 1880 to 

over 30,000'in the decade 1890-1900, and has led to the rapid exploration of the mineral resources and active participation by the Geological 

Survey in the development of the country.

OPERATIONS OF THE ALASKAN DIVISION.

The preceding brief sketch is intended to show in a general way 

the objects of the work which the United States Geological Survey is 

doing in Alaska and the conditions under which the work must be 

done, and it will serve as a basis for the following account of the 

results accomplished by the organization.

In 1898 plans were made to survey as much as possible of the portion of Alaska that lies south of the Yukon River. A combined force 

of geologists and topographers was sent to the field in the early 

spring, and transportation to Alaska was furnished by the Navy
40 THE UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 227.

Department on the gunboat Wheeling. Four parties were included in 

the organization. Two of these commenced work at Cook Inlet; the 

other two started inland together from Skagway. In the same season 

two members of the Survey were attached to the military expeditions 

operating in the Copper River country.

In 1899 two expeditions were sent to Alaska, one to explore the area 

at the head of the White and Tanana rivers, and, if possible, to continue the work to the Yukon River, and thus gain information in 

regard to a section of Alaska from the southern coast to the Yukon; 

the other to continue the section north of the Yukon, including the 

basin of the Koyukuk River. The gathering of the parties at St. 

Michael in the fall made possible a hasty reconnaissance of the then 

recently discovered gold fields of Seward Peninsula. An army expedition explored the valley of the Chitina River and the Skolai Mountains, and the results were published by the Survey.

The work of the year 19.00 was concentrated in Seward Peninsula 

and the Copper River country, and detailed topographic and geologic 

surveys were made in both of these regions.

In 1901 work was continued in Seward Peninsula; the mining district of Ketchikan, in southeast Alaska, was investigated; the investigation of the geologic section across Alaska from the south coast, 

begun in 1899, was completed by a party which carried the work from 

the Koyukuk Valley to the Arctic Ocean, and the region westward 

from the Koyukuk to Kotzebue Sound was explored.

In 1902 two parties were detailed to finish the survey of the Copper 

River country; the coal deposits of the Yukon were investigated; a 

reconnaissance was made of the unknown area along the western slopes 

of the Alaskan Range, and a detailed topographic survey was made of 

the mining region near Juneau.

During the season of 1903 seven parties were sent north. Topographic and geologic work \vas continued by two parties in Seward 

Peninsula; detailed studies were made of the geology and mineral 

resources of the Juneau district; the oil deposits of the Controller Bay 

region were investigated; a party was sent to secure paleontologic 

evidence of the stratigraphic succession along the Yukon, with reference to the coal deposits; and topographic and geologic work, with 

studies of important placer deposits, were carried on by two parties 

in the Yukon-Tanana country.

The Alaskan work has been directed primarily to an investigation 

of the mineral resources, in accordance with the wording of the act 

under which appropriations are made. With this end in view, as 

far as possible every known and reported region where mineral 

deposits occur has been visited and studied in such detail as time and 

means would permit. The surve}7^ can be roughly grouped in three 

classes: The first includes the extension of the general exploration all
ALASKA. 41

over the Territory, to determine the location and outlines of new areas 

of economic importance, and eventually to obtain complete geologic 

and geographic knowledge; the second embraces the reconnaissance 

mapping of regions of known mineral production; the third consists 

of detailed examinations and surveys of mining districts.

The months from May to September are usually employed in field 

work. The parties are each placed in charge of the senior geologist or 

topographer, and have varied in size from 3 to 15 men. The methods 

pursued are those which experience has demonstrated will give greatest 

mobility to the parties and most quickly attain the results desired. In 

this work there has been trained a group of men, including geologists, 

topographers, and camp men, who are especially fitted to contend with 

the conditions confronting the Alaskan explorer. . The transportation of equipment and provisions for an entire season 

becomes a most important factor in the operations of a survey party. 

Some of the journeys have been performed on foot, and the method 

of transportation has been the most primitive of all that of packing 

the outfit on the backs of men. When a navigable stream was 

reached a framework of spruce and willow was built, the pack covers 

were stretched upon it and smeared with pitch, and the journey was 

continued \>y canoe or improvised raft. Some of the trips have 

been along the main-stream valleys, where the light cedar canoe has 

been the favorite means of transportation, with back-packing over the 

portages. . With the advent of pack trains the mobility of the expeditions has 

been greatly increased, and they are no longer confined to the mainstream valleys. Horses, varying in Aveight from about 800 to 1,000 

pounds, are used, and from June to September they are self-supporting 

in most of the areas covered. When a party has started for the field 

in the winter, recourse has been had to dog teams, and this method 

was employed in the early part of the long journey across Alaska from 

the Yukon to the Arctic Ocean.

The work along the coast has usually been done with whaleboats or 

small sailing vessels, but in the archipelago of southeastern Alaska 

gasoline launches have been used.

The geologist who undertakes field work in Alaska is embarrassed 

by the fact that there are usually no base maps for his use. For this 

reason methods somewhat different from, those ordinarily followed 

have been adopted.

In connection with the regular instrumental surveys by the topographer, a foot traverse of the route is made by the geologist, generally 

on the scale of 1 mile to the inch, with courses and altitudes determined 

by the compass and barometer, respective!}^ and distances estimated 

by pacing, or when traveling on the water by timing. As the country 

is traversed the corresponding distances and bearings are platted in the
42 THE UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SUEVEY. LnuLL.227.

notebook,, the contours and stream courses are roughly sketched, 

and the whole serves as a basis for the geologic notes. The work is 

checked with that of the topographer or, in the absence of a topographer, with the known positions of terminal points.

All possible information is obtained in regard to bed rock, with 

special reference to the occurrence of mineral deposits, and specimens 

are collected for future study. In the trips of a reconnaissance character more attention is given to the stream gravels, perhaps, than when 

time is less pressing. These local collections often throw light on the 

qualitative lithology of an area, while the quantitative character has 

to be left largely undetermined. The geologists are also called upon to 

make notes on the distribution of timber, fish, and game, and to gather 

information about-the natives as well as the white population. A 

number of the expeditions have made valuable collections of plants.

In making topographic maps of the different parts of Alaska, it has 

been found necessary to adopt special instruments and methods fitted 

to the exceptional conditions encountered, though the general scheme 

for executing topographic work is the same as elsewhere.

In reconnaissance surveys the work is started, if possible, at some 

place of. known position; otherwise observations are made with a 

transit having a vertical circle to determine the latitude and azimuth 

at the starting point, and longitude is determined by tying the traverse 

to some point previously established. Starting from the point thus 

ascertained, angles are taken and distances measured along the traverse, and these are plotted on a plane-table sheet to the scale of about 

3 miles to the inch. Distances are determined by stadia measurements 

with a telescopic alidade or a hand stenometer, both of these instruments being devised for use with a short base or with a rod of known 

length. When atmospheric conditions prevent the use of paper for 

plotting the traverse, a sheet of white celluloid is substituted.

As the traverse progresses salient features of topography are located 

by intersection,,and the elevations of these points, as well as of stations 

actually occupied, are determined by vertical angles or barometric 

readings. These locations enable the topographer to adjust his sketch 

showing the drainage and configuration of the country adjacent to the 

route. As.often as possible latitude and azimuth observations are 

made and sights to prominent mountains are taken, thus enabling a 

more accurate adjustment of the field sheets.

In localities where large areas have been mapped, such as Seward 

Peninsula or the Copper River Basin, the method is that usually 

employed by the Survey in other fields. A base is laid out and triangulation is expanded instrumentally until a sufficient number of points 

are located to control the area to be surveyed. The positions of these 

points are computed and plotted on. a plane-table sheet, to serve as a 

control for intervening locations, which are filled in by graphic triangu-
ALASKA. 43

lation, elevations being determined by vertical angles and barometric 

readings. These determinations enable the topographer to sketch the 

configuration from commanding points by contours spaced at regular 

intervals.

At the close of the season the parties are disbanded and the geologists 

and topographers return to Washington with maps, notes, and collecti ns. The topographic material is assembled and adjusted as rapidly 

as possible and maps are prepared for publication.

The geologist's time is given to assembling and plotting his field 

notes and studying and comparing the specimens collected, usually 

by the aid of the microscope. Assays and chemical analyses are made 

by the section of chemistry, and collections of fossils are examined by 

specialists in paleontology. When all the data are in hand the geologist prepares a report, which, if possible, is submitted for publication 

during the winter following the field work. The report also contains valuable information in regard to the timber, game, and fish of 

the region traversed.

It is the practice in the Alaskan division to prepare preliminary 

statements showing the economic results of all investigations, for 

immediate publication, leaving the strictly scientific data for more 

thorough study. This policy has enabled the Survey to issue much 

timely information in regard to new mining districts.

In 1899 the Alaskan work occupied 2. geologists and 2 topographers, 

with an additional field force of 12 men. With increased appropriations and also by greater economy of expenditure, which is the "result 

of a closer appreciation of the field conditions, the force has gradually 

been increased. The division now includes a geologist in charge, 7 

geologists, 3 geologic assistants, 2 topographers, 2 topographic assistants, and a field force of 25 to 30 camp men. During the season of 

1903 this force was divided into seven parties.

RESULTS.

It is difficult at the present day to conceive how little was known of 

Alaska previous to 1898. The expeditions of the earlier years had 

resulted in contributions to the knowledge of the Yukon Valley, the 

interior plateau, the St. Elias Range, and. the coast south of that range, 

but most of the country was practically unknown.

The reconnaissance trips of 1898 added to the map many of the most 

important geographic features lying south of the Yukon River, and 

the trips of each succeeding year have filled many gaps in the earlier 

work and extended it from the Yukon to the Arctic Ocean and from 

the Koyukuk to the coast of Bering Sea. Thus were the broad 

geographic features outlined and the important mountain ranges and 

drainage areas defined. The preceding sketch of the geography of 

Alaska, which embodies all the available data, is based chiefly on the
44 THE UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL.227.

work of the Geological Survey. The topographic maps are the graphic 

expression of these geographic facts, andone of the most important functions of the Survey in Alaska has been the production of such maps. 

Most of the expeditions have had at least one topographer, and from 

eveiy expedition a map of the route traversed has resulted. The value of 

these maps can not be overestimated. There are demands for them 

from prospectors, engineers, capitalists, and school-teachers, and they 

form one of the most essential preliminaries toward the development 

of the country in any direction. They indicate routes of travel to the 

prospector and explorer, railway and wagon routes to the locating 

engineer, and possible sources of water power to the mine operator.

An area of from 90,000 to 100,000 square miles about one-sixth of 

the total area of Alaska has been covered by topographic surveys. 

The results have been compiled on a map which will be included in a 

forthcoming report designed to give a comprehensive account of the 

geography of the Territory.

In connection with the Alaskan woi'kj the explorers have used many 

new names for streams, mountains, and the other features discovered. 

In the office these names have been collected and brought into the 

form of a geographic dictionary of Alaska, which gives the locations 

of the features named, in many cases the origin and meaning of the 

name, and a chronologic list of authorities.

While the aim of the work has been to investigate the mineral 

resources, this necessitated geologic studies, for it is only on a basis of 

thorough geologic knowledge that the facts gathered in regard to the 

value and distribution of ore deposits can be adequately interpreted. 

From year to year this fundamental knowledge is growing, and in 

course of time the geologic history of the Territory will be deciphered. 

Much is already known of the general succession and distribution of 

the bed-rock formations, and in a few years it will be possible to 

publish a preliminary geologic map.

The studies of the bed-rock geology, extended by each expedition, 

are resulting in an accumulation of material which becomes increasingly valuable in tracing the distribution and origin of deposits having 

economic value. The occurrence of such deposits is but a minor 

feature of the general geology, but the most important factor in the 

development of the country. The function of the Survey is to study 

the relation of the two, and in the course of these studies results of 

immediate practical importance to the people of Alaska have been 

achieved. These have been chiefly in connection with the occurrence 

of gold, copper, tin, and coal.

In .1895 and 1896 the gold-bearing localities of the southern coast 

were visited and facts of ecomomic value were collected regarding the 

occurrence of the gold and its relation to the country rock. Investigations were made of the mining districts along the Yukon Eiver,
ALASKA. 45

where the gold was found to originate in veins and mineralized zones 

in the older schistose formations. From these sources it had been 

washed out and concentrated in the placers.

In the reconnaissance trips of 1898 the distribution of gold was 

determined in many areas. The rocks of the Sushitna Valley were 

briefly described, and the origin of the placer gold was referred to the 

quartz seams in the Sushitna slates. In a trip across the.Alaskan 

Range the mineralization was found to be much less than in the mining 

regions of the Yukon. It seems to be limited to a portion of the 

range and to be dependent on the intrusion of igneous rocks. The 

schist formations of the Tanana country were found to be similar to, 

and probably to belong to, the same horizon as the gold-bearing rocks 

of the upper Yukon. The regions which might prove of economic 

value for their mineral deposits were outlined, and it is interesting to 

note in this connection that the new mining camp, of Fairbanks has 

recently been developed in one of these areas. Along the southern 

coast the gold deposits of the Sunrise and Matanuska regions were 

investigated, the process of natural concentration of gold in placers 

was described, and the possibility of hydraulic and quartz mining was 

considered in the published reports. In the Copper River country 

gold was found to occur in small amounts in quartz stringers, and 

these were considered the source of the pla'cer gold which was found 

in limited quantities.

In 1899 the Porcupine placer district was examined and the gold was 

found to be derived from mineralized areas in the slate. In the same 

year the gold deposits of the Koyukuk were described. At the end of 

the season the newly discovered gold deposits of Nome were investigated. This work resulted in the first accurate report of the region, 

which was ready for the public the following spring. The topography, country rock, and gravels were described. The fact was emphasized that the source of the gold was in the hills, and not, as many 

supposed at that time, offshore. The attention of prospectors was 

directed to the high gravels occurring as terraces on the hill slopes, and 

these have since been worked with very profitable results. It was 

further predicted that the tundra between Nome and the hills would 

probably produce gold in paying quantities, as it is now doing. The 

manner in which concentration has been brought about by wave 

action was described, and the methods of mining employed at that 

time were reported. The work of these few weeks may be taken as 

an illustration of the practical value of the Survey's investigation.

Work was continued in Seward Peninsula the two following years, 

and again in 1903, and data were collected on the occurrence and distribution of the gold. The facts were established that the gold was concentrated in the placers from a comparatively local origin, in the 

schists, and that the richer occurrences frequently had their origin in
 46 THE UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SUEVEY. [BULL.227.

a process of double concentration. The processes of concentration 

and reconcentration were fulty treated and their economic importance 

was emphasized.

The gold and copper deposits of the Ketchikan mining district were 

investigated in 1901 and found to be closely associated with igneous 

rocks. The origin of the gold in the Chistochina placers in the 

Copper River Basin has been referred to locally metamorphosed areas 

of Permian shales. Along the northwestern slope of the Alaskan 

Range, north of Mount McKinley, colors were found in the stream 

gravels, which may indicate a mineralized area in that region.

The extension of the work in 1903 established the fact that workable placers are present in the northeastern part of Seward Peninsula, 

and also in the Fairbanks district, in the Tanana Valley. A detailed 

examination of the Juneau gold district of southeastern Alaska showed 

that the deposits fall into two groups those occurring in a wellmarked zone skirting the mainland, and those occurring in less persistent belts, which are isolated from the first.

In 1898 the copper deposits of Prince William Sound were investigated, and the copper was found to be widely distributed as sulphides 

in shear zones of greenstone rocks or associated with diabasic intrusives.

In 1899 the copper deposits of Kletsau Creek, at the head of White 

River, were investigated: Copper had long been known to occur in 

the stream gravels of this region, and the locality had been visited by 

one of the earlier expeditions. The source of placer nuggets was 

found in veins along the contacts of crystalline limestone and intrusive 

greenstone, where it occurs in the native or metallic form with calcite.

In 1900 one of the most important economic problems was the 

investigation of the Copper River country. Copper was found to 

occur native in cavities and stringers in the Nikolai greenstone (an 

old volcanic flow), and .as sulphides, bornite, and chalcopyrite, in 

fissure veins near the contact of the igneous rock with overlying limestones. The different localities were visited .and copper was reported 

to exist in amounts sufficient to justify exploration. Further work 

was done in this area in 1902. The Nikolai greenstones and the overlying Chitistone limestones were mapped and copper-bearing localities 

along the contact were indicated. The copper deposits of the upper 

Tanana were found to be associated with diabasic intrusives, and to 

be similar to the Kletsan Creek deposits, already noted.

In the investigation of the mineral deposits of the Ketchikan miningdistrict in 1901 copper was found to occur both in veins and in mineralized shear zones, chiefly as chalcopyrite, malachite, bornite, and 

chalcocite. These were found in feldspathic schists, probably intrusive 

in greenstone, in the greenstones themselves, and along the contacts 

of crystalline limestone with intrusives.

While work was in progress in the York region in 1900, attention
U. 8. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY BULLETIN NO. 227 PL. Ill

Areas of special geologic 

investigation

Areas of topographic and geoogic surveys and reconnaissances

158 Longitude 154 West 150 from 146° Greenwich 142

MAP OF ALASKA, SHOWING PROGRESS OF TOPOGRAPHIC AND GEOLOGIC SURVEYS, 1898-19O3

Scale 

100 0 100 200 300 400 miles
ALASKA. 47

was called to a mineral found associated with the gold in the sluice 

boxes, which proved to be cassiterite the oxide of tin. The source 

of this mineral was not definitely ascertained, but' it was found in 

streams draining areas of slates which contained quartz and calcite 

seams and were penetrated by intrusives of diabasic character. The 

publication of a timely report by the Geological Survey stimulated 

interest among prospectors, which led to further knowledge of the 

distribution. In the following season work was continued by the 

Survey, and it was suggested that a source might be found in the 

vicinity of the granite contacts. One of the most interesting developments of the year 1903 was the tracing of the tin ore to deposits in 

granitic dikes, and this was accomplished mostly through the work of 

the Survey party. In other localities it seemed to have been'derived 

from the slates. The investigation of this occurrence, in reference to 

the distribution and association of the stream tin, the location of the 

lode deposit, and the geologic maps, indicating similar rock occurrences 

where tin might possibly be found, constitute illustrations of the 

value of the Survey work to the people of Alaska.

In 1895 the localities along the southern coast where coal exists in 

quantities of economic importance were visited and the character of 

the coals was determined. In connection with this work a large amount 

of material was assembled relating to coals and their analyses and to 

the distribution of the coal-bearing rocks throughout Alaska.

In addition to the regular work of the Survey, reports are occasionally prepared that embody the results of several workers and place in 

compact form material which possesses much practical value. Such a 

report was published in 1901 on "The, Coal Resources of Alaska." 

, This includes a summary of the knowledge of the Alaskan coals up to 

the time of its publication.

In connection with the work from the Koj^ukuk to the Arctic Ocean, 

the coals along the Colville River and at Cape Lisburne were found to 

occur in rocks of Mesozoic age; and as the rocks of the Colville area 

strike off toward Cape Lisburne, it is possible that the occurrences in 

the two. areas are closely related.

In 1902 the coal deposits of the Yukon were investigated and found 

to occur, with possibly one exception, in the upper Cretaceous and 

Kenai formations. The coals were grouped into those of the Circle 

province, the Rampart province, and the Nulato province. They range 

in character from high-grade lignites to semibitummous coals.

In 1903 a party was sent to the region in the vicinity of Controller 

Bay to investigate the occurrence of oil. The coast from the vicing 

of the Copper River delta to Cape St. Elias was visited, also a large 

portion of the valley of the Chilkat River. Later the oil fields on the 

west coast of Cook Inlet and of Cold Bav, on the Alaska Peninsula.

v > 7

were investigated.
48 THE UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SUEVEY. [BULL.227.

PL III shows the progress of geologic and topographic reconnaissances and special investigations in Alaska.

For publications relating to Alaska and maps of the Territory, see 

the list of Survey publications.

DIVISION OF MINING AND MINERAL RESOURCES.

The division of mining statistics and technology (now the division 

of mining and mineral resources) was organized in 1882 to study the 

mineral resources of the United States and to serve as a means of 

cooperation with the mining interests. The results have been published usually in annual volumes entitled u Mineral Resources of the 

United States." At first only the more important lines of inquiry 

were taken up, and the work was so arranged that prompt publication 

might be had.

The authority for this work was contained in the act of August 

7, 1882, authorizing the United States Geological Survey, in addition 

to its other duties, to procure statistics in relation to mines and mining. 

The first report from this division Avas a chart showing the mineral 

products of the United States for 1882, and was issued in less than six 

months after the division had been created.

In 1882 the division consisted of one employee, who carried on the 

work in the office of the Survey at Washington, with occasional help 

of a clerical nature, until 1884, when two assistants were assigned to 

the work. About 25 persons outside of Washington contributed 

papers to these early reports, some gratuitously and others for a 

consideration. Few of them, however, could be called employees of 

the Survey, since, if they were paid at all, the compensation was only 

sufficient to cover the actual expenses incurred in the preparation of

papers.

In 1892 the division employed 8 persons in the Washington office 

and about 25 contributors outside the cit}^ In 1903 the division had 

grown to 18 employees in the Washington office and between 40 and 

45 outside the cit}^.

In organizing the work of the division each important mineral 

industry Avas assigned to the best expert on the subject Avho could 

be found in the United States. By degrees the work of each one 

of these grew to include a complete canvass of the subject among all 

the producers in the United States, so that the reports issued were 

statistically complete each year, and embraced, besides statements of 

production and Aralue, a brief account of the technical developments of 

the year and of additions to the knowledge of existing mineral deposits.

To accomplish this, it is necessary at all times to keep as complete 

a list as possible of the mineral producers of the country. This is 

done largely by correspondence, supplemented by field Avork of agents. 

On all cards of inquiry requests are made of producers for the names
MINING AND MINEEAL KESOUBCES. 49

of new operators in their vicinity. The technical press is also carefully scrutinized for new names. As a further means of keeping the 

directories of producers up to date, each year the lists are printed and 

distributed to producers for corrections and additions. The names 

thus obtained are placed on a tentative list and the persons or firms 

are communicated with before their names are incorporated in the 

working list. This communication is had in two ways by a return 

postal card, and by a special circular letter.

When persons report themselves actively engaged in any mineral 

industries, their names are incorporated in the lists, and at the close of 

-each year cards are sent to these producers requesting information 

concerning their products for the calendar year. When these cards 

are returned to the Survey they are edited or corrected for tabulation. 

Where inconsistencies occur which the person in charge of the subject is 

unable to reconcile, communication is had with the producer by letter. 

This is necessary in only a small proportion of cases. Cards which 

are complete are tabulated as rapidly as possible in books especially 

prepared for that purpose, arid those needing correction by operators 

are tabulated as rapidly as they are made complete.

Three requests are, if necessary, mailed to producers, and the most 

important remaining unheard from after the third request are visited 

by special agents for the purpose of obtaining the desired information. The permanent form of the list of producers is that of a card 

index, the cards showing, in addition to the names of the operators 

and the location of the office and of the mine, the changes in the firm 

name and the total value reported for a series of years.

As an outcome of this study of the mineral resources of the United 

States, maps showing the occurrence of iron ores, coal, building stones, 

petroleum, and other substances have been prepared and published, in 

addition to the annual volume; also special papers in regard 'to the 

technical conditions of various branches of the mining industry. The 

work of collecting the mining statistics for the Eleventh and Twelfth 

censuses was performed by this division of the Survey. The division 

is ready at all times to give available information to those inquiring 

into the occurrence and utilization of mineral substances, and a large 

correspondence of this nature is carried on.

. To this division are referred large numbers of mineral specimens 

for examination. It is not possible to make analyses of thesS specimens, but whenever such are sent in with request for analysis the 

minerals are examined as completely as may be possible without 

analysis, and the sender is advised as to whether an analysis is desirable or not; if it is, a person is named by whom the analysis can be 

made at the expense of the sender.

Where unusual demand for any mineral product has developed, 

special efforts have been made to stimulate production of adequate supBull. 227 04 4
50 THE UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL.227.

plies from deposits in the United States by a general investigation of 

the occurrence of the mineral concerned. In this way much help has 

been given to producers and others of such minerals as nionazite, 

zircon, iridosmine, platinum, and lately minerals containing radium. 

The unusual interest aroused by the discovery of radium in certain 

minerals in the United States and elsewhere has caused a great demand 

for information concerning the minerals which show radio-active and 

radio-responsive properties. Therefore a special exhibit of minerals 

possessing these properties and of radium compounds will be shown 

as part of the exhibit of the Geological Survey at the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, to be held at St.. Louis this year.

For publications giving the results of the work of this division, see 

the Survey's list of publications.

DIVISION OF CHEMICAL AND PHYSICAL RESEARCHES. 

Section of Chemistry.

In 1880 a small laboratory was organized at Denver, Colo., on the 

recommendation of the geologist in charge of that division. In 1882 

another laboratory was organized at San Francisco, Cal., on the 

recommendation of the geologist in charge of geologic work on the 

Pacific coast. In 1883 a central laboratory was established in Washington, and to this, by degrees, the equipment and personnel of the 

other laboratories were transferred. The consolidation was completed 

in 1890.

In 1892 eight chemists were employed in this laboratory, but in that 

year the appropriations were so greatly decreased by Congress that 

the working force was reduced to three. Since then there has been

gradual enlargement of resources, and at present six chemists are

engaged on the chemical work of the Survey.

Up to January 1, 1904, nearly 5,300 analyses had been made in the 

Washington laboratory alone. These cover the entire range of products in which the geologist is interested. Rocks of every description, 

ores, minerals, clays, coals, and waters have all received attention. 

A specialt}7 of the laboratory has been the complete analysis of eruptive rocks, and of these something like 1,000 have been made. Completeness and accuracy have been the aim of the chemist engaged on 

this wo'rk, and it is believed that the thoroughness of the anatyses of 

rocks now carried out in the laboratory exceeds that ever before 

attempted. In Bulletin No. 168 the rock analyses were summed up 

to January 1, 1900, and a new edition of that bulletin is now in preparation. In the analyses of igneous rocks it is customary in the 

Survey's laboratory to look for about 20 different constituents; commonly, in analyses made elsewhere, from 12 to 15 are determined in a 

single rock. Two results have followed from this exhaustive plan of
CHEMICAL RESEAKCHES. 51

investigation. In the first place, it has been found that many substances supposed to be relatively rare are veiy common and widely

* diffused. The supposedly rare element, titanium, for example, is 

almost invariably found in appreciable quantities, and the average

\ percentage of titanium dioxide in eruptive rocks is found to be nearly 

0.073. Barium and strontium are also commonly found in igneous

j rocks, especially in those of the Rocky Mountain region. Chromium 

and nickel are by no means unusual; even vanadium and zirconium 

are commonly-encountered. By means of these analyses the petrographers have been enabled to study rocks much more thoroughly on 

the chemical side than ever before, and it has been possible to compute with very close approach to accuracy the average composition of 

the earth's crust. 

In mineralogy much has been accomplished. Over 500 analyses of

y minerals are found in the records of the Survey, representing over 150 

species. Fifteen of the latter were discovered by the chemists of the 

Survey as new. In other cases little-known species and rare minerals 

were completely analyzed for the first time, and in still other cases 

the nature of species of doubtful composition has been thoroughly 

determined. The mineral analyses of the Survey have been brought

" together in Bulletin No. 220.

Many analyses of natural waters from mineral springs and from 

mines have been made. The most important group of these, however, 

represents the waters of the Yellowstone National Park, and were 

published in Bulletin No. 47. These waters are unique in character, 

and of considerable variety. Most of the geyser waters -contain 

appreciable quantities of such unusual substances as boric acid, arsenic,

*^ and lithia, and one water in particular the water of the spring known 

),' as The Devils Inkpot is unique, containing a little over 3 grams to 

the liter of solid salts, and 83 per cent of this saline matter is ammonium sulphate. From the water of this spring 2.8 grams per liter of 

ammonium sulphate can be extracted. Ordinarily ammonia in natural

* water is attributed to the decomposition of organic matter, but in this 

\v case it is of volcanic origin, and is probably brought from nitrogen 

i), compounds existing at great depths. In connection with the analytical work of the laboratory, special attention has been given to improving analytical methods, with the result that many new ones have been 

worked out. Notable among these are the determinations of titanium, 

^ . lithium, and boron. The experience thus gained has been recorded in 

j, Bulletin No. 176, which is recognized as a standard work of reference 

by students and specialists, and is extensively used in university lab- 

" oratories. It has been translated into German, and is recognized all 

,, over the world as the standard authority on silicate analysis.

Technical chemists engaged in manufacturing or metallurgic establishments are in the habit of using rapid methods of considerable
52 THE UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL.227.

variety and sometimes of doubtful accuracy. In seATeral cases the Surve}7 has been called upon to standardize work of this kind. Some years 

ago, at the request of the Colorado Scientific Society, a uniform sample 

of ore containing zinc was prepared. One portion of this was sent to 

the Survey laboratory, and other portions were distributed to a number 

of chemists in Colorado. The latter determined their zinc by a variet}7 

of rapid methods; the Surve}7 sample was analyzed with the utmost 

care and accurac}7". In this way it was determined which of the rapid 

methods was the best, and the smelter chemists of Colorado were aided 

in their work.. In a similar manner the Survey has formulated the 

best method for the proximate analysis of coal, and recently there has 

been made a very thorough investigation of the analysis of Portland 

cement. In the latter case the work was initiated by the New York 

section of the Society for Chemical Industry. Uniform samples of 

cement rock and finished cement were prepared and distributed among 

about 20 different chemists who were engaged in that class of work. 

The Survey analyses served as a standard by which to check others, 

and the result is a decided improvement in this class of technical work.

Another field of labor which has been much cultivated by the chemists of the Survey is that of purel}7 scientific research. At present 

investigations are under way having for their purpose the elucidation 

of the processes which operate in the secondary enrichment of ore 

bodies. Elaborate investigations have also been made and are still in 

progress relative to the chemical constitution of the natural silicates, 

and these have shed much light on the troublesome question of molecular structure. It has been found, for instance, that various silicates 

are easily broken up by heat alone in such way that the changes occurring can be measured quantitatively. Thus, talc on ignition has onefourth of its silica split off in the free state. Other minerals break 

up into two portions, one soluble and the other insoluble in strong 

acids, and in the case of the chlorites the insoluble portion has the 

composition of spinel. It has also been found possible to effect 

replacements in silicates analogous to those which the organic chemist 

employs in determining the structure of a hydrocarbon, and one group 

of silicates has thus been prepared-in which the bases, soda, lime, and 

potash, have been replaced by the compound radical ammonium. Silicates containing 10 per cent of ammonia have been prepared which 

were perfectly stable at 300° C. These are the first ammonium silicates 

known to science. The chief chemist has also been called upon to act 

as chairman of the International Commission on Atomic Weights.

Other investigations have had practical aims in view. The elaborate 

research undertaken by one of the chemists on natural soda is a casein 

point. The alkaline lakes of California, Owens and Mono lakes particularly, contain large quantities of sodium carbonate, and the problem in hand was to determine the conditions under which that salt
CHEMICAL AND PHYSICAL EESEARCHES. 53

could be commercially extracted and freed from its impurities. The 

results obtained will be found in Bulletin No. 60.

For Survey publications on chemical subjects, see the Survey's list 

of publications. A very large part of the work done for the geologists, however, is scattered through the various publications of the 

Survey; and in addition to the official publications the chemists have 

been frequent contributors to scientific journals, to the Srnithsonian 

Miscellaneous Collections, and to the proceedings of chemical and 

other societies, both in this country and in Europe.

Section of Physics.

Physical research by the United States Geological Survey began in 

1880, under direction of the geologist in charge of the division of 

California, when it appeared desirable-to investigate the extraordinary 

thermal conditions of the Comstock Lode and to ascertain whether

terrestrial electricity and magnetism were disturbed by the presence 

of ore bodies. The results are contained in Monograph III, on the 

Comstock Lode, and in the Annual Report for the year 1882.

At the close of this investigation, which was of course made in the 

field with portable and more or less extemporized apparatus, plans 

were prepared, under the direction of the late Mr. Clarence King, 

then Director of the Survey, for the equipment of a laboratory and 

the sj^stematic study of certain geophysical problems under more 

favorable conditions. Most of the apparatus for this laboratory was 

constructed in Europe, the expense being borne personally by the 

Director, Mr. King. By November, 1882, the apparatus was received, 

and a private house in New Haven, Conn., was rented for use as a 

laboratory.

A brief classification of the researches proposed at that time is contained in the Second Annual Report of the Survey, and is of very 

considerable interest. If such a classification of the most important 

work to, be done in geophysics were required to-day, after twenty 

years of marvelously active and productive work in most other 

branches of science, the classification then made would serve without 

the change of a word, so little attention has been given to geophysical 

problems as compared with those of other sciences.

The outline was this:

(a) Phenomena of fusion. These would comprehend temperature of fusion, 

specific volume at this temperature of the solid and of the liquid materials, respectively, heat expansion, compressibility, latent heat of fusion, specific heats all 

considered with especial reference to their variation with pressure. 

 (b) Phenomena of elasticity and viscosity, considered, as before, with especial 

reference to their dependence on temperature and pressure.

(c) Phenomena of heat conductivity under analogous circumstances.

The establishment at New Haven was planned on a large scale and 

was intended to .be permanent, but relatively little more than the
54 THE UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL.227.

trying out of the plant and the determination of the instrumental 

constants was accomplished there.

In July, 1883, when a chief chemist .of the Geological Survey was 

appointed, physics was incorporated with chemistry, and a concentration of all the laboratories of the Survey in. Washington was determined upon. A year later the laboratory was established in cramped 

quarters in the National Museum, where temperature work on so 

large a scale as the New Haven plans contemplated appeared impracticable and had to be abandoned. Independent outside researches 

upon the effect of extreme pressure upon solids and upon high 

temperatures were, however, carried on under the general supervision 

of officers of the Survey.

From 1883 until 1892 research work at the Smithsonian Institution 

was continued without serious interruption.

The first independent official publication from the physical laboratory appeared in Bulletin No. 14 (1885), on " The Electrical and Magnetic Properties of the Iron Carburets," though the annual reports of 

the Survey and frequent contributions to foreign scientific journals 

gave ample evidence of the activity of the physical laboratory. The 

study of the iron carburets was a remarkably thorough one, continuing 

through a part of Bulletin No. 27 and all of Bulletin No. 35.

Perhaps the most important contribution to knowledge of high temperatures is contained in Bulletin No. 54, "On the Thermo-electric 

Measurement of High Temperatures." In this publication the fundamental measurement of temperatures upon the gas scale, up to and 

somewhat beyond the melting point of gold, was rescued from the 

confusion into which it had been thrown by the gas-thermometer 

measurements of Deville and Troost, in which iodine vapor was used 

above its (then unknown) dissociation temperature. The thermoelectric pyrometer became a practical and accurate laboratory instrument, and a new and unique method of measuring temperatures by the 

varying viscosity of gases was developed. This investigation has 

become so widely known and received such general recognition that 

its author was asked to write the report on high-temperature measurement for the great Congress of Physicists at Paris in 1900.

The entire work of those years occupies 15 bulletins and parts of a 

monograph and an annual report.

In 1892 the annual appropriation for chemistry and physics was 

reduced from $17,000 to $5,000, and physical research had to be entirely 

abandoned. So much of the. apparatus as had been privately purchased was taken away, the laboratoiy was dismantled, and no further 

physical research was attempted until several }^ears later.

In 1900 provision was again made to begin some work in physics, 

and a room was partitioned off for a laboratory on the fifth floor of 

the office building which the Survey now occupies. The physical and
TOPOGRAPHY. 55

chemical laboratories were then united under the official designation 

"division of chemical a'n'd physical researches." So little of the 

earlier equipment remained that all of the first year was spent in 

building and calibrating special apparatus and in general laboratory 

furnishing. Much more than usual difficulty was encountered in preparing for accurate physical measurements in the space assigned therefor, both on account of the location of the laboratory and on account 

of lack of the services of a skilled mechanic.

In the two years during which the laboratory has been in operation 

three researches have been undertaken. The most important one is a 

thorough and systematic thermal investigation of the relations of the 

feldspars, their melting temperatures, conditions of crystallization, 

etc. This experimental work is now approaching completion, but no 

results have yet been published. There have also been made measurements of the elastic constants of an interesting artificial pseudo-solid 

formed by beating the white of egg into a stiff foam with a small 

quantity of sugar in solution, and of the linear force exerted by growing crystals.

For Survey publications relating to physics, see the Survey's list of 

publications. The physicists of the Survey have also made numerous 

contributions to other scientific periodicals and series.

TOPOGRAPHIC BRANCH.

The topographic branch is organized in two divisions topography, 

and geography and foresti\y.

DIVISION OF TOPOGRAPHY. 

Eastern and Western Sections.

The division of topography is divided for administrative purposes 

into two sections, the eastern and the western, but the work of the two 

sections is identical in character. The chiefs of these sections are the 

administrative heads, the one .of all topographic surveys executed 

east of the one-hundredth meredian, and the other of all those executed 

west of that meridan. With the Director they form a committee having jurisdiction over all work of the division of topography. This 

includes a-section of triangulation and computing, a section of inspection 

of topographic surveying and mapping, and thirteen subsections of 

topographic field work three in the western section and ten in the 

eastern.

The employees are procured through civil-service examinations held 

from time to time for the recruiting of the force. All appointments 

are to. the minor position of topographic aid, and appointees are 

advanced by promotion through the grades of assistant topographer,, 

topographer, and geographer, the latte^r title going with the larger 

administrative responsibilities.
56 THE UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL.227.

r

Surveys may be divided into three classes:

1. Those made for general purposes, or information surveys, which 

may be exploratory, geodetic, geographic, topographic, geologic, etc.

2. Those made for jurisdictional purposes, or cadastral surve}? s, 

which define political boundaries and those of private property and 

determine the inclosed areas. )

3. Those made for construction purposes, or engineering surveys, 

on which are based estimates of the cost of public and private works, 

such as canals, railways, water supplies, etc., and their construction 

and improvement.

The topographic survey, one of those in the first class, is made for 

military, industrial, and scientific purposes. The topographic map, 

made directty from nature by measurements and sketches on the 

ground, is the mother map from which all others are derived. Jt x 

shows with accuracy all the drainage, relief, and cultural features 

which it is practicable to represent on the scale chosen.

The act of March 3, 1879, which created the United States Geolog- "* 

ical Survey, appropriated $106,000 for a geologic survey and classification of the lands of the public domain. The presentation of the 

results of a geologic survey necessitates a good topographic map. 

There was in existence no such map of the greater part of the public i 

domain; therefore, of the sum appropriated, $19,624 was allotted for 

topographic surveys during the first year. In 1882, after the change 

of directors from Clarence King to J. W. Powell, and the extension of 

the work to "the preparation of a geologic map of the United States," 

the topographic branch was reorganized by the appointment of a chief ' r 

geographer, and the work was divided into the northeast, southeast, ^ 

central, and western sections of topography. The allotment for topographic surveys for the fiscal year 1882-83 amounted to $70,700, and v

necessitated a corresponding increase in the field force.

A similar organization of the topographic branch was maintained, 

with slight changes, until the beginning of the fiscal year 1888-89. 

An act making appropriations for the fiscal year ending June 30,1889, 

provided the sum of $199,000 for "topographic surveys in various 

portions of the United States." Thus, while during the first decade ~' 

of the existence of the Survey topographic surveys were executed as a T 

necessary adjunct to geologic work and the classification of lands, at 

the beginning of the second decade the value of the topographic maps ; 

for other purposes had become so apparent that Congress provided 

specially for their preparation and publication. ,

During the first few years the present organization continued to 

.use, in its map work, the same scale that had been employed by the 

earlier independent surveys about 4 miles to the inch, or 1:250000, 

with relief shown by 200-foot contours; but when the cooperative 

surveys of the States were begun (see p. 60) it was seen to be desirable y 

to increase the scale and contour interval, not only for the work in
TOPOGRAPHY. 57

those States, but for that in other States in which cooperation was not 

being carried on. This change was gradually extended to other 

regions, so that at the close of the first decade of the existence of the 

organization the scale and methods of work had been elaborated until 

they had reached practically their present status.

The earlier topographic mapping of the Survey was subjected to 

some criticism on account of lack of refinement in detail. It was a 

question of judgment whether the appropriation should be expended 

in accurately mapping a limited area or in making reconnaissance 

surveys over a more extended area. The less accurate maps were less 

expensive, and served a useful purpose in establishing the value of 

topographic surveys. The results have proved the wisdom of a policy 

whereby the people were gradually educated to the use of refined and 

detailed maps, while Congress learned to appreciate the cost and the 

comparative slowness with which accurate surveys WOllld be prosecuted 

over so vast a territory as that of the United States. Had fewer 

square miles been mapped annually in the early years, but with the 

accuracy attained at present, it is doubtful if Congress would have 

continued to maintain the organization. As it was, valuable results 

were rapidly put forth, and in time it has been possible to supersede 

the older reconnaissance maps with more detailed maps, which serve as 

a basis for satisfactory delineation of the underlying mineral resources.

As the topographic work steadily advanced, not only in scope, but 

in accuracy, it was found desirable to obtain from Congress authority 

to run careful spirit-level lines and to establish bench marks for permanent record of elevations upon the ground, and also to carry on 

control by triangulation or traverse with greater accuracy and to mark 

the positions more permanently than had been possible without statutory authority. Accordingly, on June 11, 1896, an act was approved 

which provided that " elevations above a base level located in each 

area under survejr shall be determined and marked on the ground by 

iron or stone posts or bench marks," etc. Thereafter it was possible 

to provide for the running of careful spirit levels over all the areas 

under survey and to extend the amount of spirit leveling, thereby 

securing more accurate location of contours. Since that act was 

passed the topographic mapping has reached as high a degree of detail 

and quality as seems desirable for the scales adopted.

The features exhibited on the topographic maps of the United States 

Geological Survey are:

1. Hydrography, or water features, as ponds, streams, lakes, swamps, 

etc., which are printed in blue.

2. Hypsography, or relief of surface, as hills, valleys, and plains, 

which are printed in brown.

"3. Culture, or features constructed by man, as cities, roads, villages, 

and the names and boundaries, which are printed in black.
58- THE UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SUEVEY. [BULL. 227.

This combination of colors renders these topographic maps readily 

legible. On the reverse of each slieet is a description of the mode 

of reading the map, and a legend, or series of conventional signs, 

indicating how the various facts shown on the map are represented. 

All these conventions are self-explanatory and are readily understood and interpreted by the layman, except, perhaps, the brown 

"contour" lines.

These contours are lines of equal elevation lines along which the 

ground would be touched by the border of a water surface (of the 

ocean, for instance) if it were repeatedly raised by a given amount.

FIG. 1. Ideal view and corresponding contour map. 

Contour lines express three features of relief (1) elevation, (2) horizontal form, and (3) grade or slope. To explain more clearly the 

manner in which the contours shown on the maps of the Geological 

Survey delineate height, form, and slope, the accompanying contour 

map (fig. 1) has been prepared from the ideal view shown above it. 

It may be interpreted as follows:

1. A contour indicates a certain height above sea level. In this 

illustration the contour interval is 50 feet; therefore the contours are 

drawn at 50, 100, 150, and 200 feet, and so on, above mean sea level. 

Along the 250-foot contour lie all points of the surface 250 feet above 

sea; along the 200-foot contour, all points that are 200 feet above sea,
TOPOGKAPHY. 59

and so on. In the space between any two contours are found elevations above the lower and below the higher contour. Thus the contour 

at 150 feet falls just below the edge of the terrace, while that at 200 feet 

lies above the terrace; therefore all points on the terrace are shown to 

be more than 150 but less than 200 feet above sea. The summit of the 

higher hill is stated to be 670 feet above sea; accordingly the contour at 

650 feet surrounds it. In this illustration all the contours are num- 

' bered, and those for 250 and 500 feet are accentuated by being made 

heavier. Usually it is not desirable to number all the contours, and 

then the accentuating and numbering of certain of them say, every 

fifth one suffice, for the heights of others may be ascertained by 

counting up or down from a numbered contour.

 2. Contours define the horizontal forms of slopes. Since contours 

are continuous horizontal lines, they wind smoothly about smooth

surfaces, recede into all reentrant angles of ravines, and project in 

passing about prominences. These relations of contour curves and

 ' angles to forms of the landscape can be traced in the map and view.

3. Contours show the approximate grade of any slope. The altitudinal space between two contours is the same, whether they lie

 f~ along a cliff or on a gentle slope; but to rise a given height on a gentle 

^. slope, one must go farther than on a steep slope, and therefore contours are far apart on gentle slopes and near together on steep ones. 

The topographic maps of the United States Geological Survey 

/ represent, besides the natural features mentioned, .such artificial 

features as are of a public or more enduring nature, as State, county,

 , township, and city boundary lines; reservation, land-grant, andpublicj land township lines; railways, streets, roads $ and paths; bridges, 

ferries, dams, locks, and wharves; the location of permanent bench

"* marks and triangulation stations, and the positions of light-ships and 

light-houses, mines, shafts, and'tunnels. The only private, features 

shown are houses, factories, stores, etc., no barns or outbuildings 

being represented.

The uses of such topographic maps are many. For the purposes of 

the National Government and the State they are invaluable, as they 

y furnish data from which may be determined the value of projects for 

highway improvement, for railways, for city water supply and sewerage, and for the subdivision into counties, townships, etc. They serve 

the military departments of the Government, National and State, in 

locating encampment grounds, in planning practice or actual operations 

in the field, and, during war, in indicating the precise situations of 

ravines, ditches, buildings, etc. The Post-Office Department utilizes 

them in considering all problems Connected with the changing of 

mail routes, star routes, and especially in connection with contracts 

and assignments of rural free-delivery routes. As the outlines of

s wooded areas are to be indicated on these maps, National and State
60 THE UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 227.

foresters will find them invaluable as a base for classifying the woodlands and recording the nature and quantity of the various trees and 

the relation of the wooded areas to highways of transportation,, as 

railways, streams, etc. These maps are, of course, essential to detailed 

geologic studies and to investigations concerning mineral resources, 

water power, and land reclamation.

A good topographic map renders, unnecessaiy a special survey for 

each new need. Prior to the existence of such maps every city was 

obliged to expend large 'sums in water-supply survejrs. At far less 

cost the topographic map shows not only all these important local features, but also the relations between the artificial features in the immediate neighborhood and the topography and culture of the surrounding 

country, and thus broadens the scope of every such investigation.

In 1884 cooperation in public surveys between the Federal and State 

governments was proposed by the State of Massachusetts. In the year 

mentioned the legislature of that State passed a resolution providing 

for "a topographical survey and map of the Commonwealth" in cooperation with the United States Geological Survey, and appropriated 

the sum of $40,000 for carrying on the same. The Federal' Survey 

allotted an equal sum to the work, and, in consultation with the State 

commissioners, agreed to make its surveys in the field on the larger 

scale of 2 inches to the mile, and to publish the results in separate atlas 

sheets having a scale of 1:62500, or about 1 mile to the inch, and with 

20-foot contours. Under this arrangement the survey of the State of 

Massachusetts was completed in 1888. In the same year, 1884, a somewhat similar arrangement was made with the State of New Jersej^, and 

the survey of that State was completed in 188Y. In 1885 cooperation was 

arranged with the State of Rhode Island, and the survey of that State

was completed in that year. In 1889 the cooperative survey of Con-

. necticut was commenced, and it was completed in 1891. At the present 

time cooperative topographic work is progressing in New York, Pennsylvania, Ohio, West Virginia, Maryland, Maine, Kentucky, Alabama, 

Louisiana, Michigan, and California.

The general plan adopted for mapping the United States consists in 

dividing the country into quadrilateral areas (called " quadrangles") 

bounded by parallels and meridians of latitude and longitude. Three 

regular scales and a series of special scales have been adopted. For 

reconnaissance maps in the rougher portions of the Far West and 

Alaska the scale of 1:250000, or nearly 4 miles to the inch, is standard. 

For the general map of the United States the scale of 1:125000, or 

nearly 2 miles to the inch, is standard. In ths more densely populated districts the Atlantic coast, parts of tha Central region, and 

portions of the Pacific coast the scale of 1:62500, or about 1 mile to 

the inch, is standard. These scales are readily convertible into the 

metric and other systems understood in foreign countries. However,
TOFOGEAPHY. 61

at the bottom of each sheet the scale is expressed in three ways by a 

graduated line representing miles and parts of miles in English 

inches; by a similar line indicating distance in the metric system, 

and by a fraction. Special larger scales, from 2,000 feet to the inch 

up to 100 feet to the inch, are used for detailed surveys of important 

mining regions, for the planning and construction of irrigation 

projects, etc.

The maps are printed on sheets approximately 13 by 17 inches. The 

area represented on a sheet on the 1-mile scale is 15 minutes of latitude and of longitude, or, on the average, about 225 square miles; on 

the 2-mile scale, 30 minutes of latitude and of longitude, or about 1,000 

square .miles; and on the reconnaissance or 4-mile scale, 1 degree of 

latitude and of longitude, or approximately 4,000 square miles. An 

atlas sheet is .known by the name of the most important town, city, or 

natural feature within the quadrangle represented.

The methods of field work followed in making these topographic surveys are as follows: At rather distant intervals throughout the territory under survey, say 10 to 25 miles, monuments are established, the 

positions of which are accurately determined by trigonometric methods 

and recorded in degrees of latitude and longitude. For this purpose 

base lines from 4 to 6 miles in length are measured with great accurac}7 , the location of one end of each base and of its azimuth being 

determined astronomically. From this base a network of triangulation 

is expanded to hilltops, mountain summits, and other prominent 

objects, the positions of which are carefully determined by computation. This is the special work of the section of triangulation and computing (see p. 64). All existing triangulation by other organizations 

is utilized. Where the nature of the country renders the extension 

of triangulation impracticable, primary control is extended bjr means 

of careful lines of traverse. The details of the methods employed are 

elaborated in another portion of this pamphlet (pp. 65-69).

The resultant positions are plotted accurately, by latitude and longitude, on large sheets of drawing paper, approximately 18 by 24 

inches in size, called plane-table sheets. To each topographer is 

assigned, as his season's work, the mapping of one or more quadrangles, and he enters the field equipped with the plane-table sheet, which 

has on it only the trigonometric positions. A field party usually consists, in addition to the topographer in charge, of one skilled assistant, 

of the grade of assistant topographer or topographic aid, and several 

surveyors temporarily employed as traversemen or levelmen, with the 

necessary rodmen, teamsters, cooks, and other camp hands where 

subsistence is by camping.

The levelmen proceed to run lines of spirit levels over the various 

roads and paths, to determine elevations. The higher order of primary leveling, elsewhere described, is run at such distances apart that
62 THE UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [uuLL.227.

at least two permanent bench marks may be established in each township or equivalent area 6 miles square. Levels of a less degree of 

accuracy are then run over every road, and where these are too far 

apart, say a mile or more, the levels are run over trails or across 

country, either by spirit level or by vertical angulation with stadia.

Meantime the topographer is extending a graphic triangulation on 

his plane-table board, the object of which is to locate precisely, on his 

sheet, points all over the area under survey. These include signals 

placed upon prominent hills, church spires, lone trees, and other definite objects; or in case the country is of such nature that it can not be 

controlled by triangulation, he has careful lines of traverse, by stadia 

or steel tape, run at intervals of about 6 miles and connected with the 

lines of primary traverse previously run across the sheet. At the same 

time the traversemen, equipped with lighter plane-table boards on 

which are smaller sheets representing about one-fourth of the whole 

quadrangle, are running graphic traverse lines over all roads and paths 

and across country, with a view to locating the cultural features, the 

courses of streams, the outlines of lakes, etc. On highways the distances are measured by counting the revolutions of a wheel, the circumference of which is known, or by stadia, and in dense woods by 

tape.

On the completion of this primary control and coincident with its 

preparation the topographer transfers to a clean sketch sheet the primary control points and adjusts to these the positions determined by 

secondary plane-table triangulation or stadia or tape traverse. The 

less accurate traverse lines are then adjusted between these more accurate positions and the elevations procured by spirit leveling or vertical 

triangulation are then added to the map.

Equipped with this control sheet, on which are shown approximately 

one trigonometric location per square inch of paper, two or three linear 

inches of traverse per square inch of paper, and from two to ten 

elevations per square inch of paper, the topographer walks or rides 

over all roads and paths and about the margins of lakes, across country, 

etc., selecting routes so near one another that he may be able to see 

all portions of the land. If the countiy is rough he uses an aneroid, 

setting it at one of the fixed elevations and frequently checking it by 

others of like kind; with it he is. able to determine the crossing of 

each contour line on his route of travel. In a relatively flat country 

he uses a hand level, or reads vertical angles from his plane table and 

ascertains like facts. Stopping frequently, he sketches in, by means 

of contour lines, the relief of the country, and corrects as he goes the 

positions of roads, houses, streams, etc., located by his assistants.

For locations of topographic parties in 1903-4 see PI. IV.

At the close of the field season the temporary employees are discharged and the party chief returns to the office. Here, during the
U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY BULLETIN NO.227 PL IV

129° 127" 125° 123° 121° 119° 117° LL5° 113° 111 1O9° 1O7* 1O5 1O3° LQ1° 99* 97° 95° 93° 91° 89° 87° 85° H3° «1° 79° 77° 75° 73° 71° 69° 67° 65

i 'iiri^^'-jO'-Zt^T---!

^S?-3O*' ">' :} ' ^.r^J

LOCATIONS OF TOPOGRAPHIC FIELD PAI^TIPJS

YEAR 19O3-O4
TOPOGKAPHY. 63

winter season, he completes with great care the drafting of the maps, 

using the three colored inks selected as standard for this work black 

for culture, blue for drainage, and brown for relief. Town and 

county maps are consulted, correspondence is entered into with postmasters and other local officials and railroad corporations, all compiled 

material is carefully scrutinized, and the final outlining of political 

boundaries and the lettering of names are completed.

These original drawings, as they are called, are at once copied by 

photography or photolithograph}', so that they may be available for 

immediate consultation by the public, pending their engraving on 

copper for final publication.

. The cost of the surveys first made, on the scale of 4 miles to the 

inch, averaged $1.75 a square mile. Those made a few years later, on

the scale of about 2 miles to the inch, averaged in cost $4 a square

mile, while those made on the scale of approximately 1 mile to the 

inch, averaged in cost $10 a square mile. During the field season of 

1884 a single party mapped over 11,000 square miles. A few years 

later the output of a single party, on the scale of 2 miles to the inch, 

was about 3,000 square miles in a season. To-day the more refined 

and detailed maps, on the scale of about 2 miles to the inch, with a 

contour interval of 100 feet, cost from $7 to $11 a square mile, according to the country, and a single party can rarely map over 600 to 1,000 

square miles in a season. On the scale of 1 mile to the inch, a part}7 

now maps rarely more than 500 square miles in a season, and the cost 

of this work varies between $12 and $30 a square mile, according to 

the nature of the country.

The chief results accomplished by the topographic branch during 

the quarter-century are (1) a complete topographic map, published 

on 1,327- atlas sheets, of 929,850 square miles, or about 31 per cent 

of the area of the United.States; and (2) the control by primary triangulation or traverse of approximately 587,000 additional square 

miles. In the completed work is included the running of more than 

102,800 linear miles of spirit leveling, as a basis for the determination by le?s precise methods of the innumerable points locating contours. As a basis for the topographic mapping, the primary triangulation of the Coast and Geodetic Survey, of the Lake Survej7 and of the 

army engineers on the Mississippi and Missouri rivers, has been 

utilized where available, in addition to the primary triangulation and 

traverse by the Geological Survey.

The area mapped is as great as that of Austria^ Belgium, Bulgaria, 

Denmark, France, Germany, Greece, Italy, the Netherlands, Portugal, 

Servia, Spain, Switzerland, and the United Kingdom of G''eat Britain. 

The -work has necessarily cost a large sum. The appropriation in 1879 

was $19,624; ten years later it was $218,200. The last appropriation 

(for 1903-4) aggregated over $300,000, which was augmented by allot-
64 THE UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL .SUEVEY. [BULL. 227.

ments to this work from the appropriation for forest surveys and from 

State funds for cooperative purposes, bringing the total to nearly 

$500,000. The expenditure upon this work since its inception in 1879 

has been $6,672,000.

PL V shows the areas that have been covered by the topographic 

surveys.

The results of the work of this division may be seen, also, by reference to the tables of atlas sheets and other maps in the Survey's list 

of publications.

Section of Triangulation and Computing.

Since the inception of topographic work by the Geological Survey, 

primary triangulation and primary traverse have been executed on an 

extensive scale. At first topographers were assigned to the work of 

observing astronomic positions, measuring base lines, or extending 

primary triangulation. They acted, however, under the direction of 

the chiefs of the topographic sections, and frequently, in addition to 

their work as triangulators, were in charge of parties making topographic surveys. Gradually, as individuals evinced special aptitude 

for this work they were assigned to it exclusively.

As the work of the topographic branch increased it became evident 

that the part thereof which consisted of field triangulation and office 

computation needed systematizing, and therefore, in 1894, when the 

topographic branch was reorganized, it was separated into two divisions one of triangulation and another of topography. For a few 

j^ears the actual administration of the triangulation division remained 

in the hands of the chiefs of topographic sections; but in January, 

1897, in order to secure uniformity in the office work connected with

this division, a chief computer was appointed, under whom -all office 

computations were conducted. In 1903, upon a further reorganization of the topographic branch, the division of triangulation was 

abolished and all the work of triangulation and computing was segregated in a section, the chief of which is in administrative charge of 

office computing. But, for convenience, the triangulation field work 

continues to be administered by the topographic section chiefs. During the last three years, however, the chief of the section of triangulation and computing has been in immediate charge of the field work 

of triangulation in the eastern section, under the direction of its chief. 

For several years after the enactment of the law of 1896, authorizing 

and directing the running of careful spirit levels in connection with the 

topographic mapping, the office reduction and computation of results 

remained in the hands of the topographic chiefs. Gradually, as the 

work expanded, it became evident that for proper organization and 

supervision it should be made a separate section, and in 1901 the chief 

of the section of triangulation and computing was called upon to
U. 8. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY BULLETIN NO. 227 PL. V

127° 125° 123° 121° 119 117° 115 113 111° 109° 107° 105 103° 101° 99° 97° 95 93" 91° 89° 87 85 83 81° 79° 77° 75 73

OP THE UNITED .STATES, SHOWING AREAS COVERED BY TOPOGRAPHIC SURVEYS

AND THE SCALE EMPLOYED FOB EACH AREA

Scale 

0 100 ?QQ 300 miles

TO TEAK 19O4
TRIANGULATION AND COMPUTING. 65

supervise such office computations.. Since the creation in 1903 of the 

separate section hearing the above title, all office work connected with 

the reduction and publication of the results of spirit leveling has been 

in charge of the chief of that section.

The methods and instruments employed in the astronomic and trigonometric work, as well as in the spirit leveling, of the Geological Survey have developed as the work has progressed. This development 

has been in the direction of economy and efficiency as well as accuracy, 

so that at the present time, with a diminished expenditure for both 

field and office work, a much higher degree of accuracy is obtained 

than was possible at the outset.

Triangulation. In early years the instruments used in triangulation 

were vernier theodolites reading to 10 seconds, with circles 6, 7, 8,10, 

and 11 inches in diameter. In 1889 there were substituted for these, 

8-inch theodolites reading by microscope to 2 seconds, and these have 

since been .exclusively employed in the primary triangulation. It is 

believed that the instruments at present used are of as high a grade as 

those in use in any other part of the world, and that, by employing 

sharper signals, by exercising more care in selecting the times for 

observing, and by taking a larger number of measurements of angles 

than heretofore, results can be obtained with them equal to the best 

secured in geodetic work.

The signals used differ with the differing facilities afforded by the 

various localities. -The commonest form that generally used where 

sawed timber can be obtained is the ordinary quadripod and pole. 

In the Rocky Mountain region a monument of stones is generally used. 

Each station is marked with a bronze tablet cemented in solid rock or 

in a dressed-stone post set in the ground, and sometimes by an iron 

bench-mark post. One or more witness marks are always left.

Base measurement. In the early years of the work base lines were 

measured with secondary base bars. These were used until 1887, 

when steel tapes 300 feet in length, under constant tension, were substituted and have since been employed. They have been found more 

advantageous for the following reasons: The base can be measured 

more rapidly, and, owing to the diminished number of contacts, with 

quite as great accuracy. By making the measurements on cloudy da}^s 

or at night, the correction for temperature can be determined nearly 

or quite as accurately. Longer bases are measured, thus simplifying 

the expansion; and because of the cheapness and speed of this method 

bases are measured more frequently, thus affording a greater number 

of checks on the triangulation. After the base line has been fully 

prepared for measurement and the men handling the tape have had a 

little training, a speed of a mile an hour can be attained, so that under 

favorable conditions abase 5 miles in length can be measured twice in 

one day.

Bull. 227 04 5
66 THE UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SUKVEY. [BULL.227.

The precision of measurement is represented by a probable error of 

from 1/100000 to 1/300000, sufficiently accurate for all primary triangulation not required in the solution of geodetic problems.

Primary traverse. Where it is inexpedient, because of great expense, 

to procure primary control by means of triangulation, as in a heavily 

forested and level country or in the prairies of the Central West, the 

means adopted is the running of traverse lines of a high degree of 

accuracy. The instruments used are, a good transit reading by vernier 

to 30 seconds, a 300-foot steel tape, a 100-foot steel tape, 2 standard 

thermometers,-i hand recorders, 2 flag poles, and for azimuth observations a good-watch and electric hand lamps. In order that the effect 

of errors of angular measurement may be minimized, astronomic azimuths are observed at intervals of 8 to 10 miles. The effect of errors 

in both azimuth and distance is practically eliminated by closing the 

traverse back on itself or on some other adjusted primary traverse, or, 

better still, by connecting with primary triangulation stations or astronomic positions.

The initial and terminal points of the primary traverse, and intermediate points on the line of the traverses which may be used as tie 

points for primary or secondary control, are indicated by permanent 

marks bronze tablets cemented in masonry, or bench-mark posts set 

in the ground.

In localities over which the United States land surveys have been 

extended township and section corners serve as such- permanent marks.

Spirit leveling. Beginning with the season of 1896 the field parties 

engaged in the topographic mapping have conducted careful spirit 

leveling on a scale more extended and of a quality more accurate than 

had ever before been attempted in this country. This was in pursuance of the act of Congress providing for the sundry civil expenses 

of the Government for the fiscal year 1896-97, a paragraph of which 

is as follows:

For topographic surveys in various portions of the United States * * * Provided, That hereafter in such surveys west of the ninety-fifth meridian, elevations 

above a base-level located in each area under survey shall be-determined and marked 

on the ground by iron or stone posts or permanent bench marks, at least two such 

posts or bench marks to be established in each township, or equivalent area, except 

in the forest-clad and mountain areas, where at least one shall be established, and 

these shall be placed, whenever practicable, near the township corners of the publicland surveys; and in the area east of the ninety-fifth meridian at least one such post 

or bench mark shall be similarly established in each area equivalent to the area of a 

township of the public-land survey.

It was realized by the f ramers of the above act that it would be 

impossible to establish and mark on the monuments their exact height 

above sea level. Any attempt to do this would have necessitated the 

running of thousands of miles of precise levels in order to connect 

with sea level the initial points within the various areas under topo-
TRIANGULATION AND COMPUTING. 67

graphic survey, and this would have cost immense sums and occupied 

several years, during which the topographic surveys would have continued without being accompanied by spirit leveling and the establishment of the bench marks required. The act was therefore so framed 

as to permit of the acceptance of some point within each area under 

topographic survey as a central datum point for that area, and the elevation of the initial bench mark established there was determined as 

nearly as practicable from existing elevations adjusted through by 

railway levels or other levels brought from the sea. In consequence, 

though all the elevations connected with the same central datum point 

agree one with the other, they m&y not be reduced to mean sea 

level because of the differences between the primary elevations upon 

which leveling in the various localities is based. Howeverv prior to 

and since 1896 precise-level lines have been extended by this Survey 

and other organizations to more accurately determine inland elevations 

above sea level, and the elevations originally determined have been 

corrected from time to time in publications, so that at the present 

time nearly all the central points have been reduced to mean sea-level 

datum, carrying with them all the levels resting thereon.

It was decided in 1896 that in addition to determining the elevations 

of these bench marks they should be instrumentally connected with 

the horizontal- measurements taken in the course of topographic surveys, but only with such accuracy as would permit of their being properly plotted on the resulting maps, the location and elevation of these 

bench marks being published in two ways first, by a symbol on the 

atlas sheets, the letters B. M., and the elevation to the nearest foot; 

second, by lists of bench marks in the annual reports or bulletins of 

the Survey, with a full description of each bench mark and its exact 

elevation above sea level to the thousandth of a foot, as adjusted and 

referred to the various central datum points, these lists to be corrected in publications from time to time as better connections are made 

with sea level.

It was thought that these bench marks should be of the most 

attractive and substantial character consistent with reasonable cost, 

and after an examination of the various forms used by other Government and city surveys, two standard styles were selected. First, 

a circular bronze or aluminum tablet, 3£ inches in diameter and onefourth inch thick, appropriately lettered, having a 3-inch stem to be 

cemented into a drill hole in the vertical walls of public buildings, 

bridge abutments, or other substantial masonry structures. The 

second form, to be employed where masomy or rock is not accessible, consists of hollow wrought-iron posts, 4 feet in length and 3£ 

inches in outer diameter, split at the bottom and expanded to 12 

inches, so as to prevent both the easy subsidence of the post and its 

being maliciously pulled out of the ground. The iron is heavily
68 THE UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SUKVEY. [BULL.227.

coated with hot asphalt, and over the top of the post is riveted a 

bronze tablet similar to that first described. These posts are set in the 

earth with only one foot of their length projecting above the surface, 

and wherever possible a flat stone is placed at the bottom as a suitable 

rest.

In order that these bench marks should be so marked as to fulfill 

the apparent intention of Congress and supply the popular demand by 

showing approximate elevations above mean sea level, it was decided 

that they should not be given ordinary serial numbers, but that the 

approximate elevation to the nearest foot should be stamped upon 

them, and these figures should constitute their numbering. It was 

soon found, however, that the assumed elevation above sea level as 

determined for a given point might be changed during a 'season or 

within a few seasons, and that this might change by several feet the 

relative elevations stamped upon two bench marks adjacent one to the 

other. To satisfy both conditions, therefore the popular demand for 

sea-level heights and the scientific'demand for exact differences between 

adjacent bench marks the following method was adopted:

The elevation above mean sea level to the nearest foot, as determined at the time of running the levels, is stamped upon the bench 

mark, and, in addition, an abbreviation of the name of the central 

datum, point. Thus, for an elevation depending on North Creek, the 

mark would be, say, "1728 N. C." on tablet or iron post. This datum 

being subsequently found to be in error about 5 feet, later bench marks 

established in that neighborhood are marked as though resting upon 

a different datum, that of Albany, from which the check was obtained, 

and the next bench mark to that above cited may be stamped "1810 A." 

An engineer running between these two and finding them out according to his levels by 5 feet, will at once realize that the letters "N. C." 

or the letter "A." carries some special meaning, and will doubtless 

write to the office of the Geological Survey to inquire concerning it, 

when the desired information will be furnished.

The primary leveling is done by first-class methods, but not of such 

quality as would classify it.as precise leveling. In order to check and 

eliminate the errors incident to such work, lines of levels run within 

an area under topographic survey are so arranged as to close back on 

themselves in circuits or polygonal figures, these lines being run by a 

single levelman and rodnian; the closure of various circuits, then, 

leads at once to the detection of any gross error. Unusually long or 

important lines are run by a levelman and two rodmen in such manner 

as to make a duplicate rodded line.

In order to establish as nearly uniform grade of accuracy for the 

work as practicable, general instructions have been issued to the levelmen, and are printed in the "Instructions governing the topographic 

branch." The allowable limit for closure error for good work is set
TRLANGULATION AND COMPUTING. 69

at 0.05 >/ D feet, in which D represents the length of the line or circuit in miles.

The instruments in general use are 20-inch engineer's levels and 

New York rods, the latter furnished with plumbing levels and with a 

specially constructed .foot plate. The only respect in which the rods 

differ from those regularly furnished consists in making the foot plate 

a truncated pyramid of brass, the bottom of which is but one-half inch 

in width. This is in order to keep it freer of dirt and to compel its 

being placed more accurately on the top of the steel turning peg. 

The only change from the regular form made in the instrument is in 

increasing the sensitiveness of the level bubble so that 1 division on 

the tube equals 10 seconds of arc. All turning points must be on steel 

pegs at least 12 inches in length and driven firmly into the ground.

In addition to the ordinary primary and flying levels, the Geological Survey has run several lines of precise levels, most of which form 

elements in the precise-level net extending from the Atlantic coast 

to the Mississippi River and the Gulf of Mexico, which comprises in 

addition the work of the Corps of Engineers of the Army, the-Coast 

and Geodetic Survey, the Lake Survey, and the Pennsylvania and the 

Baltimore and Ohio railroad companies.

The precise-leveling instruments used by this Survey differ from 

the ordinary spirit levels in many particulars, the effect of which is to 

make them high-grade instruments of precision, 8-inch and 4-inch 

bubble tubes being used. The rods are of special design, 10 feet long, 

double-faced target reading and nonexten.sible, and are made from 

selected white pine and treated with boiling paraffin or linseed oil. 

The lines are run with two rods and rodmen, an umbrellaman, and 

a laborer. Instructions for the conduct of the work differ from those 

for primary work in the following essential points:

The instrument is at all times shaded from the wind and the sun; 

fore and back sights are of exactly equal lengths, and no sight over 

300 feet in length is permitted except in special cases. The instrument is undamped from the tripod after the legs have been firmly set. 

Four steel turning points are used at the same time, two for each rodman, and they are so used that those employed for backsights are 

not withdrawn until the foresight pegs have been set; thus the line 

depends at no time on the stability of the instrument, as there are always 

two turning points in the ground. The limit of apparent error in the 

work is fixed at .03 >/distance in miles, which represents the allowable 

difference, in feet, in the elevations of any bench mark as determined 

by the duplicate lines. -

Office work. The office work of triangulation consists in reduction to center, station adjustment, computation of spherical excess of 

triangles, and adjustment of figures by the method of least squares; 

also the computation of distances and azimuths between and the geo-
70 THE UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SUKVEY. [BULL.227.

detic coordinates of from 300 to 400 primary and secondary points per 

annum. The positions of all points in the Appalachian region from 

Maine to Alabama, those along the thirty-ninth parallel from the 

Atlantic to the Pacific, and those along the ninety-eighth meridian are 

now computed upon the United States standard datum.

The office work of primary traverse consists in the reduction of all 

azimuth observations and the adjustment of the line between azimuth 

stations, and of the computation of between 7,000 and 8,000 latitudes 

and departures and of 1,000 geographic positions per annum.

The results of primary triangulatiori and traverse are summarized 

and published at the close of each fiscal year in the form of a bulletin 

(Series F).

The office work of level adjustment consists in the preparation of 

plates showing groups of level circuits by States, with an indication 

of the error of each circuit. Where a group of primary level lines 

connects with the precise-level net at several points the errors are corrected by distribution in proportion to mileage, after determining 

weighted values for the intermediate points; but a group of circuits 

extending from one point or circuit is treated by adjusting first the 

circuit in which the largest closure (within limits) occurs and then 

correcting the remaining closure errors of successive circuits in proportion to the mileage. This method answers all practical purposes. 

The vast amount of leveling data sent in from all parts of the United 

States by the numerous field parties would not admit of a treatment 

by the method of least squares. As showing the amount of this class of 

work, it may be stated that during the last fiscal year (1902-3), 29,160 

miles of levels were adjusted, correcting the elevations of 1,826 bench 

marks.

The results are annually summarized and published in the form of 

a bulletin (Series F).

PI. VI shows the progress made in astronomic location and primary 

control to January 1, 1904.

For publications on this subject see the Survey's list of publications.

Section of Inspection of Surveying and Mapping.

Coincident with the reorganization of the topographic branch in 1903 

provision was made for the inspection of topographic surveying and 

mapping, to be carried on through consultation and collaboration with 

the section chiefs. To the chief of this new section was also given the 

direction of the preparation of such base maps as might be required 

for various purposes. The inspection of field work and the final drawing of the maps lie entirely outside of the duties of administration, 

are general in character, and consist chiefly in keeping in touch with 

the various topographers, criticising their expression of topographic
U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY BULLETIN NO.227 PL. VI

us" ua* in* 109" 107' 105 103° 101'

MAP SHOWING CONDITION OF ASTRONOMIC LOCATION AND PRIMARY CONTROL

YEAR 1903-04 { | Areas controlled bytrianjSulation ortraverse 

| * | Astronomic station.
INSPECTION OF SURVEYING . AND MAPPING. 71

forms and choice of essential details, and in eliminating as far as possible their mannerisms and individualities, with a view to gaining 

uniformity of expression for similar features throughout the country.

For several years it had been manifest that a system of general 

inspection Avas desirable, because of the great extent of the operations 

of the Survey and the impossibility of individuals working in widely 

separated localities making intelligent comparisons and avoiding diversity of style. The need is now met by the new section of inspection. 

It is also a part of the duties of the inspector, in consultation with the 

section chiefs, to examine into and reconcile questions which may arise 

between the geologic and topographic branches as to proper and adequate delineation of features required in special investigations.

Special attention is given by this section to a classification of the 

physiographic types of topography throughout the United States and 

their relation to the geologic structure. For this purpose there has 

been prepared for the use of the topographers and others a series of 

charts on which are represented characteristic types in the grand 

physiographic divisions of the United States, with examples of approved 

contouring of each type.

A wall map of the United States is being prepared, which will be 

used also as a general base map for all purposes. The scale is 40 miles 

to the inch, with relief represented by 1,000-foot contours. It will 

show State and county boundaries, with the names and locations of 

county seats, and all railroads and drainage. This map will be an 

example of technical and artistic cartography, and will serve as an 

accurate and convenient base upon which to plot a great variety of 

information.

DIVISION OF GEOGRAPHY AND FORESTRY.

This division was organized in 1896. Its work is varied in character. 

To it were, origin ally consigned all matters connected with general 

geography, including the compilation of secondary maps and the preparation of papers on geographic and physiographic subjects. To these 

duties there were added in 1897 the examination of forests and forest 

conditions in the reserves and other wooded regions of the country, 

and the preparation of reports on them.

The annual allotments which have been made for this work are as 

follows: 1896, $6,000; 1897 and 1898, $20,000 each; 1899, 1900, and 

1901, $25,000 each; 1902 and 1903, $20,000 each.

The field force employed in the examination of forests has varied in 

different years, and most of the men have been employed for a part 

of the year only. This work being the first attempt to accurately 

examine and appraise the forests of this country, it was necessary both 

to build up an organization and to originate plans and methods for 

field work and for presentation of the results in reports and on maps.
72 THE UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL.227.

It was decided to classify lands as wooded and nonwooded; to classify the wooded land as that covered with forests valuable for lumber, 

and that of value only for firewood and other minor purposes; to estimate the amount of timber on the former and the stand per acre; to 

define those areas on which the timber has been cut and those on which 

it has been burned, and on each of these areas the lands on which there 

is a regrowth of the forest.

Besides these data, information was required concerning the size, 

species, and quality of the tree growth, the extent to which it is diseased, 

the character of the undergrowth, the depth of humus and litter, the 

character of streams in respect to the driving of logs, the character 

of the country with reference to the building of logging railways, the 

demand for lumber in the neighborhood, and the effect of grazing 

(especially that of sheep) upon the present and future forests.

Following is a schedule, b}7 years, of the forest reserves and adjacent 

regions which have been examined:

In 1897: Washington, Priest Eiver, Bitterroot (in part), Black Hills, Bighorn, 

Teton and Yellowstone Park, San Jacinto, San Bernardino, and San Gabriel.

In 1898: All reserves of Colorado, the Flathead, Bitterroot (completed).

In 1899: Lewis and Clarke, Mount Rainier, Olympic (in part), Cascade Eange in 

southern Oregon, part of Sierra Nevada, including Stanislaus and Lake Tahoe 

reserves, and Yosemite National Park. Besides the above, much information concerning the conditions of the forests in northern Minnesota was obtained, principally 

through correspondence.

In 1900: Olympic (completed), northern part of Sierra Nevada, Sierra (in part), 

Cascade Eange between Washington and Mount Rainier reserves.

In 1901: Sierra (completed), Cascade Range in Oregon (completed), San Francisco 

Mountain Reserve (in part), southern Appalachians in North Carolina and adjacent 

States (in part).

In 1902: San Francisco Mountain Eeserve (completed), Black Mesa, Uinta (in

part), southern Appalachian Mountains in North Carolina and adjacent States.

In 1903: Gila River, Lincoln, Wichita, part of Whatcom County, Wash., Little 

Belt, Absaroka.

These examinations, extending over a period of seven years, cover 

70.400,000 acres. Reports on these areas, down to those examined 

in 1901, except those in the Sierra Forest Reserve and in the Appalachians, have been published. Of the reserves examined in 1902 the 

reports on the San Francisco Mountain and Black Mesa reserves have 

been prepared and are in the hands of the printer. All these reports 

are accompanied by maps and other illustrations.

In addition to these examinations a large amount of information has 

been collected, mainly from the reports of lumber cruisers in private 

employ, concerning the forests of Washington outside of the reserves, 

and from these data and the examinations of reserves there have been 

prepared estimates of the amount of timber in the State and of its distribution areally and by species. Similar results have been obtained 

for Oregon, in part by collating cruisings, in part by the Survey's
GEOGRAPHY AND FORESTRY. 73

own examinations of reserves, but in by far the larger part through 

the personal work of Mr. A. J. Johnson, who devoted two years to 

traveling about the kState and inspecting its forests.

Out of the examination of forest reserves has grown the preparation of economic or land-classification sheets, showing on the regular 

atlas sheets of the Survey as a base not only the forests, with burnt and 

cut lands, but the irrigable and pasture' lands. Of these sheets 35 

have been published, some as illustrations in reports on forest reserves 

and others independently.

The preparation of such land-classification maps and reports did not 

originate with this Survey. Three of the old surveys of the West, 

popularly known as the Hayden, Powell, and Wheeler surveys, gave 

attention to this subject and embodied the results in reports. In the 

Hayden Atlas of Colorado, published in 1876, there is a land-classification map of the entire State, and a bulletin of that survey was devoted 

to this subject.

The Powell survey published a land-classification map of Utah, and 

a volume entitled '' Lands of the Arid Regions." This book is a classic 

on the subject, and formed the basis upon which the entire system, 

not only of land classification, but of irrigation, is founded. The 

Wheeler survey also published an edition of its atlas sheets colored 

to represent forests, grazing lands, and desert lands. The plan adopted 

by the Geological Survey in its land-classification sheets is much more 

elaborate than these, but in general principles conforms to them.

Another result of these examinations is the collection of land-classification data by the topographers in the course of their topographic 

work. Mainly from this source information of this character, covering 

several hundred thousand square miles in various parts of the country, 

has been assembled. This information is of different degrees of accuracy and fullness for different areas, but altogether it forms a very 

valuable contribution to our knowledge of the forests of the United 

States. Its possession has enabled this- office to guide the Department 

in extending and modifying the boundaries of reserves.

There is still another by-product of the examination of forest 

reserves. In certain cases no topographic maps existed, and in order 

to represent geographically the data collected it became necessary to 

prepare maps. This has been done in the cases of the Olympic and 

Mount Rainier reserves in Washington and most of the Cascade 

Range Reserve in Oregon. These maps, having been published on a 

scale of 4 miles to the inch, can rank only as reconnaissance maps, but 

they will serve a useful purpose until better ones can be prepared.

The office force of the division has always been small, comprising 

usually two or three clerks and a chief draftsman, under whose direction 

complete small-scale maps of 11 States and .Territories have been 

compiled.
74 THE UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL.227.

The subject of magnetic declination has been studied by this division, 

and an extensive compilation of the measurements of declination taken 

within the United States has been made, including a complete canvass 

of the data available in the United States Land Office, where hundreds 

of thousands of measurements derived from the subdivision service are 

recorded. By the aid of these data the magnetic declination in the 

Central and Western States is now as well known as it was formerly 

in the Northeastern States. The secular variation has been studied, 

and its movements during the last century within the limits of the 

United States have been ascertained.

The subject of physiography has received attention, especially as 

illustrated by the atlas sheets of this Survey. Their use as a means 

of instruction in the schools has been forwarded by the preparation 

and publication of three folios two of them entitled "Physiographic 

Types" and the third "Physical Geography of the Texas Region."

The compilation of a gazetteer of the United States, to comprise all 

names found on the atlas sheets, has been commenced by the preparation of gazetteers of the States. Thirteen such gazetteers have been 

compiled.

The profiles of the rivers of the United States have been studied and 

a publication has been made thereon (Water-Supply Paper 44).

The compilation of measurements of altitudes has been continued, 

and the results have been presented in a revised and extended edition 

of the "Dictionary of Altitudes" (Bulletin 160).

The study of the boundaries of the States and of the United States, 

with a history of their development, has been continued, and three 

bulletins on that subject have been issued (Bulletins 13,171, 226).

A compilation has been made of the origin of place names, and the 

results have been published in a bulletin, which contains such information regarding about 10,000 names in the United States (Bulletin 197).

For titles of all publications prepared by this division see the 

Survey's list of publications.

HYDROGRAPHIC BRANCH.

The hydrographic investigations of the Geological Survey began, as 

a distinct feature of its work, in the fall of 1888 with the establishment of a camp of instruction at Embudo, N. Mex., under the charge 

of the present chief of the branch. They have been continued and 

gradually expanded, the work being strengthened as larger funds 

became available. The first specific appropriation for gaging streams 

was made in an act of Congress approved August 18, 1894, being 

$12,500. This amount has been added to from time to time, and the 

work has expanded to a point where several divisions and sections 

have been organized to cover the various needs of different parts of 

the country.
HYDKOGKAPHY. 75

The division of hydrography, first definitely recognized in 1894:, 

has been superseded by the hydrographic branch, Avhich now includes 

the divisions of hydrography, hydrology, hydro-economics, and the 

reclamation service. The field and office details of these divisions are 

directed by men who have had special technical training along their 

respective lines.

DIVISION OF HYDROGRAPHY.

The work of the division of hydrography consists chiefly in the 

determination of the flow or discharge of rivers. In this connection 

other information useful in hydrographic studies, such as river profiles, duration of floods and extent of damage caused by them, waterpower data, etc., is collected. This investigation has been so closely 

related to the investigations which led to the establishment of the 

reclamation service that the early histor}'' of both divisions is a review 

of practically the same facts.

The organization of the hydrographic branch of the United States 

Geological Survey was made possible by the passage of the act of 

October 2,1888. The portion of that act relating to the hydrographic 

work was the result of the efforts of the late Maj. J. W. Powell, then 

Director of the Survey, who had devoted a large portion of his life to 

the study of problems connected with the utilization of the arid lands 

of the West by irrigation. It provided:

For the purpose of investigating 'the extent to which the arid region of the United 

States can be redeemed by irrigation and the segregation of the irrigable lands in 

such arid region, and for the selection of sites for reservoirs and other hydraulic 

works necessary for the storage and utilization of water for irrigation and the prevention of floods and overflows, and to make the necessary maps, including the pay' 

of employees in field and in office, the cost of all instruments, apparatus, and 

materials, and all other necessary expenses connected therewith, the work to be 

performed by the Geological Survey, under the direction of the Secretary of the 

Interior, the sum of one hundred thousand dollars, or so much thereof as may be 

necessary. * * * And all .the lands which may hereafter be designated or selected 

by such United States surveys for sites for reservoirs, ditches, or canals for irrigation 

purposes, and all the lands made susceptible of irrigation by such reservoirs, ditches, 

or canals are from this time henceforth hereby reserved from sale as the property of 

the United States, and shall not be subject after the passage of this act to entry, 

settlement, or occupation until further provided by law: Provided, That the President 

may at any time in his discretion by proclamation open any portion or all of 

the lands reserved by this provision to settlement under the homestead laws.

Initiatory to the act were two Senate resolutions, passed on January 

13,1888, and March 27,1888, calling upon the Director of the Geological Survey, through the Secretary of the Interior, for information 

as to the desirability of the Government undertaking irrigation 

investigations, and the sum necessary for such purpose. In his reply 

the Director summed up the conditions existing at that time and 

pointed out the methods which should be pursued in carrying on the
76 THE UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BUM,.227.

investigation. He also made special reference to the work of gaging 

streams, and in concluding suggested the clause which was afterwards 

embodied in the first part of the act. In this he recommended that 

the sum of $250,000 be appropriated to start the work. This amount 

was reduced by Congress to $100,000.

In expending the $100,000 appropriated by Congress on October 2, 

1888, the law was interpreted as not authorizing the construction of 

works of irrigation, but only as directing a comprehensive investigation of conditions, and the money was expended in such way as to 

obtain the desired information in the shortest time.

The work was found to divide naturally into two parts the topographic features and the engineering features.

The topographic work consisted of surveys delineating the topographic features of the country, the areas of all drainage basins, the 

courses of streams, the situations of lakes, springs, and other bodies of 

water, the positions of possible reservoir sites, the locations of dams 

and canal lines, and the altitude, position, and general character of all 

irrigable lands. These surveys were undertaken by the topographic 

branch of the Geological Survejr, and immediately after the passage 

of the act operations were begun in Montana, Nevada, Colorado, 

and New Mexico. The methods in use by the Geological Survey were 

found to be well suited to this work, and in many localities there was 

necessary only a continuation of the work already in progress.

The hydraulic work consisted of measuring the flow of rivers, rainfall, evaporation, and matter carried in suspension by water. It also 

included the study of general meteorology, ascertaining the duty of 

water, and determining the mode and cost of constructing dams and 

reservoirs.

At the instruction camp established, as has been said, early in the 

fall of 1888 on the Rio Grande, near Embudo, N. Mex., there were 14 

student hydrographers, whose work consisted in practicing stream 

measurements by the various methods, measuring the rise and fall of 

the stream from day to day, the daily evaporation, and the amount of 

water carried in suspension. Observations were also made with 

meteorologic instruments.

At that time the four principal methods of gaging streams were by 

weirs, floats, formula, and meter. These methods were compared, 

both scientifically and practically, and at the close of the winter of 

1888-89 sufficiently well-defined methods had been developed to enable 

the men to be assigned to practical field duty.

At the end of the first year methods for carrying on the various 

branches of the work had been developed, an aggregate of about 12,000 

square miles had been topographically surveyed, and gaging stations 

had been established on the more important streams in the territory 

under investigation. This was an excellent showing, for the work
HYDEOGEAPHY. 77

had been in progress only eight months, during which the winter 

season had intervened.

In providing for the second year's work Congress appropriated the 

sum of $250,000. This enabled the extension of the work into new 

territory, and, as the methods already developed had proved satisfactory, the delays of the previous j^ear were avoided. The personnel remained practically unchanged, save for a few additions. The 

results of the second year's work showed topographic surveys aggregating about 20,850 square miles, about 200 reservoir sites had been 

located, and the stream-measurement work was rapidly pushed in 

advance of the other investigations, as with this class of data length of 

series is one of the important factors.

Notwithstanding the efficient work and good showing which had been 

made during the two years prior to June 30, 1890, Congress failed, 

during the next four years, to make special provision for hydrographic 

work. This necessitated the stopping of practically all the work except 

that of stream measurement, which was kept up by a small allotment 

made annually from a general appropriation, to which was added a 

small amount by the Tenth Census, while hearty cooperation was 

received from several States, corporations, and individuals. With these 

limited resources a large amount of stream-measurement data was collected and several special investigations were undertaken.'

The operations of the engineering branch of the irrigation survey 

were conducted on lines similar to and in the same drainage basins as 

those of the topographic and hydrographic branches. Among the more 

important investigations were surveys for a reservoir project on the 

lower Rio Grande, near El Paso, Tex., the preliminary survey for a 

canal in the Arkansas Basin in Colorado, and a survey in the basin of 

Sun River in Montana for storage reservoirs and distributing canals. 

Preliminary surveys for important canal projects were made in the 

Snake River Basin in Idaho, for the location of reservoir and canal 

projects on Carson and Truckee rivers in Nevada, and forreservoirs at 

the headwaters of Tuolumne and Merced rivers in California.

Unfortunately, the discontinuance of the appropriations for this 

work caused it to be dropped when it had reached only a preliminary 

stage. Much important and valuable information had, however, been 

gathered through the results of these surveys. More or less complete 

surveys were made of nearly 20 reservoirs in various parts of the 

country. Preliminary canal surveys, both for the diversion of water 

from rivers, or its conduct from the reservoirs, and for its distribution to the irrigable lands, were made in a number of cases. Preliminary examinations of more than 100 reservoir projects Avere made, 

also careful surveys for the segregation of land possibly irrigable, on 

the basis of which several hundred thousand acres were temporarily 

withdrawn from settlement, pending the completion of more detailed 

investigations.
78 THE UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SDEVEY. [BULL. 227.

The organization consisted of a chief engineer, under whom two 

supervising engineers had general direction of the projects undertaken, one on the Pacific slope, and the other in the country east 

thereof. Six divisions, each presided over by an engineer, were 

organized and named the divisions of Colorado, Montana, California, 

Nevada, New Mexico, and Idaho. The field work consisted of reconnaissance or preliminary examinations by the division chief, who, 

when he found a group of irrigable lands so situated that they might 

possibly be irrigated from an available water supply, organized a 

party which at once proceeded to make the necessary surveys to determine the relation between the two. If the results indicated the project 

as possibly feasible, more detailed surveys were made to ascertain the 

grade and mileage of canal, or, if a reservoir, its possible capacity 

and the practicability of closing it with a dam. These surveys were 

necessarily conducted in cooperation with the hydrographic investigations, hydrographers being assigned to the measurement of the stream 

discharges in the areas under consideration.

On the close of the work some of the division chiefs were detained 

temporarily in the Washington office pending the preparation of a 

final report, and the results were published in the Thirteenth Annual 

Report of the Survey, in the form of textual matter giving estimates 

of the possible cost of construction of various kinds, and maps showing 

the details of the projects.

The publication and diffusion of the information relating to streams 

of the West brought to public attention the necessity for such work 

and for obtaining more detailed facts concerning the water resources 

of all parts of the country. As a result, the following clause providing 

for stream measurements was inserted in a bill which was passed by 

Congress on August 18, 1894:

For gaging the streams and determining the water supply of the United States, 

including the investigation of underground currents and artesian wells in the arid 

and semiarid sections, twelve thousand five hundred dollars.

This was the first definite legislative recognition of the streammeasurement work of the hydrographic branch, and it placed the 

branch upon a stable basis from which it has risen to its present 

important position. Since that time Congress has appropriated annually sums ranging from $12,500 in 1895 to $200,000 in 1903.

During this period, aside from these regular appropriations, $20,000 

was appropriated for making special investigations on Gila River and 

Queen Creek in Arizona, and about $5,000 to meet deficiencies and 

for other purposes.

On June 17,1902, the President signed the national reclamation act, 

which led to separation of the stream-measurement work and the irrigation work of the hydrographic branch and the establishment of the 

reclamation service. The general administration of both divisions is 

the same, and much of the work is carried on in cooperation.
HYDROGRAPHY. 79

With the exception of limited studies on Potoinac River at Chain 

Bridge, D. C., until the fall of 1894 the work of the hydrographic 

division had been confined to those districts where irrigation investigations were being carried on. With the expansion incident to the 

increased appropriation of that year it became necessary to reorganize 

the division on a more permanent basis. To employ salaried hydrographers to carry on all the field work was evidently impracticable in 

view of the smallness of the appropriation. The difficulty was overcome by securing gratuitous or inexpensive cooperation from men 

who had not only a strong personal interest in and inclination .toward 

investigations of this character, but also some permanent occupation 

or position, so that they were not dependent upon remuneration 

from stream-gaging funds. Assistance of this kind was given by professors of geology or of hydraulic engineering, and by local and civil 

engineers who had practical acquaintance with the difficulties and 

methods of water measurements and with the behavior of streams and 

underground sources of supply in their respective localities. For 

convenience i n administration the States and Territories were grouped 

into hydrographic districts, each under the care .of a division hydrographer who looked after the work done by the men in his section. 

The data collected in each section were transmitted to the Washingtor 

office, where the material was prepared for publication.

Although a large amount of data was collected and much good work 

was done by the cooperative system, it was found to have the disadvantage that the aids were occupied with other duties at the times when 

it was most desirable that measurements should be made. Therefore, 

as the appropriations have warranted, the temporaiy employees have 

received permanent appointments or have been replaced by men who 

are able to devote their whole time to the work.

With, the increasing appropriations the stream-measurement work 

has been extended from year to year, so that at present measurements 

have been or are being made on practically all the principal rivers in 

the United States; and in connection with these records of flow other 

hydrographic data, such as river profiles, extent of and damage done 

by floods, water-power data, etc., have been collected. During last 

year (1903) regular stations were maintained at about 500 points, 

distributed so as to cover the greatest needs of the various States and 

Territories. Figs. 2 and 3 show the locations of these stations.

Under the present organization of the division of Irydrography the 

work is divided between the field and the Washington office. In the 

field every effort is put forth to collect as much information as possible. 

This is transmitted through the local offices, where it is examined, to 

the Washington office. The plan of dividing the country into hydrographic districts has been continued, and the present division is as follows: New England, New York, northern Atlantic States, southern
80 THE UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY

Atlantic States, Mississippi Valley States, Texas, and the Western or 

reclamation States.

The work in the Western or reclamation States is carried on in connection with investigations by the resident engineers of the reclamaFIG. 2. Map showing locations of river stations and principal irrigation projects in western half

of United States in lOOS^.

tion service. There is a general inspector of field work, who, with 

each resident hydrographer, visits at intervals the various stations in 

his district. At the times of these visits the equipment is examined, 

measurements are made, and such suggestions and recommendations 

are given as will bring the work in each district to a uniform standard.
HYDEOGEA.FHY. 81

The Washington office looks after the general administration of the 

work, cares for the supplies and accounts, receives the original data 

as collected by the resident hydrographers, and prepares the material 

for publication. The Washington office comprises the following four

PIG. 3. Map showing- locations of river stations in eastern half of United States in 1903-4.

sections: (1) The executive office, which looks after appointments, 

assignments to duty, general correspondence, approval of accounts, 

bookkeeping, and other matters in connection with the administration 

of the work. All material passes through and is inspected by this 

office before it is submitted to the hydrographer. (2) The computing 

Bull. 227 04 6
82 THE UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL.227.

section, which has charge of the tiles that contain all original records. 

It inspects the data that come into the office from the field, makes the 

computations necessary for preparing the material for publication, and 

compiles the annual report, which contains the data collected. To this 

section all requests are referred for information in regard to streammeasurement data. (3) The section of instruments and supplies, which 

attends to the purchase and distribution of all the material used in the 

hydrographic branch. (4) The publicity section, which reviews all 

the data and correspondence that come into the office and extracts such 

portions as may be of immediate interest to the public at large. 

Visitors to the office are received by this section and directed where 

to obtain such information as they may desire.

The stream-measurement work done prior to 1888 was confined to 

particular localities and to short periods of time. Such results were 

of limited value, and it was necessary for the Survey to devise methods whereby data could be collected, as it were, by wholesale. The 

entire country had to be studied, and it was essential that observations 

should be extended over a considerable period of time, in order that 

both the total flow and the seasonal distribution could be determined. 

It was held by those organizing the service that, in work involving so 

many disturbing factors, observations of a fair degree of accuracy, 

covering a long period, were of much more value than more accurate 

observations covering short periods.

In order to fulfill the required conditions it was found necessary to 

measure and record from time to time two variable quantities. The 

first of these was the mean daily height of the river, referred to some 

arbitrary datum; the second, the discharges to correspond to these 

heights. With these data, assuming that the discharge is a function of the gage height, and that like gage heights will have like 

discharges, it is possible to construct a rating table which will give 

the discharge for each stage of the river. From this table, with the 

daily gage heights, there may be compiled a table showing the discharge for each day during the year.

In carrying out this work, gaging stations were established at carefull}7 selected points on the various streams. In the East results are 

wanted mainly for water-supply and power purposes; in the central 

part of the United States, for water-supply and sanitaiy purposes; 

and in the West, for irrigation. Some stations in each section of the 

country are needed for general statistical purposes, and all the records 

are valuable in studying flood conditions. Therefore, the endeavor is 

made so to locate the stations that it is possible to procure the requisite 

data with the proper degree of accuracy and at reasonable cost. Data 

for low and ordinary stages are more valuable for power purposes 

than are the data for higher stages, hence low-water conditions govern 

in selecting stations for this purpose. Where the data are to be used
U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY

A. TYPICAL BRIDGE STATION M ISSISSIPP! RIVER AT ANOKA, MINN.

B. TYPICAL CABLE STATION M I LK RIVER AT HAVRE, MONT.
HYDROGRAPHY. 83

mainly for storage projects the' stations are so located that both the 

high-water and the low-water conditions can be studied with equal 

accuracy. The equipment at the stations consists of a gage for measuring heights of the water surface-, and some support from which the 

meter measurements can be made.

The gage is either a fixed wooden staff or is of the standard chain 

type. Gage heights are read daily by some person living in the 

vicinity, who is employed for the purpose, and the records are transmitted to the resident hydrographer on postal-card forms prepared for 

that purpose.

Measurements of the flow or discharge are made with current 

meters from a bridge, boat, cable, or by wading. (See PI. VII.) 

Whenever possible, stations are established at bridges, where stations 

can be equipped at little expense. The measurement, which is usually 

made by the resident hydrographer or an assistant, consists in dividing 

the cross section of the.stream at the gaging station into an arbitrary 

number of parts and determining the area and mean velocity for each 

part; the product of these two factors gives the discharge for each 

part, and the total discharge is the sum of these partial discharges. 

An effort is made to take the measurements at different stages, so that 

when the}7 are plotted on cross-section paper enough points will be 

had to construct a discharge curve that will extend from extreme high 

to extreme low water.

Aside from the meter stations, a few determinations of flow are 

made by small weirs and at mill dams.

The current meter is an instrument for determining the velocity of flow 

of streams. In general it consists of a wheel carrying a series of cups 

which rotate about a horizontal or a vertical axis. Connected with 

this axis is either an electric or an acoustic appliance for counting the 

number of revolutions. The velocity per second is indicated by. the 

number of revolutions per second. This relation is determined separately for each meter by drawing the meter through still water. The 

length and time of the run and the number of revolutions are recorded 

by automatic devices, and from these factors the velocity in feet per 

second, to correspond to any number of revolutions, is determined. 

PI. VIII, A, shows the equipment at meter-rating stations. In operation the meter is held in the water and headed against the current, 

which causes the wheel to rotate. Since the organization of the work 

five types of meters have been used Fteley, Ellis, Haskell, Bailey, 

and Price. Each of these has its good points, but the Price meter best 

fulfils the demands of the work and is in general use.

The Price meter is made in two sizes. It consists of a wheel containing five conical cups, rotating about a vertical axis, which is connected 

by a copper-wire cable to a small batteiy buzzer, and is so arranged 

as to make and break contact with each revolution of the wheel.
84 THE UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SUJJVEY. [BULL.227.

(See PL IX.) This is indicated by a buzz. The cable serves the 

double purpose of supporting the meter and of transmitting the current from the battery. A tail keeps the meter headed against the 

current, and leaden weights hold it at the proper depth. With the 

exception of the conical cups the various parts and appliances of this 

meter have been modified by hydrogf aphers of the Geological Survej^.

The data collected by this division have formed the basis of all 

reclamation investigations, and the success of the reclamation service 

is largely dependent upon the hydrographic studies of the last fifteen 

years. In the East, where the data are principally used in estimates 

for water-power developments, power plants costing in the aggregate 

millions of dollars have been built, based upon information furnished 

by the hydrographic division.

The records of the division have been of great value in estimating 

available water supplies for large cities, and the data have proved of 

great importance in lawsuits or arbitration for settling satisfactorily 

the relative rights of various claimants on the basis of the physical 

facts. Information in regard to floods is a later but no less important 

feature of its investigations.

For publications prepared by this division see the Survey's list of 

publications.

DIVISION OF HYDROLOGY.

Eastern and Western Sections.

The division of hydrology deals with underground waters, in the 

same manner that the division of hydrography deals with surface 

waters, the aim being to obtain and publish for the benefit of the 

people information relating to the occurrence, movements, methods

of obtaining, and uses of artesian and other underground waters,

including those reaching the surface both in wells and in springs.

As underground waters are intimately connected with many geologic features, more or less attention has been given to them throughout the existence of the Survey, but mostly in connection with the 

investigation of other problems. Two special reports, one on the 

conditions of artesian wells and another on the hot-spring deposits of 

the Yellowstone National Park, were published in the Fifth and Ninth 

annual reports, respectively; and papers on potable waters and on 

natural mineral waters appeared in the Fourteenth Annual Report.

To carry out the provision of the act of October 2,1888, previously 

quoted (p. 75), the hydrographic work of the Survey was organized, 

and during the first )^ear some progress was made in the investigation 

of underground water supplies. Every year since 1888 more or less 

hydrologic work has been done, by field investigations in both the 

West and the East. These have yielded a number of reports on underground-water resources, and a large collection of data is preserved in 

the office for future reference and elaboration.
BUI. LF_TL\ NO. 227 PL. VIII

A. APPARATUS FOR RATING METERS AT CHEVY CHASE, M D.

B. TYPICAL WEIR STATION, LOS ANGELES RIVER, CALIFORNIA.
U. S. GEOLOGI-AL SURVEY IULLET1N NO. 227 PL. IX

PRICE ELECTRIC CURRENT METERS, WITH BUZZERS.
HYDROLOGY. 85

It was found that the results of the investigation of underground 

waters were of great interest to the public, and the rapid development 

of many areas in the West through the use of underground water for 

irrigation, the application of well Avaters to the irrigation of rice in 

the Southern States, and the ever-growing importance of deep well 

waters as sources of public water supplies have led in the last few 

years to a great increase in the work involved in their investigation. 

In order satisfactorily to meet the new demands and to develop, 

 specialize, and systematize the work, the investigations relating to 

underground waters were segregated from the division of hydrography 

and grouped into a distinct organization known as the division of 

hydro-geolog}r, or hydrology. This organization was made at the 

beginning of 1903, with two sections, western and eastern, the first

including the so-called reclamation States and Territories and Texas,

and the second embracing the States east of the Mississippi and those 

bordering that river on the west. Each of these sections was placed 

in charge of a geologist assigned from the division of geology and 

working under the general supervision of the chief hydrographer.

In the western section there 'are three assistant geologists, two field 

assistants engaged throughout the year, and five field assistants engaged 

for a portion of each season. Special investigations are being conducted by several other geologists, in most cases State geologists and 

professors of geology at the State universities. In the eastern section 

there are several assistant geologists and many temporary field assistants. Arrangements have been made for cooperation by a number of 

local geologists, and several members of the geologic branch are giving 

special attention to restricted areas.

The work of the division includes the gathering, filing, and publication of statistical information relating to the occurrence of .water in 

artesian and other deep wells; the gathering and publication of data 

pertaining to springs; the investigation of the geologic occurrence, 

from both stratigraphic and structural standpoints, of underground 

waters and springs; a study of the laws governing the variations due 

to tidal, temperature, and barometric fluctuations; direct measurements of rate of underflow; detailed surveys of regions in which water 

problems are of great importance and urgency, and the publication of 

reports on irrigation, city water supplies, and other important uses of 

underground waters.

To serve as a basis in outlining plans for field work, it was found 

desirable to undertake a preliminary correspondence by means of 

printed requests for the addresses of drillers, .well owners, spring 

owners, etc., and for information relating to town water supplies, 

wells, and springs. Requests for addresses are first sent to postmasters, and to the addresses thus obtained special blanks are sent. 

The same system is used in gathering information from scattered
86 THE UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 227.

points which it is impracticable to visit on account of expense. The 

information thus obtained has been found to be of great value and 

assistance in carrying out the work of the division. The data are 

recorded on printed cards of three types, designed for information

PIG. 4. Map showing progress of work on underground waters in western half of United

States in 1903-4.

relating to city or town water supplies, deep wells, and springs. The 

cards are so arranged that they can be submitted directly to the printer 

as copy for tabular reports. Plans have been made whereby bibliographies covering hydrography and hydrology, similar to those which 

have proved of so much value to geologists, will be prepared annually,
HYDKOLOGY. 87

Arrangements have also been made for cooperation of both geologists 

and topographers in furnishing information of new water developments 

and such facts relating to the occurrence of underground waters as 

come to their attention. ,

FIG. 5. Map showing progress of work on underground waters in eastern half of United States

in 1903-4.

During the last few years hydrologic work has been done, either directly in the field or through cooperation with State officials or by correspondence, in practically every State and Territory. Among the more 

important investigations under way may be enumerated the following:

In the eastern section, geology and water resources of Long Island,
88 THE UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL StJJRVE*. [BULL.227.

New York; measurement of velocity of underflow of water in sands 

and gravels; springs of New York State; underground water supplies 

of New Jersey; pollution of underground waters of Georgia; underground water resources of Louisiana and Arkansas; springs of Missouri; and artesian waters of Minnesota and Wisconsin.

In part the field work has consisted of the running of levels connecting wells with railroad levels, thereby establishing a basis for determining the structure of water-bearing formations. Such work has 

been conducted with success in southern Arkansas and Louisiana, 

where it is expected that it will aid in determining the most available 

water horizons for the supply of towns and cities, and perhaps lead to 

more extended use of underground water for the irrigation of rice. 

In Missouri promising results include the discover of new artesian 

areas and the relations of temperatures of cavern and surface springs 

at similar horizons, the development of caves and sinks by underground 

drainage, and surface modifications resulting therefrom; and, in general, the origin, flow, and temperature of all underground waters and 

their economic uses.

In the western section, among the more important results so far 

obtained are the amounts of variation in water levels at localities where 

water is being extensively utilized for irrigation, as in Salt Kiver 

Valley in Arizona and San Joaquin Valley in California. In these 

and similar areas tests to determine the movements of underground 

waters have been made, and much light has already been thrown 

upon these obscure phenomena.

In the Dakotas much attention has been given to special geologic 

work, with a view to ascertaining the relations of underground waters 

to the geologic structure. Reports and maps have been prepared

giving a review.of the artesian conditions in the great central plains.

Figs. 4 and 5 show the progress of the hyclrologic work.

For publications on hydrologic subjects see the Survey's list of 

publications.

DIVISION OF HYDRO-ECONOMICS.

The entire hydrographic work of the Survey is, to a more or less 

extent, of an economic character. The special work of the division 

of hydro-economics may, however, be said to have been started with 

the gaging of rivers in the eastern portion of the United States, as the 

reason for this development was the need of data for water-power and 

other economic purposes. The first investigation of this nature was 

a study of the Potomac drainage basin, begun in April, 1891.

Another development took place in 1895 with a general reconnaissance and establishment of gaging stations in the southern Atlantic 

drainage basins in the States of Virginia, West Virginia, North Caro-
HYDRO-ECONOMICS. 89

Una, and Georgia. The work has since constantly enlarged from year 

to year, until it now includes every State in the humid region.

A special department of the work, and one of a distinctly economic 

character, was established in 1897, when a detailed study of the sources 

of pollution of the Potoinac Basin was undertaken. Samples of water 

for bacteriologic examination were collected in sterilized bottles at the 

mouths of all important tributaries, and at such other points along 

the river as were of special interest, as at locations of sawmills, tanneries, and immediately below important towns. 

. At about this time in the New England States, especially in Maine, 

the study of water powers was commenced. In four j^ears the subject 

was fairly well covered, and the results were published in WaterSupply Paper No. 69.

During 1895,1896, and 1898 a study of the hydrography of the

streams of New York State was undertaken by the State engineer's 

office and the United States Board of Engineers on Deep Waterways. 

During 1900 the Geological Survey assumed charge of the stations, 

and, in cooperation with the State engineer and surveyor, extended 

and continued the work.

In 1901, at the request of the water-supply department of the cit}r 

of New York, a detailed study of the hydrography of the streams that 

might possibly furnish a water supply for the city was undertaken by 

this Survey, and has been continued to date.

Owing to the increased demand for information on water powers, 

municipal water supplies, sanitary conditions of rivers, flood preventions, and other allied questions, the division of hydro-economics was 

established in January, 1902. At that time its work was confined to 

reviewing chemical and board-of-health reports and extracting therefrom such matter as applied directly to the quality of natural waters. 

From the results of this work there was prepared a report entitled 

"Normal and Polluted Waters in Northeastern United States," which 

has been issued as Water-Supply and Irrigation Paper No. 79.

Subsequently cooperative relations with various laboratories throughout the country were established. The arrangements involve the study 

of important problems concerning river pollution, river purification, 

and municipal water supply. The laboratories partaking in the initial 

scheme of cooperation were: Bowdoin College, Brunswick, Me.; Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Boston, Mass.; Eensselaer Polytechnic Institute, Troy, N. Y.; Cornell University, Ithaca, N. Y.; 

University of Rochester, Rochester, N. Y.; Dickinson College, Carlisle, 

Pa.; Earlhani College, Richmond, Ind.; Central University of Kentucky, Danville, Ky.; University of St. Louis, St. Louis, Mo.; University of Missouri, School of Mines, Rolla, Mo.; University of Kansas, 

Lawrence, Kans.
90 THE UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SUEVEY. [BUM,.227.

Cooperative relations were arranged also with the boards of health 

of Minnesota and Ohio. In the former case an agreement was entered 

into between the State board of health and the University of Minnesota 

and the Geological Survey, whereby certain work was to be performed 

and paid for by appropriations agreed upon. It is the purpose of 

those in charge of the division to make arrangements of this, character 

in all possible cases.

When it was proposed to devise methods for water analysis those in 

charge of the chemical departments of the important railroads of the 

country were asked to submit their ideas on the subject, as well as the 

results of experience gained in their various laboratories. In this 

way there was brought together a large amount of valuable information 

which has been used in devising these methods. Among the roads 

which have been of assistance in this way are the Pennsylvania Kailroad,'Lake Shore and Michigan Southern, Chicago and Northwestern, 

Milwaukee and St. Paul, Atchison, Topeka and Santa Fe, Union 

Pacific, Baltimore and Ohio, Norfolk and Western, Philadelphia and 

Reading, New York Central and Hudson River.

The work of the division of hydro-economics, although recently 

established, has already afforded practical results. Among the most 

important of these are:

Determinations of sources of water suitable for industrial and boiler 

purposes in West Virginia, western Pennsylvania, and southeastern 

Ohio.

Character of water supplies of southeastern Kansas.

A chemical survey of waters in Florida, with special reference to 

their suitability for use in steam boilers.

Sulphite wood-pulp waste; its damage to natural waters and the

prevention thereof on Androscoggin River, Maine.

Coal-mine wastes; their character and value and their effect upon 

the waters of Susquehanna and Lehigh rivers, Pennsylvania.

Straw-board waste in Indiana and Ohio; its damage to water 

resources, the prevention thereof, and its profitable recovery.

Character of waters in Minnesota and Iowa, with special reference 

to the possibility of their being used as city supplies.

Determination of alkaline arid saline constituents in waters of the 

arid States which it is proposed to conserve for irrigation purposes.

Character of normal waters in Kentucky and their value in municipal and industrial lines.

Interstate pollution of Hoosic River, in Vermont, Massachusetts, 

and New York, and the damage caused thereby to riparian owners in 

New York.

For publications on hydro-economic subjects see the Survey's list of 

publications.
HYDKOGBAPHIC BBANCH. 91 

RECLAMATION SERVICE.

The reclamation service is an outgrowth of the early investigations 

of the arid region begun by Maj. J. W. Powell,.and continued by 

authority of Congress under a resolution approved March .27,1888, 

and an appropriation made October 2, 1888 (see p. 75). Systematic 

examination of the streams of the arid region were then begun by the 

Geological Survey, and have been carried on continuously in connection with topographic surveys or by means of various appropriations 

and allotments made for gaging streams and determining the water 

supply, as described in the preceding pages.

The act approved June 17, 1902, known as the reclamation law, 

creates a fund in the Treasury from the disposal of public lands in 13 

States and 3 Territories. This fund is to be expended by the Secretary 

of the Interior in the reclamation of arid lands.

In order to carry into effect the purpose of the law, the Secretary 

authorized the creation of a division in the Geological Survey designated the "reclamation service," utilizing, for this purpose, the men 

who had previously been investigating the extent to which the arid 

lands might be reclaimed, and adding to these, through civil-service 

examinations, other men experienced in construction of reclamation 

works or in the administration of water laws.

The reclamation service now consists of about 250 engineers, assistant engineers, and engineering aids, organized under a chief engineer, 

who is assisted by supervising, consulting, and district engineers. 

Each of the district engineers is in charge of the operations in a State 

or a large drainage basin, and conducts the general examinations and 

directs the assistant engineers and engineering aids in work on definite 

projects. When these projects have be'en brought to a point where 

conclusions can be reached, the facts and recommendations are submitted to the chief engineer, who in turn refers them to a board of 

consulting engineers to pass upon the adequacy of the Avork, the completeness of the designs, and all facts which bear upon the f easibilit}r -of 

the project. If additional information or any modifications are desired 

by the board, the matter is referred back to the district engineer for 

further consideration. Ultimately the plans perfected and approved 

by the consulting engineers are submitted, with suitable recommendations, through the Director of the Geological Surve}7 , to the Secretary 

of the Interior. When the plans are passed upon and approved by the 

Secretary, if the work is to be done by contract, advertisements and 

specifications are prepared and bids invited for the work, these being 

so arranged as to permit as great competition as possible. If it is 

decided that any part or all of the work shall be done by the Government, instructions to that effect are given.

Such surveys and examinations for specific construction have been
92 THE UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SUEVEY. [BULL.227.

begun at important points in the various States and Territories. 

Construction is in progress in Nevada and Arizona, and plans leading 

to early construction in several other States are in hand. For locations 

of the principal irrigation projects see fig. 2, p. 80.

The States and Territories in which reclamation works may be built 

and which include public land from which a revenue is derived are 

Arizona, California, Colorado, Idaho, Kansas, Montana, Nebraska, 

Nevada, New Mexico, North Dakota, Oklahoma, Oregon, South 

Dakota, Utah, Washington, and Wyoming.

The amount of available funds derived under the law 'from the 

different States differs widely, as the largest amount of land is being 

disposed of in those States where the climatic conditions favor farming 

without irrigation or where there are considerable bodies of timber 

land. Thus it happens that the States which have the largest amount 

of arid land and the development of which under irrigation is most 

important contribute the smallest amount to the fund.

The works must be so designed as to reclaim arid land whose value 

will be so great that the cost of the water can be readily repaid by the 

settlers living on the land. The cost of the works is apportioned with 

a view to returning to the reclamation fund the cost of construction, 

and thus it is necessary not merel}7 to conserve and regulate the flow 

of the streams, but to do this in such, way that there can be no question 

as to the ability of the settlers to repay the cost to the Government. 

The money thus returned to the Treasury is added to the reclamation 

fund for subsequent use. Payments are made by the settlers in ten 

annual installments.

The irrigation of arid lands has already advanced, through private 

enterprise, to a point where the easily available waters have been 

utilized. There remain large rivers and the erratic floods which must 

be controlled for the reclamation of tracts of land which are partly in 

public and partly in private ownership, but to which water can not be 

brought by ordinary effort.

Nearly all the projects of reclamation involve not merely engineering 

difficulties, but legal and social questions dealing with acquired rights 

and with individuals having diverse views and conflicting interests. 

Thus it is necessary to employ not only engineering ability, but also 

a certain amount of legal skill, and, with these, tact and judgment in 

adjusting conflicting interests.

The thorough study which is being made of the opportunities for 

reclamation of the arid West, especially for the construction of large 

works of irrigation, will result in great changes in, and rapid development of the resources of, the western half of the United States. It 

will make available for use hundreds of thousands of acres of land now 

sterile and waste, and will indirectly result in giving increased value 

to all property, whether directly connected with agriculture and stock
RECLAMATION SERVICE. 93

raising or not. The mining and manufacturing industries will be stimulated by the opportunities of utilizing the mineral wealth which now 

lies dorment because of the scarcity of labor and the high prices of food 

stuffs. But more than all, opportunities will be offered for the establishment of prosperous homes on the national domain. The law is so 

drawn as to encourage' the making of small farms and to prevent the 

monopolization of lands. Not more than 160 acres in the hands of 

one person can receive water from the Government works; and every 

effort is made to promote settlement in small tracts by men who will 

obtain their living from the cultivation of the soil.

Bringing to the West and establishing on small tracts thousands 

of industrious farmers will mean prosperity not merely to the individuals directly concerned, but to the manufacturing, jobbing, and 

transporting interests of the whole country. These farmers purchase 

their supplies from the East, and for every self-Supporting home On 

the public domain there must be an increased demand for labor in the 

mills and factories of the East.

For jeports by the reclamation service, see the Survey's list of

publications.

PUBLICATION BRANCH.

EDITORIAL DIVISION.

Though the literary and cartographic output of the United States 

Geological Survey has now become large, exceeding that of most other 

Government bureaus, its publications during the first few years following the establishment of the Surve}7 , in 1879, were, naturally, not 

numerous; the appropriations and the organization were small, and 

time was necessary for work and investigations to progress to a stage 

sufficiently advanced to justify publication. During those early years 

editorial supervision was exercised by the Director and the chief clerk. 

By the year 1884, however, the amount of manuscript currently submitted had grown so large that these officers could no longer perform 

this work in addition to their other duties. In that j^ear, therefore, an 

editor was appointed, and since then there has been maintained in the 

Survey an editorial corps, which has been strengthened and specialized 

as necessity arose.

At first the publications consisted almost wholly of books and 

pamphlets annual reports and a few monographs and bulletins; but 

it was not long until the topographic maps ready for engraving had 

become so numerous that they demanded systematic editorial supervision; and a few years later, when sufficient geologic information had 

been acquired to warrant the issue of the first folios of the Geologic 

Atlas of the United States, they too required technical editorial oversight. Moreover, the publications of the Survey necessarily contain 

numerous illustrations of topographic, geologic, and other phenomena 

and principles, and the preparation of drawings, sketches, maps, and
94 THE UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL.227._

photographic views for these requires the services of skilled draftsmen 

and photographers. The editorial division of the Survey therefore 

comprises live sections, whose work relates to texts, topographic 

maps, geologic maps, illustrations, and photography.

Section of Texts.

In the section of texts there are now employed five persons an 

editor and four assistants. To them is assigned the supervision of all 

matter to be put in type, after it has been transmitted by the author 

and approved by the Director for publication. The ordinary work 

of the section falls into three classes (1) preparation of manuscripts 

for printing, (2) correction of proofs, and (3) making of indexes.

(1) All papers are carefully read in this section, typographic details 

are indicated for the printer's guidance, and an attempt is made to 

improve the literary character of the paper if it is not alread}^ good. 

The work of this section therefore relates chiefly to literary expression 

and form the " dress " of thought rather than the ideas themselves 

and to the mechanical details connected with printing and bookmaking. Papers are supposed to be appropriate for publication, sufficient 

in substance, and scientifically valid before they are approved by the 

Director; if he has any doubt that a paper is satisfactory in these 

respects he refers it to a specialist for criticism, and does not approve 

it for publication until it is pronounced worthy. Nevertheless, the 

editor and his assistants are expected to be watchful for errors of fact 

as well as for faults of expression. When a manuscript has been thus' 

prepared for printing, and the drawings, photographs, etc. (if any are 

to be used), illustrating features treated in the paper are ready for 

reproduction, the whole is transmitted to the Secretary of the Interior, 

who forwards it to the Public Printer, the official in charge of the

great Government Printing Office. In that office all the work on the 

text is done, but, under the law, the illustrations are reproduced by 

private parties through the system of competitive bids.

(2) With proofs the ordinary practice is followed. Comparison of 

galley proof with the manuscript, with the aid of a reader, is carefully 

made at the Government Printing Office, and that labor is not usually 

duplicated by the Survey editors. They either read critically or 

examine carefully the galley proof, and then transmit it to the author, 

who is expected to do the same. It is then returned to the printer, 

the necessary corrections are made in the types, the matter is made 

up in page form, and page proof is sent to the Survey. -This is carefully read by a member of the textual section if practicable by one 

who did not read the manuscript or the galley proof and is then 

submitted to the author, in order that he may be assured that all the 

important changes he desired have been made, and that he may have 

another opportunity to make important corrections if the}' involve 

only slight disturbance of the types. This first page proof is then
EDITORIAL. WORK ON TEXTS. 95

returned to the printer, the corrections are made, and a second and 

tinal page proof is sent to the Survey. This also is submitted to the 

author if he is in or near Washington, but it is not his privilege to 

make further changes.

(3) When the proof reading has been finished it is necessary in most 

cases to prepare an index to the paper. Occasionally an author prefers 

to make the index, but usually he is more than willing that this tedious 

work should be done in the Survey office. A good index is held in 

high esteem hy scientific men, and a large part of the energy of the 

textual force goes into index making. Besides the detailed indexes to 

the individual papers, the textual section prepares and publishes a 

catalogue and general index of all the Survey publications.

In addition to the work noted in the foregoing paragraphs, which 

relates to the regular series of publications annual reports (Director's, mineral resources, reclamation service), monographs, professional 

papers, bulletins, water-supply and irrigation papers, and geologic 

folios the textual section edits and reads the proof of all office and 

field circulars and printed forms, which are numerous.

The following summarized list of the publications of the Survey, by 

years, affords a conspectus of the literary output and of the growth 

thereof during the existence of the Survey:

Publications of the United States Geological Survey, by years.

1880;

1882.

1883.

1884.

2 monographs (VII, VIII) ..........................................

10 bulletins (3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12) ................................

1885.

14 bulletins (13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26) .............

1886. 

2 monographs (X, XII) .............................................

10 bulletins (27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 30) .... ....................

Printed pages.

643 

715

582 

1, 169 

50 

830

505

548 

894

1,104 

660 

1,397 

1, 030

3,116 

] , 124

583

79 

1, 358

2, 631 

1, 947

4,191

 > tt'M

Plates and 

maps.

63 

94

67 

86 

2

85 

40 

34

123 

82 

34

336

46

1

157

155 

159

239

iso
96 THE UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [DuuL.227. 

Publications of the United States Geological Survey, by years Continued.

1887. 

9 bulletins (37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45) .............................

1888.

2 monographs (XIII, XIV) . ........................................

3 bulletins (46, 47, 48).. ..............................................

1 special report (Johnson's iron regions of Louisiana and Texas) . . 

1889.

2 monographs (XV, XVI) ............................................

8 bulletins (49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56) ..............................

1890.

13 bulletins (57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70) ............

1891.

2 monographs (XVII, XVIII)................. ......................

15 bulletins (65, 71,. 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 91) ......

1892.

10 bulletins (84, 85, 86, 90, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 99) .......................

1893.

2 monographs (XXI, XXII) ........................................

16 bulletins (97, 98, 100, 101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 110, 111 , 

112,113)....................!......................................

1894.

2 monographs (XXIII, XXIV) ......................................

9 bulletins (114, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 121, 122) ...;..............

14 geologic folios (1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14) ............

1895.

3 monographs (XXV, XXVI, XX VIII) .............................

8 bulletins (123, 124, 125, 126, 128, 129, 131, 133) ........................

8 geologic folios (15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22) ..........................

Printed pages.

1,073 

821

676 

671 

315 

839 

54

1,826 

731 

960 

69

920 

458 

1,219 

659

2,463 

802 

3,496

247 

989 

1,792 

679

1,206 

531

2,262 

1,494

617 

413 

1,194 

818 

73

1,377 

1,550 

1,039 

1,415 

36

1,894

2, 555

3,576

3,256 

6,761

3,707

5,493 

3,115

Plates and 

maps.

89

71 

47 

3

1

364 

233 

37

98 

52 

36

242 

116 

46

2 

45 

68

183 

30

165

73 

47 

23

61

91 

170 

45 

29 

32

89

122

434

186 

404

115

3V8 

204
EDITORIAL WORK ON TEXTS. 97

Publications of the United States Geological Survey, by years Continued.

1896. '

1 monograph (XXVII) .............................................

17 bulletins (127, 130,132,134,135,136,137,138,139,140, 141, 142, 143, 

144, 145, 146, 147) ...................................................

13 geologic folios (23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29. 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35) ...........

. 1897. 

1 annual report (1.8th, part of )........................... ..........

3 bulletins (87,148,149)....... . .

9 water-supply and irrigation papers (2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 11) ..........

1 report on mineral resources (for 1896) ... . ...........

6 geologic folios (36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41 )........

1898. 

2 annual reports (18th and 19th, parts of ) . . ...... .

4 monographs (XXIX, XXX, XXXI, XXXV) ......................

9 bulletins (88,89, 150, 153,152, 153, 154, 155,156)

8 water-supply and irrigation papers (10, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18) ..... 

1 report on mineral resources (for 1897) ............................

10 geologic folios (42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51 )......... . ........

1 special report on Alaska.................. ............

1 topographic folio (1) .......

1899. 

2 annual reports (19th and 20th, parts of).. ........... ....

6 monographs (XXXII, XXXIII, XXXIV, XXXVI, XXXVII, 

XXXVIII)................. .

6 bulletins (157, 158, 159, 160, 161, 162) ......

14 water-supply and irrigation papers (19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 

27,28,29,30,31,32).........

1 report on mineral resources (for 1898) .......................... .

10 geologic folios (52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61) '. ... .

1900. 

2 annual reports (20th and 21st, parts of) ...........................

2 monographs (XXXIX, XL)................ ...........

14 bulletins (163, 164, 165, 166, 167, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 173, 174, 175, 

176) ..................................................... ......

8 water-supply and irrigation papers (33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40)... 

8 geologic folios (62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69) . .....

1 special report (Preliminary report on the Cape Nome gold region, 

Alaska, 1900) ..... 1 .........

2 topographic folios (2, 3) ....

1901. 

2 annual reports (21st and 22d, parts of )... ........... ....

10 bulletins (177, 178, 180, 181, 182, 183, 184, 185, 186, 187) ......'.......

16 water-supply and irrigation papers (41, 42, 43, 44, 45,46, 47, 48, 

49,50,51,52,53,54,55,56)................ . ........ .

2 reports on mineral resources (for 1899-1900) . ......... . .- .

Bull. 227 04 7

Printed pages.

2,919 

556

3,100 

57 

1,084 

79

1, 206 

922 

687

1,412

43

2,768 

1,629 

2, 025 

656 

1, 373 

59 

44 

4

2, 721

3,708 

1,445

1,190 

1,437 

103 

138

5,097 

411

2,306 

654 

76

56

24

3,430 

2, 306

1,273 

2,233

7, 795 

4,270

8,558

10, 742 

8, 624

Plates and 

maps.

297 

31

160 

9 

13 

63

106 

1 

98

1 

27

343 

223 

105 

73 

11 

40 

1 

10

383

354 

64

119 

1 

48 

10

782 

35

114 

59 

38

22 

20

435 

42

39

573 

233

806

979 

1,070
98 THE UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL;227. 

Publications of the United States Geological Survey, by years Continued.

1901 Continued. 

6 geologic folios (70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75) ...............................

2 special reports on Alaska (Reconnaissances in the Cape Nome and 

Norton Bay regions in 1900; and Report on the Copper River district) ..............................................................

1902.

9 professional papers (1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 10) ...........................

18 bulletins (179, 188, 189, 190, 191, 192, 193, 194, 195, 196, 197, 198, 199, 

200, 201, 202, 203, 204, 207) ...........................................

18 water-supply and irrigation papers (57,58,59,60,61,62,63,64,65, 

66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74) ........................................

10 geologic folios (76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85) ....................

1903.

4 monographs (XLII, XLIII, XLIV, XLV)..... ....................

10 professional papers (9, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19) ................

16 bulletins (205, 206, 208, 209, 210, 211, 212, 213, 214, 215, 216, 217, 218, 

219, 220, 221) .......................................................

14 water-supply and irrigation papers (75,76,77,78,79,80,81,82,83, 

84,85,86,87,88)....................................................

15 geologic folios (86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 100) ....

Printed pages.

49 

316

1, 670 

802

845

3, 959

 1,965 

996 

119

302 

317 

1, 341

2, 255 

2, 693

2,562 

1,000 

128

9,607 

10, 356 

10, 598

119, 353

Plates and 

maps.

28 

36

144 

26 

93

85 

188

67

26 

47 

. 148 

171

89

90 

5 

65

630 

603 

641

8,727

Section of Geologic Maps.

The classification and geologic nomenclature adopted by the United 

States Geological Survey on its organization was based on the works 

of such eminent geologists as Dana and Le Conte, and has been the 

foundation of all later systems of the Survey. A scheme of colors for 

use on maps was provisionally adopted in 1881. It consisted of a 

limited number of colors, each representing a definite period of geologic time, and of a few patterns, which were used indiscriminately 

for all classes of ro6k.

The printing of geologic maps in colors was at that time an experiment, and the plan adopted by the Survey was tentative. It was soon 

found inadequate, and but few geologic maps were printed before 

1889. Such as were published prior to that date have since been 

reissued upon a more comprehensive plan which was adopted in that 

year as a result of a conference of geologists.

This conference adopted rules of geologic nomenclature and a system of classification which accorded .with the progress made in the
EDITORIAL WORK OK GEOLOGIC MAPS. 99

science of geology to that time. The method of publishing the Geologic Atlas of the United States was thoroughly revised. The engraving division of the Survey having been established, it. was possible, 

with the aid of the chief of that division, to prepare color patterns 

and tints, and the geologists in charge were enabled to exercise closer, 

supervision of the engraving and printing of geologic maps. Thus 

greater accuracy of engraving and better register of the intricate 

colors were obtained. It was not until 1892, however, that any of the 

final maps of the atlas could be issued.

To supervise the editing of this material and to devise and apply 

rules and regulations, a geologist was selected to act as editor of geologic maps, and from this beginning the section of geologic map 

editing has developed.

These rules and plan of publication remained in force until December, 

1903, when the growth of the science demanded further changes, and 

new rules were formulated and put into effect in January, 1904. As 

the number and intricacy of the folios increased, the work of the section also increased and the force was enlarged. At present it consists 

of a geologist acting as editor, assisted by three draftsmen.

The section of geologic maps has charge of the publication of the 

geologic folios. Its duties are to examine geologic maps and other 

illustrations to see that they are adequate for publication, and, if not, 

to properly prepare them; to read the proofs and compare them with 

the manuscripts; and to select the colors and patterns chosen for the 

representation of geologic formations. Errors and inaccuracies occurring in the manuscript or on the proof sheets are eliminated, and by 

careful study and selection the most effective and pleasing results of 

colors and patterns are obtained. The folios, which are portions of a 

great geologic atlas, are thus made uniform in style and form, whereas 

they would otherwise vary as widely as the temperaments of the 

various authors.

A standard geologic folio comprises a descriptive text, in which the 

geography, topography, and geology of the area are described; a 

topographic map; a geologic map, printed in colors, showing the areal 

distribution of the geologic formations; a geologic map showing the 

deposits of economic value in stronger or more brilliant colors; a geologic map on which the underground structure of the rocks is exhibited 

by vertical sections representing what would be seen in deep trenches 

across the area; and a columnar section, in which the rocks are represented in a vertical column in their normal relation one to another, 

accompanied by a condensed description of their composition, thickness, and relations.

For special areas other maps or illustrations are included. Often 

it is desirable to present with the description a page of illustrations 

reproduced from photographs or sketches. For artesian-water areas
100 THE UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL.227.

the distribution of the water-bearing strata, the areas where flowing 

water may be obtained, and the depths to the water horizon are shown on 

a special sheet. For active mining regions a map on a scale sufficiently 

large to show important details of the geology, mines, and ore deposits 

is inserted. For coal regions of economic importance special methods 

are used to show the structure or lay of the coal beds of so much importance to the mine worker. This is done l>y means of contour lines 

which show the elevation above sea of the coal bed throughout its 

occurrence in the area, and thus furnish the data for determining the 

depth of the coal below the surface at any point. Sections of coal 

beds which have been opened or worked are shown on a large scale and 

their relation to one another is indicated.

The folio maps are generally published on the standard scale of 

1:125000, or nearly 2 miles to the inch, a scale used for most of the 

area of the United States. In certain localities, chiefly about cities, the 

scale of 1:62500, or nearly 1 mile to the inch, is employed; while in a 

few cases the scale of 1:250000, or nearly 4 miles to the inch, is adopted. 

The folios are of uniform size, 19 by 22 inches, and consequently those 

on the 1-mile scale represent an area one-fourth of that shown on the 

2-mile scale and one-sixteenth of that shown on the 4-mile scale.

In the preparation of the geologic map the black or "culture" plate 

of the topographic map is electrotyped, and on the electrotype are 

engraved the geologic boundaries, faults, letter symbols, mines, and 

explanation that is, everything that is to appear in black on the 

geologic map.

In the classification adopted in 1904, which is essentially that 

adopted in 1889 with minor modifications, there are recognized three 

kinds of rocks sedimentary, igneous, and metamorphic. These 

classes are distinguished on the maps by colors and patterns. Of the 

sedimentary rocks, those which -were deposited under water are represented by patterns of parallel straight lines. Eleven such patterns 

are in use, and other variations are produced by inclining the lines at 

different angles horizontal, vertical, or oblique. Glacial, alluvial, and 

eolian deposits are represented by patterns of dots and circles, comprising 17 designs of different density or size. The igneous rocks are 

represented by patterns of crossed lines forming triangles and rhombs, 

of which 14 designs are in use. For metamorphic rocks of unknown 

origin, intricate designs of short dashes or hachures are used, of 

which 8 patterns have been made; and for schistose rocks these dashes 

may be made parallel and wavy, simulating the structure. Metamorphic rocks known to have been derived from sedimentary or from 

igneous rocks are indicated by suitable combination patterns.

The igneous rocks are represented b.y bright colors of an}^ hue, 

which contrast with those used to denote surrounding formations, and 

indicate their intruded or extraneous character. The surficial and
EDITORIAL WORK ON GEOLOGIC MAPS. 101

metamorphic rocks are also printed in any colors, but of less brilliant 

tints. The water-laid sedimentary rocks are represented according to 

a systematic color scheme whereby the age of the beds may be recognized by the color used. These colors are more somber than those of 

the igneous rocks and are arranged in somewhat prismatic order, from 

orange at the top to brown at the base. The various s}^stems into 

which the sedimentary rocks are divided according to age (the most 

recent at the top) and the corresponding colors are as follows:

Quaternary...................................... ... ... Brownish yellow.

Tertiary....... ^...................................... .Yellow ocher.

Cretaceous ............................................ Olive-green.

Jurassic...............................................Blue-green.

Triassic .............................................. .Peacock-blue.

Carboniferous .......................................... Blue.

Devonian ............................................. Blue-gray.

Silurian............................................... Blue-purple. '

Orclovician ............................................ Red-purple.

Cambrian........................................... .Brick-red.

Algonkian ............................................ Brownish red.

Archean .............................................. Gray-brown.

Manuscript maps and other sheets pertaining to a folio, when completed by the author, are referred to the section of geologic maps for 

critical examination. The text is referred to the section of stratigraphic geology for critical reading, and is then read and prepared 

for the printer by the editor of texts. The maps and sections are 

carefully examined by the editor of geologic maps for errors, discrepancies, or omissions of any kind. Such errors may consist of either 

incorrect geologic interpretations or errors in drafting. Sometimes 

the geologic boundaries do not conform to the contours as the structure 

sections indicate that they should, or the sections do not accord-with 

the map, or areas are colored incorrectly. Such errors can be detected 

only by one acquainted with geologic processes.

After the map .is carefulty examined from a geologic point of view 

it is scanned by a draftsman, who corrects imperfections in the drawing. This map, from which the engraving is to be made, must not be 

colored, as the application of color would distort the paper, and the 

engraving made from it would not fit the topographic .base as it should. 

The colored geologic map, which is made for the editor's use only, is 

prepared on a photograph or other copy of the original map. The 

boundaries and faults and the mine, dip, and letter symbols are then 

engraved on the copper plate and proof is read in this section. In the 

plate-proof reading great care is taken to avoid omissions and other 

errors, as it is much easier to make corrections on the plate than on 

the stone, and the results of changes on the stone are usually not 

satisfactory and may necessitate the retransfer of the map. The 

legend is prepared and engraved separately and often requires much
102 THE UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL.227.

attention. If the explanation appearing1 in the legend is not clear the 

map is worthless. The legend must be precise and yet concise, as the 

space allotted to it is limited. Besides naming- and describing the 

formations, it must show their age and their relation to one another 

as far as practicable.

When engraved the map and legend are transferred to stone and the 

combined proof is carefully compared with the manuscript map to see 

that the boundaries fit the contours property. The colors and patterns 

which are to represent the geologic formations are next selected. The 

colors for the water-laid sedimentary rocks are predetermined by the 

color scheme and are the same throughout the United States for rocks 

of the same age. Formations of the same age are distinguished from 

one another by their patterns. No set rules are followed in selecting 

these, but the distinctions are better if dense and light patterns are 

alternated. It is desirable also to give the larger area the lighter patterns and the smaller ones the denser patterns. This practice can not 

always be followed, however, because the pattern selected for a formation in one area is used for that formation wherever it occurs, 

although relations may be different. The direction of the lines forming 

the line patterns is also a means of distinction, but though the same 

direction is maintained for a considerable area, yet a change is made 

to conform with some distinct change in sedimentation, such as an 

unconformit}^ if possible. For the igneous and the surficial sedimentary rocks there is greater freedom in selecting the colors, and it is 

on the skillf ul use of this liberty that variety of color in the map and 

pleasing effect largely depend.

After-the colors to be used are determined, sheets are prepared for 

the guidance of the engraver, each sheet representing a stone from which 

a color is to be printed. On each sheet are shown in water colors the

areas which are to be printed from this particular stone, different 

colors being used for the various patterns to be employed. If the 

areas are complicated the sheets are copied on a combined or check 

sheet in order to avoid omissions or duplications, as any change in 

pattern or area requires the modification of the stone a difficult and 

often impossible task.

The color stones are then prepared and the proof in colors is read 

and compared with the sheets previously made. It is often found 

desirable to change some of the colors, to bring out distinctions or to 

harmonize harsh combinations which appear in the color proof. The 

precision of register, or fitting of the colors, on this map is little 

less than marvelous when one realizes the possibilities of error. On 

some maps as many as 27 colors are printed, and a slip in one of the 

printings would spoil the sheet. Among the sources of faults in 

register, change in the size of sheets of paper due to humidit}^ is 

one of the most trying to overcome, as in a month the time it takes
EDITOEIAL WOEK ON GEOLOGIC MAPS. 103

to run through the printing presses a sheet with 27 colors, averaging 

about one color a day the changes in humidity may be very great and 

are known to have caused a change of one-eighth of an inch in the 

length of a sheet. To overcome this trouble as far as possible the 

room in which the partly printed sheets are stored is kept at uniform 

temperature, the windows being closed the year round. A humidityrecording instrument is also kept in the room as an indicator of 

conditions.

The structure and columnar sections are usually prepared by the 

draftsmen of this section of the Survey, who copy the outlines of the 

draft submitted by the authors, but use a definite system of lithologic symbols to represent the kinds of rock, in this way obtaining 

uniformity of style and symbols. Thus, dots represent sand, sandstone, and quartzite, the .coarseness being indicated by the size of the 

dots; parallel dashes represent clay, shale, and slate; parallel lines 

united here and there by short perpendicular lines to form rectangles 

represent limestone; irregularly placed dashes represent igneous 

rocks. For rocks intermediate between these types the appropriate 

patterns are combined.

The structure sections are engraved and transferred to blank strips 

left for them on the structure-section sheet, the outcrop of the 

formations on the sections corresponding with the boundaries on the 

map along the lines of the sections. Small strips of the lithologic 

symbols used in the sections are engraved in the corresponding blocks 

of the legend. Sheets are then colored for the sections similar to those 

prepared for the maps, and the color proofs are read. A portion of 

one of the geologic maps with section is shown in PI. II (p. 30).

The cover of the folio not only serves the purpose of protecting the 

contained sheets, but bears on its front page an index map showing the 

location of the area mapped, and on its inside pages a description of 

the topographic map and a brief outline of geologic processes, intended 

to prepare the lay reader to understand the more detailed and somewhat technical description within.

The first of the final series of folios was completed in 1894. In the 

succeeding ten years 106 folios have been published, an average of 

over ten a year. Three of the folios each include maps representing 

four contiguous areas, and eight folios embrace two such contiguous 

areas each, so that in labor and time they represent a correspondingly larger number of ordinary folios. Seven folios contain special 

detailed maps of mining regions, and two more are in process of 

publication; eleven have special artesian-water maps. Three folios 

embracing large cities (New York, Chicago, and Washington) have 

been published. ,

A table of the published folios is given in the list of Survey publications.
104 THE UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BUM,227. 

Section of Topographic Maps.

When reading proofs, the author of a map which he has prepared 

without special editorial assistance, be he surveyor or compiler, like 

the author of a text, is apt to discover that he has omitted important 

data and that his manuscript is more or less indefinite, ambiguous, 

and inaccurate. Correction of engraved plates is more difficult and 

expensive than correction of ordinary type. Moreover, a cartographic output so large as that of the Geological Survey should exhibit 

uniformity and system as well as clearness and accuracy. For these 

reasons all topographic maps to be published by the Survey are critically examined by the editor of topographic maps before they are 

placed in the hands of the engraver.

At the beginning the Survey established a standard form and size 

for its atlas sheets. In a general way it prescribed the information 

which the sheets should bear and the manner of i'ts expression, but the 

topographers of the small force exercised wide discretion as to details. 

As time went on and the organization grew in size and complexity the 

necessity increased for prescribing in greater detail the classes of facts 

which the maps should portray, for greater differentiation in the symbolism, and for closer adherence to the standards thus established. At 

first such editing as the topographic maps received was given them by 

the chiefs of the various sections, of the topographic branch. Naturally there was lack of uniformity, and it was not long until the 

need of systematic editing became apparent. This resulted in 1894 in 

the appointment of an editor of topographic maps, to whom all manuscript atlas sheets were submitted before they were transmitted to the 

engraving division. Gradually, with more careful and systematic editing and proof reading, this section has grown until its personnel 

includes an editor and five assistants.

The routine at present is as follows: The topographic section chief 

transmits the manuscript topographic map, through the Director, to 

the editor of topographic maps, who becomes the custodian of such 

manuscript both before and after publication. In his office the manuscript receives systematic examination, after which it is returned to 

the chief of the topographic section for revision and the supply of 

further information where necessary. The editor also proof reads, the 

prints from the copperplates, comparing them in detail with the manuscript, and transmits the final proof to the topographic branch for 

revision and approval before printing.

In order that nothing shall be overlooked in the editing of the topographic atlas sheets, a printed schedule is followed, which shows the 

subjects of examination ranged in the order of procedure. The examiner also provides himself with a photograph of the manuscript, on 

the scale of publication, on which he marks with red ink all changes, 

corrections, explanatory notes, and notes of instruction to the 

engravers.
EDITORIAL WORK Otf TOPOGRAPHIC MAPS. 105

He notes, first, whether the manuscript atlas sheet conforms to 

the standard in form, dimensions, scale, contents, and symbols. 

On the margins of the atlas sheet are printed certain explanatory 

names, notes, figures, legends, and diagrams, each of which must have 

its prescribed form and position. The matching of the sheet in hand 

with the adjoining sheets is next scrutinized in detail. When two or 

more atlas sheets of adjoining quadrangles are placed on a flat surface 

with their corresponding projection lines in contact they should form 

a continuous map without overlapping. Each line of the map extending from one sheet across the other should be continuous, and on each 

the same natural feature, public work, or political division should presumably bear the same name.

The editor rarely has available the data necessary to enable him to 

form a judgment as to the accuracy of the map in respect to topography, drainage, and culture. That would require field inspection.

Often, however, by comparison with existing maps of the locality and 

other publications, he is able to criticise its correctness in some particulars and to detect the omission of certain public works which should 

be shown. By careful inspection of the drawing he may sometimes 

detect details of topography or drainage apparently improbable or 

impossible. The examination of these features of the map, however, 

is mainly for the purposes of seeing that the map is consistent within 

itself, of improving the placing and-distribution of contour figures if 

advisable, and of interpreting in advance for the engravers details 

that niio-ht be obscure or doubtful.

~ - . . For the verification of post-offices, railroads, and railway stations 

comparison is made with the United States post-route maps and Postal 

Guide, with railway guides and railway time-tables, and with other 

available sources of information. The United States land-survey system of township, range, and section lines and numbers, and to some 

extent the boundaries and names of land grants and reservations, are 

verified by comparison with the maps and plats in the General Land 

Office. - The names and boundaries of Indian reservations, military 

reservations, forest reserves, and national-park reservations must be 

shown, and are verified by comparison with the Presidential proclamations establishing them and with such later ones as modify their 

boundaries.

The sources of information concerning the names and boundaries of 

the civil divisions include such official publications as reports and maps 

issued by boundary surveys and Census reports, as well as county 

atlases and maps and gazetteers.

The geographic nomenclature receives special attention. The editor 

sees that none of the prescribed nomenclature has been omitted and 

that all names are properly applied and correctly spelled. Then the 

placing of the names is examined, and such changes as will improve 

the appearance of the map and add to its clearness are indicated. When
106 THE UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SUKVEY. [BULL.227.

one compares a number of maps of the same region, made at different 

dates covering a considerable period of time, he will find that the same 

geographic name appears in variant forms and that different names 

are applied to the same feature. Concerning many of these, it will be 

found that, while the earlier maps display divergent usage, it is manifest from the more-modern that usage has concentrated on some particular form or name. In other cases no evidence of an established 

usage will be found. The editor seeks to verify every geographic 

name. The various authorities available for this purpose are the 

maps, charts, and publications of the different Government surveys 

and bureaus, past and present, reports of exploring expeditions, railroad surveys, geologic reports, maps and reports of State geologic 

surveys and mining bureaus, local histories, reports of local historical societies, etc. When uncertainty arises as to the name of a 

feature or as to the form which the name should take, the different 

names and variant forms are compiled and the authorities cited. The 

origin or meaning of the name is sought and recorded, information 

concerning local usage is obtained through correspondence with local 

officials and residents, and the whole is referred to the United States 

Board on Geographic Names for a decision. The names of maivy minor 

geographic features are published for the first time on these atlas sheets. 

No effort is made to verify such a name unless by reason of its unusual 

form or other circumstance it excites distrust; then correspondence' is 

opened to determine its correctness. Again, a natural feature of such 

size and importance as to justify the assumption that it has a name may 

be unnamed on the atlas sheet. Correspondence is the means by which 

this is determined.

An exhibit of the information gathered concerning a geographic 

name recently investigated in editing an atlas sheet will serve to illustrate the method pursued and the research necessary before a decision 

can be made intelligently. It also illustrates one phase of cooperation 

between the Survey and the Board on Geographic Names.

A cape on the eastern shore of Penobscot Bay, in liancock County, 

Me., was named on the manuscript " Rosier;" and a post-office near by, 

"Cape Rosier." It took but little investigation to discover that the 

various maps of the region were not in accord as to the spelling of the 

name. Some spelled it Rosier, while others gave the form Rozier. A 

more searching examination and compilation of authorities resulted as 

follows:

ROSIER. U. S. Geological Survey manuscript Castine sheet, 1900.

U. S. Coast and Geodetic Survey charts 104 and 310.

U. S. Coast and Geodetic Survey, Atlantic Coast.Pilot, Parti, pp. 84, 85, 87, 

etc.

U. S. Light-House Board, List of Beacons, Buoys, and Day Marks, 1900. 

ROZIRR. U. S. post-route map and Postal Guide (current).

^7 arney's Gazetteer of Maine, 1886, pp. 137, i:'>8.

Colby's Atlas of Maine, 1885.
EDITOKTAL WORK OK TOPOGRAPHIC MAPS. 107

It was also learned that the cape was named in honor of a companion 

of Weyinouth and the chronicler of his expedition to the coast of Maine 

in 1605. A search for his name was successful, as follows:

JAMES ROSTEK. Ancient Dominions of Maine, Sewall, 1859, pp. 35, 36, 60.

A Brief History of Maine, in Colby's Atlas,. Dr. W. C.. Lapham,

1885. 

Narrative and Critical History of America, Winsor, Vol. Ill, pp. 81

and 191. 

JAMES KOZIER. Varney's Gazetteer of Maine, 1886, p. 137.

Correspondence with local authorities elicited the information that 

local usuage is very evenly divided between Rosier and Rozier; and 

one of the parties addressed cited the following additional authorities:

ROSTER. Walling's Map of Maine, 1860.

Bangor Historical Society Magazine, Vol. II, No. 11. 

ROZTER. Maine Register. 

JAMKS ROSIER. Bangor Historical Society Magazine, Vol. V, No. 12, p. 222.

Abbott's History of Maine, pp. 33, 35, 40, etc.

Maine Historical Society, series 2, vol. 2, index; 21 references.

This information was properly scheduled and submitted to the Board 

on Geographic Names for a decision. The Board adopted Rosier as 

the name of the cape and Cape Rosier as the name of the post-office.

The special and general maps made by the Survey receive a similar 

examination before engraving, and the necessary proof reading before 

publication. All of the maps intended to illustrate the various publications of the Survey in book form, whether made from its own 

surveys or compiled, are examined by the editor of topographic maps, 

with special reference to the geographic names thereon. During the 

calendar year 1903 there were 223 of these maps examined, this work 

involving the verification of about 35,000 names, in addition to other 

cultural and topographic features.

In the beginning the proof reading of prints from the engraved 

plates was done by various persons in the intervals of other work. 

On the appointment of an editor of topographic maps this work was 

placed under his supervision and has since been performed by a corps 

of trained proof readers. When the engraving of an atlas sheet has 

been completed a separate print is made from each of the three plates, 

and each of these is in turn compared, detail by detail, with the manuscript map. Errors and omissions are marked on the proofs, which 

are then returned to the engravers for correction of the plates. After 

correction another set of plate prints is made. On these the proof 

reader notes errors that may have been overlooked in the first proof 

reading or in the first correction of the plates. These also are returned 

to the engravers and the plates are again corrected. The-engraving is 

then lithographed and proofs are printed with the three colors combined 

on one sheet. The combined proof is examined'in detail by the proof 

readers, to see that the three colors are properly registered that is,
108 THE UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL.227.

that the relative positions of the various details in the three colors are 

exactly as on the manuscript. Discrepancies are noted, and when 

satisfactory adjustment has been made the sheet is approved for 

printing.

Section of Illustrations.

Clear presentation of the subjects with which most scientific papers 

deal demands the use of illustrations, and many appear in the reports 

of the Survey. These illustrations are not selected for their pictorial 

value, but because they assist the reader to understand the text and 

the subject treated. In works on paleontology, for example, the need 

of illustrations is so great that it is necessary to figure each type, and 

often each species, in order to adequately describe its characteristics. 

For similar reasons the geologist illustrates his paper, with structure 

sections, maps, and landscapes, in order that the reader may see, 

almost as well as if he were on the spot, the phenomena under consideration.

Prior to the beginning of the fiscal year 1884-85 no corps of artists 

or draftsmen was'permanently employed in the Surve}r . The illustrations were prepared, suitable processes of reproduction were selected, 

and proofs were examined l)y one of the geologists (who was also an 

artist of exceptional ability), either personally or under his direct 

supervision, or by contract with persons specially qualified. In a few 

instances the geologists and paleontologists made their own drawings.

In a report to the Director dated July 13, 1885, the geologist in 

charge of illustrations stated: "During past years it has been the 

practice of the Survey to give out a large portion of the work of preparing illustrations to competent draftsmen not connected with the 

office. This method seemed to be open to objection, and, acting in 

accordance with instructions from you, I have, within the fiscal year, 

selected a number of, draftsmen having especial qualifications for the 

work who have been regularly attached to the Survej7 . The results 

appear to be entirely satisfactory." This report led to the organization in 1885 of the section of illustrations.

At this time there were four draftsmen, including the chief, regularly employed. . Other draftsmen were temporarily engaged under 

the direction of the persons for whom the drawings were made. The 

number of draftsmen now regularly employed is ten, including the 

chief. When there is exceptional demand, work is occasionally given 

out to draftsmen not connected with the Survey.

The section of illustrations and the section of texts necessarity cooperate during the preparation of the manuscript and the illustrations 

for a paper, in order to adjust the two parts. The originals from which 

illustrations are to be prepared generally consist of material of one 

or more of the following classes: Diagrammatic drawings (sections,
ILLUSTEATIO'NS. 109

etc.), geologic and other maps, photographic prints, geologic and 

paleontologic specimens, thin sections, and references or citations. 

The material belonging to the first and second classes is generally crude, 

and is used merely as a guide in preparing more elaborate and finished 

drawings. Each illustration is prepared with the twofold purpose of 

expressing the fact intended by the author and securing the best possible result in its reproduction by one of the numerous processes in 

use. This section decides upon the most suitable process of reproduction, writes specifications for the reproduction of each class, examines 

critically all proofs, keeps complete records and files, and gives attention to all other matters that pertain to the illustration of the various 

reports of the Survey,

In the early days of the section, as at the present time, drawings 

were prepared in accordance with the demands of the various reproductive processes in vogue. Photography had not reached its present 

perfection, and up to the year 1884 the majority of such illustrations 

were engraved on Avood. On referring to any of the reports published 

prior to that date one will observe a marked deficiency in the scientific value of the illustrations engraved by that process, as compared 

with more recent reproductions of similar subjects a lack of value due 

to the fact that hand work entered too largely into the former. Moreover, the woodcut process was relatively expensive. The 76 woodcuts used in the Seventh Annual Report of the Surve}^ cost $4,825, 

whereas similar illustrations reproduced by the half-tone process 

would probably cost less than $600. But as artistic illustrations in the 

broader sense, many of the woodcuts in the earlier reports stand as 

examples of exceptional merit in selection and execution.

The half-tone process began to be used for the reproduction of 

photographs and drawings in 1884. This process has gradually 

worked into favor, and has revolutionized1 the illustration of all kinds 

of literature. Its use has also effected many changes in methods of 

preparation, and at the present time photographs are used (whenever 

suitable prints can be obtained) in preference to drawings. It is also 

used in numerous ways when drawings must be made, and is not only 

a timesaver, but adds to the element of accuracy in the finished drawing. In other words, new conditions have so modified methods of 

preparation of illustrations that complete new drawings of certain 

classes of subjects rarely become necessaiy. There is still, however, 

abundant need for skill in the artistic treatment of illustrations, 

whether in preparing new designs or in "building up" or retouching 

photographic prints.

During the calendar year 1903 illustrations were prepared and transmitted for the following publications: Three annual reports, 2 monographs, 9 bulletins, 10 water-suppty papers, 12 professional papers, 

and 2 volumes on mineral resources; in all, 1,168 illustrations, many
110 THE UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 227.

of which represented groups of separate drawings. In addition to 

these, hundreds of drawings were prepared within the year which still 

await transmittal to the engravers.

The processes at present used for the reproduction of illustrations 

for Survey reports are cKromolithography, photolithography, photogelatin, half-tone, zinc etching, wax engraving, and the three-color 

process. In the preparation of illustrations both economy in preparation and economy in reproduction must be considered. Some processes 

call for carefully prepared drawings, while others require only the 

crudest kind of copy. The total cost to the Government is approximately the same whether the drawing is elaborated and refined in the 

office or the elaboration is left to the reproducer. In deciding the 

question in any given case the points considered are urgency in getting 

out the report, quality of result desired, and character of subject.

An important feature in connection with illustrations is that of censorship. An author, thoroughly imbued with his subject, is apt to 

submit originals, especially photographs, in excess of the needs of his 

paper. In order to correct this tendency, a committee composed of 

officers of the Survey, and of which the chief of the section of illustrations is chairman, examines the original material submitted by authors, 

with a view to the elimination of all superfluous or irrelevant matter.

Section of Photography.-

Photography has always been an important adjunct in the work of 

the United States .Geological Survey, and its scope and usefulness have 

constantly increased. Before dry plates and paper films came into use 

the work in photography was largely that of recording exploratory 

and scenic views. The wet-plate process required such bulky apparatus, so much time and labor, and such skill in manipulation of camera 

and chemicals that its use was practically confined to large parties and 

to comparatively accessible localities. However, in spite of these disadvantages, a large amount of valuable work, both in field and in office, 

was done. Indeed, it is not too much to say that many of these early 

negatives are unsurpassed in scenic value.

With the advent of dry plates and small cameras the use of photograph}r in the field work of both geologist and topographer rapidly 

increased. Instead of the one photographer with his glass plates and 

his array of bottles and pans and cumbrous developing tent or box 

barely tolerated in a geologic party and abominated in a topographic 

party almost every part\^ chief now has his dry -plate or film camera, 

and is encouraged to photograph every subject germane to his work, 

thus adding immensely to the volume, accuracy, and value of his field 

observations.

As great improvement has been made in office or laboratory methods 

as in field. This is especially the case in the development of negatives,
PHOTOGRAPHY, 111

by which an almost hopeless field exposure can be made to give creditable results, a dim pencil sketch be reproduced on any desired scale, 

or a fossil brought out so as to eliminate all effects of color and show 

only its form and markings.

The photographic laboratory of the Geological Survey is equipped 

with the most modern appliances. Daylight exposures are no longer 

made, so that the work of copying maps progresses regardless of sunshine. Two large cameras are used in this work.' The maps to be 

copied are stretched on adjustable frames attached to the walls, each 

illuminated by two powerful arc lamps which are operated by the 

photographer from his position at the camera. The camera rolls on 

tracks and may be elevated or depressed or moved forward or backward for focusing or for procuring reductions to fixed scale, all from 

one position behind the instrument. In like manner, printing 16 no 

longer dependent upon sunlight, but the negative to be printed is 

held under pressure in a quick-acting frame on trucks, on which it is 

tilted so as to expose it to an electric light for a few seconds, after 

which the frame falls back into position and flies open, when the print 

is removed and a new sensitized sheet is inserted. This process is so 

rapid that as many as 150 prints from a negative have been made in an 

hour.

In the Geological Survey photography readily groups itself into 

field work and laboratory work. It is all under control of a chief 

photographer, whose powers differ in each branch of the work. To 

the person using a camera in the field he gives instruction and advice, 

sees that the instruments purchased are such as are best adapted to 

the desired work, and that they are kept in repair and issued on proper 

requisitions. Here his functions cease. He can neither select the 

views, place the camera, nor time the exposure. He must accept the 

results brought to him by the field force of the Survey, upon whom 

the only restriction placed is that the subjects photographed shall be 

germane to the work in hand. Generally the exposed negatives are 

sent to the Survey laboratory for developing, but frequently the user 

of a camera develops his negatives in the field, or has them developed 

by a local .photographer, in order that the results may be immediately 

known. It often happens that such work is poor, judged by the 

standard established in the laboratory, but probably the advantage of 

immediately knowing whether a negative of sufficient value to be used 

has been procured more than compensates for the inferior quality.

A record of all exposures made in the field is kept according to 

forms arranged for the purpose. These forms give a brief description 

of the locality and subject, condition of light, length of exposure, 

aperture of lens, and the field number of the negative, and must 

accompany all plates or films sent to the laboratory from parties in 

the field or turned in on their return. They furnish the data from
112 THE UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 227.

which is made a permanent office record of all negatives that are of 

sufficient value to be preserved.

All work in the laboratory is done in pursuance of card requisitions 

made by the division or section chief, countersigned by the chief clerk. 

This requisition specifies the character and amount of work to be done 

and the use for Avhich the thing required is intended, and must be 

accompanied by the subject to be photographed. Upon its receipt by 

the photographic section the card is given a serial number and filed, 

and tfye requisition is then referred to the proper subsection, to await 

its turn. When the work is completed the card is returned to the person making the requisition, accompanied by the thing required, who 

inspects it and receipts for it on the card, which is then filed for a 

permanent record..

The work done in the laboratory falls into four general classes map, 

dry plate, specimen work, and printing and to each of these classes 

experts are assigned.

- If the requisition calls for the reproduction, on either the same, an 

enlarged, or a reduced scale, of a field map, a county or State map, 

or some rare chart of early explorations, it is assigned to the map section. Here cameras accommodating plates up to 34 by 34 inches in 

size are used, and the negatives are made by the wet process. These 

cameras are mounted on tracks and are worked by slow movement, so 

that prints of the exact size required can be obtained. In this section 

two men are constantly employed in making negatives and one in 

washing and preparing glass. If the requisition calls for the developing of plates or films, it goes to the dry-plate section, where two 

men are engaged in this work. If a fossil or mineral is to be photographed, it is referred to the specimen section, where photo-micrographic and other special apparatus is used. After negatives are made

or developed they are turned over to the printing section, where the 

specified number of prints are made upon the paper desired. If a 

negative is of sufficient importance to be preserved, a permanent number is given it and it is filed for future use. Prints from such negatives are preserved for ready inspection in indexed albums, and more 

copies are made as desired.

The photographic section has now on file about 25,000 negatives and 

nearly 4,000 lantern slides. A considerable number of the negatives 

were made by the Powelland Hayden surveys, and constitute an invaluable record of early explorations. The remainder were made by the 

Geological Survey, by far the larger part since the introduction of the 

dry-plate process. At the organization of the Geological Survey one 

photographer and one assistant were employed, and these were engaged 

almost exclusively in field work. In 1903 the force consisted of a section chief and 8 assistants, employed almost exclusively in the laboratory, while about 75 cameras were used in the field. To obtain a just
ENGKAVING AND PRINTING. 113

conception of the present use of photography in the Geological Survey,, 

this increase of force must be considered in connection with the 

immense advantage gained by the use of electric light.

DIVISION OF ENGRAVING AND PRINTING.

At first the appropriations for engraving and printing the topographic and geologic maps were under the control of the Public Printer, 

and the work was done under contract by the lowest responsible bidders. This practice was never entirely satisfactory. It not only 

resulted in lack of uniformity in the maps, but the system of letting 

contracts to the lowest bidder tended toward a low standard and poor 

work. When, in 1887, it became evident that the old classification and 

color symbolism for the geologic maps must be abandoned, the necessity for extensive study of and experimentation with colors and processes became manifest, in order that a satisfactory and enduring1 scheme 

might be devised and established. To such purpose the contract system could not be adapted, and it was seen to be necessary to establish 

within the Survey a division of engraving and printing.

The first legislative step in this direction was taken when Congress, 

by act of March 2,1889, made an'appropriation of $45,000 for engraving and printing the maps of the Geological Survey and placed the 

same under the control of the Director. The next step was the selection and appointment, in February, 1890, of a chief engraver, to 

organize within the Survey a division of engraving and printing.

At the end of the first year the division employed 6 persons and 

occupied one room on the fifth floor of the office building and a small 

room on the fourth floor for printing purposes. Its machinery consisted of two hand lithographic presses and one copperplate press. 

Within two years it had become necessary for it to occupj^ the greater 

part of the fifth floor, for the number of its employees had increased 

to 12, and the machinery of the plant had increased correspondingly. 

At the end of the fourth year the plant had grown to such proportions 

that it required a separate building, and in September, 1893, it became 

possible to secure one. In ten years the appropriation had increased 

to $60,000, and the number of employees to 68, and the building had 

been enlarged to double its original size. At present the appropriation is $100,000 per annum and the number of employees is 85, consisting of copperplate engravers, stone engravers, electrotypers, lithographers, lithographic printers, photolithographers, typesetters and 

type printers, and experts in the various processes of color printing, 

together wi th necessary assistants and laborers. The building occupied 

contains 18,540 square feet of floor space, and is equipped with the 

most modern machinery, each machine being operated Toy its own 

electric motor.

The plant consists of 7 power lithographic presses, 2 type presses. 

Bull. 227 04 8
114 THE UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SUBVEY. ' [BULL.227.

10 hand lithographic presses, stone planer, paper cutter, stitching 

machine, standing press, and a full equipment of tools and instruments necessary in the work.

During the present year (1904) expansion of the division is once 

more in progress because of the increased work and appropriation. 

To gain time for proper reorganization and the selection of the additional expert workmen necessary, and, in the meantime, to meet 

largely increased demands, it has once more become necessary to have 

the engraving of a small number of topographic atlas sheets done by 

private parties, but in every respect the plates will be uniform with 

those engraved in the office. The expedient is but temporary, and 

it is expected that at the end of a few months the office force will 

again be equal to all demands.

Copperplate engraving is the fundamental and chief art or process 

employed in reproducing the topographic maps, and to this all the 

others are auxiliary. Though its first cost is greatest, it is the most 

accurate and the only method of reproduction which admits of multiplication by electrotyping. As the topographic atlas sheets are printed 

in three colors blue, brown and black representing respectively 

drainage, relief, and culture features, the engraving must be done in 

part on each of three copper plates.

The manuscript drawing, which is to be reproduced on the plates, is 

usually in three colors and on a scale somewhat larger than that of the 

engraving. Preliminary to engraving a sheet, a true copy on the scale 

of publication must in some way be transferred to each of the three 

copper plates. There are several methods by which this may be done. 

That formerly in use required that a thin sheet of transparent celluloid 

or gelatine be placed over the drawing provided it were on the scale 

of publication, otherwise, over a photograph reduced to scale and

that an expert trace every line, cutting it into the celluloid or gelatine. 

These lines were filled with sulphur, and by burnishing, were stained 

on the copperplates. The process was tedious and comparatively 

expensive, and, like all manual work, was subject to errors and 

omissions.

The process now in use is photomechanical and was devised a few 

years ago b}^ employees of this office. By this process the lines from 

a photographic negative of the manuscript map are stained on the 

copper plates and an absolutely accurate reproduction of the original 

is produced at a cost which is trifling in comparison with hand tracing. 

When the engraving has been completed an impression of each of the 

engraved plates is transferred to a lithographic stone, and from these 

stones the maps are printed. These arts and processes photographing, engraving, lithographing, and printing are all applied within 

the division.
ENGRAVING AND PRINTING. 115

The base of the geologic map is the topographic map. The topographic base once engraved, the additional copperplate engraving 

required for the geologic folio is comparatively small. At first it was 

necessary to engrave many plates of designs for color printing. But 

the number of these designs is limited, and, once engraved, the pattern 

plates may be used indefinitely by transferring to lithographic stones 

areas to fit &ny required boundaries and printing in any desired colors. 

For the geologic atlas sheet, however, the cultural or black plate of 

the topographic sheet is electrotyped, and upon this electrotype are 

engraved geologic boundaries, s}rmbols, formation letters, and other 

data. The structure sections and columnar sections also are engraved. 

Each folio includes, besides these, descriptive text, which requires the 

application of the typesetting and type-printing art. Therefore, in 

producing a geologic folio, recourse is had to the arts of photography, 

engraving, electrotyping, type setting and type printing, stone engraving, stone transferring, photolithography, and other similar arts, the 

greatest portion of the work falling upon the lithographic branch.

At various times different processes.have been tried for map reproducing, but the only important one to become permanent is photolithograph}7 . This is used to great advantage in making available new 

maps prior to their engraving, in publishing maps for special purposes, in reproducing land plats, and in aiding topographers and 

draftsmen to make reductions and compilations, as well as for many 

other purposes.

When appointed, the chief engraver was made the custodian of the 

engraved copperplates for 240 topographic atlas sheets, the plates of a 

wall map of the United States, and those of a wall map of Massachusetts, which had been engraved under the contract system. The 

first of these contracts was awarded to a New York firm for the 

engraving of 100 atlas sheets, in 1884, and during the next five years 

these 240 sheets-were engraved.

The energies of the new division were at first devoted largely to correcting the plates alread}7 engraved, to engraving color-pattern plates, 

and to experimentation for the geologic maps. Though the engraving of topographic atlas sheets by contract was continued for five 

37 ears more, the proportion engraved in the office grew rapidly from 

37 ear to year. In the first year of its organization only two atlas sheets 

were engraved in the office; during the third year one-third of all the 

engraving was done in the office; at the end of five 3rears (July 1, 

1894) the last contract had been completed, and since then practically 

all the work has been done in the division.

In the fiscal year 1889-90 there were engraved by the division 2 topographic atlas sheets; ten years later, in 1899-1900, there were engraved 

72 sheets; last year (1902-3), 101. The total number of such plates 

engraved by contractors and office force to date is 1,450.
116 THE UNITED 'STATES GEOLOGICAL SUEVEY. [BULL. 227.

The cost of printing- from the engraved- plates is comparatively 

small, }^et for a number of years 'there was no provision of law by 

which the topographic atlas sheets could be published for general distribution. Only small editions for office use could be printed, and 

under this authority an office edition of 250 copies of each sheet was 

printed as soon as the plate had been engraved. This condition 

existed, with a. growing demand, until February 18, 1897, when Congress authorized the publication and distribution b}*" sale of the topographic atlas sheets at a price which would cover the cost of printing 

and materials. Since that time, under a stimulating demand, the size 

of the editions has been increased to 3,000. Even these large editions 

are rapidly exhausted and frequent reprints are necessary to supply 

the demand.

The first year after the organization of this division 26,000 copies 

of all topographic sheets were printed. Ten years later the number 

of printed copies had increased to 533,655. The'total printed to date 

has been 3,434,424.

The first folios of the Geologic Atlas of the United States were 

published in the fiscal year 1892-93, which was the fourth year of the 

existence of the division. These four years were devoted largely to 

study and experimentation with colors, patterns, symbols, and processes 

of geologic notation. At the time mentioned the necessary pattern 

plates had been engraved, six folios had been published, and others were 

under way. A folio contains several pages of text, a topographic 

atlas sheet, an areal geology sheet, an economic geology sheet, a sheet 

of (geologic) structure sections, and a sheet of columnar sections; and 

sometimes an artesian-water sheet, a soil sheet, a forestry sheet, or a 

special illustration sheet, the latter consisting usually of half-tone 

prints from nature illustrative of geologic phenomena.

Each geologic map is a topographic map which has been overprinted with from 3 to 27 colors, either in flat tints "or in patterns. 

During the year 1902-3, or ten years after the issuance of the first 

geologic folios, there were 14 published. The total number published 

to date is 100.

The total number of copies of all geologic folios printed in 1892-93 

was 3,000. In 1902-3 there were printed 73,080 copies. The total 

number printed to date is 484,958.

Incidental to the publication of the topographic and geologic atlas 

sheets, which is the main function of the division, a large and growing 

volume of miscellaneous engraving and printing has been done. 

Much of this is intended for general distribution, but some part of 

it is designed primarily for office use. It includes index maps, notices 

and circulars in ordinary type and with map illustrations, pamphlets, 

photolithographs of maps enlarged or reduced for various purposes, 

Land Office plats, maps of the entire United States on different scales.
DOCUMENTS. 117

the supplying of transfers from engraved plates to contracting firms 

for illustrating Survey papers, and the printing of special editions of 

maps for States cooperating with the Geological Survey. The total 

number of copies of this miscellaneous matter printed in 1903 was 

220,000.

DIVISION OF DOCUMENTS. '

All Survey publications, when delivered by the printer, are received 

-by the chief of the division of documents, who receipts for and is custodian of them, and distributes them in accordance with law.

The chief clerk assumed charge of documents principally those of 

former surveys until 1882, when this duty was assigned to the librarian. In 1893, owing to the growth of the library, a division of documents and stationery was created, under the direction of a chief, aided

by several assistants. This organization continued until May, 1901.

when the present division of documents was established.

At first the stock of publications was stored on the top floor of the 

northeast tower of the National Museum, in which the Survey offices 

were located. In 1883 additional quarters were obtained in the attic 

of a business building.. Since 1884, when the Geological Survey first 

occupied its present quarters, all documents have been stored in the 

basement of the same building.

The law requires that some of the Survey publications shall be sold 

and the mone}r be turned into the Treasury; that others may be 

exchanged for the scientific publications of individuals and institutions; that others shall be sent to designated public libraries and institutions; and that still others shall be distributed free. The record of 

all these transactions is voluminous. Excepting topographic maps, 

and geologic folios, Members of Congress receive and distribute their 

quotas of Survey documents through the Congressional folding and 

document rooms.

The growth of the Survey, its value as a factor in the development 

of the economic resources of the country, and the service it renders 

the people are shown by the many thousand letters received yearly 

requesting the publications of the Survey; and the number is constantly 

increasing. Through this correspondence the office comes directly in 

con tact with the public. As it is the unvarying practice to answer all 

communications, the correspondence and other duties of this section, 

which at first occupied but a small portion of the time of the chief clerk, 

now require the services of a chief of division and 11 assistants. During the fiscal year 1881-82 about 3,700 communications were answered, 

while in 1902-3 the number mailed was 109,686.

In 1897 Congress enacted laws providing for the distribution, by 

sale, of the map sheets of the topographic atlas of the United States. 

Since that time the number of maps distributed yearly has rapidly
118 THE UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL.227.

increased. In the fiscal year 1896-97 returns from sales of topographic 

maps amounted to $505.77; in the year 1902-3 the sum was $7,071.50.

Over 1,300 maps are now carried in stock. The maps are stored 

according to geographic sections, so as to facilitate the filling of 

orders. Many of the orders are vague and uncertain, and frequent 

recourse must be made to gazetteers, guides, and other reference 

books to locate the regions for which maps are wanted.

At the beginning a card-index system of record was devised. On 

the cards are recorded, as required by law, the addresses of those to 

whom, documents have been sent, what documents were sent, dates of 

sending, etc.

To facilitate the distribution of the topographic maps, and for the 

convenience of the public, the Survey has appointed agents in the 

different States. These now number 76. The agents agree to carry 

in stock maps of areas in their immediate vicinity. This enables persons who have need.of maps to make personal examination of them 

before purchasing, and to procure copies at once, avoiding the delay 

incident to correspondence.

To give adequate publicity regarding the documents and maps issued 

by the Survey, card notices and circulars were formerly prepared and 

mailed to correspondents, scientists, and others interested, the mailing 

occupying a considerable portion of the time of one clerk. It was soon 

learned, however, that the press of the country would be glad to print 

news items and short notices of publications, and since 1902 the Survey 

has prepared and issued weekly.a press bulletin. The work connected 

therewith was assigned to the document division, and an editorial 

clerk was appointed to prepare the news notes and review notices.

Prior to June 30,1903, nearly 4,000,000 copies of publications, folios,

and maps were distributed by the document division. Of that number

2,716,652 were distributed during the last five years, while in the five 

years prior the number was 966,875, a total of 3,683,527 for ten years, 

or 92 per cent of the entire distribution during the twenty-five years 

the Survey has been in existence. During the fiscal yews 1899-1903, 

a period of four years, 346,119 letters were mailed by the document 

division, this being over 50 per cent of the entire number sent prior 

thereto. These statements attest the growing public interest in the 

work of and the results achieved by the Survey.
AU TIIT7 TIATTTPR OT1 \T17C1 PEAT APTfUT OTT1WFV Ol IHh MM SlAlbS GfcOUmllAL mini,

Following are complete lists, to date, of the serial publications of 

the United States Geological Survey, Avhich consist of (1) Annual 

Reports, (2) Monographs, (3) Professional Papers, (4) Bulletins, (5) 

Mineral Resources, (6) Water-Supply and Irrigation Papers, (7) Topographic Atlas of United States folios and separate sheets thereof, (8) 

Geologic Atlas of United States folios thereof.

The Bulletins, Professional Papers, and Water-Supply Papers treat 

of a variety of subjects, and the total number issued is large. They 

have therefore been classified into the following series: A, Economic 

geology; B, Descriptive geology; C, Sj^stematic geology and paleontology; D, Petrography and mineralogy; E, Chemistry and physics; 

F, Geography; G, Miscellaneous; H, Forestry; I, Irrigation; J, Water 

storage; K, Pumping water; L, Quality of water; M, General hydrographic investigations; N, Water power; 0, Underground waters; 

P, Hydrographic progress reports. A table showing the papers of 

each series is given on pages 148 and 149.

The classes numbered 2, 7, and 8 are sold at cost of publication; the 

others are distributed free. It is impossible to comply with general demands for the publications which are distributed free, such as 

to have all of any series sent, but requests for a certain paper are 

granted whenever practicable. No person will be given more than one 

copy of any publication. Many of the publications of the Survey are 

out of print, but these can usually be obtained from dealers in secondhand books in any large city.

For publications to which prices are affixed prepayment is required, 

and should be made in cash (exact amount) or by postal or express 

money order payable to the Director of the United States Geological 

Survey. Checks, stamps, or foreign coin can not be accepted. Full 

addresSj including county, should be given. Address all communications to THE DIRECTOR, U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY, WASHINGTON, D. C.

119
ANNUAL REPORTS.

First Annual Report of the United States Geological Survey, by Clarence King, 

Director. 1880. 8°. 79pp. 1 map. (Out of stock.)

A preliminary report, describing plan of organization and publications.

Second Annual Report of the United States Geological Survey, 1880-81, J. W. 

Powell, Director. 1882. 8°. Iv, 588 pp., 62 pis., 1 map. (Out of stock.)

Report of the Director, pp. xi-lv, pis. i-vii.

Administrative reports by heads of divisions, pp. 3-46, pis. viii-ix.

Physical geology of Grand Canyon district, by C. E. Button, pp. 47-166, pis. x-xxxvi.

Contributions to history of Lake Bonneville, by G. K. Gilbert, pp. 167-200, pis. xxxvii-xliii.

Abstract of report on geology and mining industry of Leadville, Colo., by S. P. Emmons, pp.

201-290, pis. xliv-xlv. 

Summary of geology of Comstock lode and Washoe district, by G. F. Becker, pp. 291-330, pis.

xlvi-xlvii.

Production of precious metals in the United States, by Clarence King, pp. 331-401, pis. xlviii-liii. 

A new method of measuring heights by means of the barometer, by G. K. Gilbert, pp. 403-566,

pis. liv-lxii. 

Index, pp. 567-588.

Third Annual Report of the United States Geological Survey, 1881-82, J. W. Powell, 

Director. 1883. 8°. xviii, 564 pp., 67 pis. (Out of stock.)

Report of the Director, pp. xv-xviii.

Administrative reports of chiefs of divisions, pp. 1-41, pis. i-ii.

Birds with teeth, by 0. C. Marsh, pp. 45-88.

Copper-bearing rocks of Lake Superior, by R. D. Irving, pp. 89-188, pis. iii-xvii.

Sketch of geological history of Lake Lahontan, a Quaternary lake of northwestern Nevada, by

I. C. Russell, pp. 189-235, pis. xviii-xxiii. 

Abstract of report on geology of Eureka district, Nevada, by Arnold Hague, pp. 237-290, pis.

xxiv-xxv. 

Preliminary paper on terminal moraine of second Glacial epoch, by T. C. Chamberlin, pp. 291-

402, pis. xxvi-xxxv. 

A review of the nonmarine fossil Mollnsca of North America, by C. A. White pp 403-550 pis

1-<W J. Oi. 

Index, pp. 551-564.

Fourth Annual Report of the United States Geological Survey, 1882-83, J. W. Powell, 

Director. 1884. . 8°. xxxii, 473 pp., 85 pis. (Out of stock.) ,

Report of Director, pp. xiii-xxxii, pi. i. 

Administrative reports of chiefs of divisions, pp. 1-72. 

Hawaiian volcanoes, by C. E. Dutton, pp. 75-219, pis. ii-xxx. 

Abstract of report on mining geology of Eureka district, Nevada, by J. S. Curtis, pp. 221-251,

pis. xxxi-xxxiii.

Popular fallacies regarding precious-metal ore deposits, by Albert Williams, jr., pp. 253-271. 

Review of the fossil Ostreidaj of North America; and a comparison of the fossil with the living 

forms, by C. A. White, with appendixes by Angelo Heilprin and John A. Ryder, pp. 273-130, 

pis. xxxiv-lxxxii.

Geological reconnaissance in southern Oregon, by I. C. Russell, pp. 431-464, pis. Ixxxiii-Lxxxv. 

Index, pp. 465-473.

Fifth Annual Report of the United States Geological Survey, 1883-84, J. W. Powell, 

Director. 1885. 8°. xxxvi, 469 pp., 58 pis. (Out1 of stock.)

Report of the Director, pp. xvii-xxxvi, pis. i-ii.

Administrative reports of chiefs of divisions, pp. 1-66.

Topographic features of lake shores, by G. K. Gilbert, pp. 69-123, pis. iii-xx.

120
PUBLICATIONS! ANNUAL EEPORTS. l2l

Fifth Annual Eeport of the United States Geological Survey Continued.

Requisite and qualifying conditions of artesian wells, by T. C. Chamberlin, pp. 125-173, pi. xxi. 

Preliminary paper on an investigation of Archean formations of Northwestern States, by R. D.

Irving, pp. 175-242, pis. xxii-xxxi.

The gigantic mammals of the order Dinocerata, by 0. C. Marsh, pp. 243-302. 

Existing glaciers of the United States, by I. C. Russell, pp. 303-355, pis. xxxii-lv. 

Sketch of paleobotany, by L. F. Ward, pp. 357-452, pis. Ivi-lviii. 

Index, pp. 453-469.

Sixth Annual Report of the United States Geological Survey, 1884-85, J. W. Powell, 

Director. 1885. 8°. xxix, 570 pp., 65 pis. (Out of stock.)

Report of the Director, pp. xv-xxix, pis. i-iii. 

Administrative reports of chiefs of divisions, pp. 1-101, pis. iv-x. 

Mount Taylor and the Zufii Plateau, by C. E. Button, pp. 105-198, pis. xi-xxii. 

Preliminary paper on driftless area of upper Mississippi Valley, by T. C. Chamberlin and R. D. 

Salisbury, pp. 199-322, pis. xxiii-xxix.

 Quantitative determination of silver by means of the microscope, by J. S. Curtis, pp. 323-352,

pi. xxx.

Preliminary report on seacoast swamps of eastern United States, by N. S. Shalcr, pp. 353-398. 

Synopsis of flora of Laramie group, by L. F. Ward, pp. 399-557, pis. xxxi-lxv. 

Index, pp. 559-570.

Seventh Annual Eeport of the United States Geological Survey, 1885-86, J. W. Powell, 

Director. 1888. 8°. xx, 656 pp., 71 pis. (Out of stock.) 

Report of the Director, pp. 3-42.

Administrative reports of chiefs of divisions, pp. 43-143, pis. i-vii. 

Rock-scorings of the great ice invasions, by T. C. Chamberlin, pp. 147-248, pi. viii. 

Obsidian Cliff, Yellowstone National Park, by J. P. Iddings, pp. 249-295, pis. ix-xviii. 

Report on geology of Marthas Vineyard, by N. S. Shaler, pp. 297-303, pis. xix-xxix.

 On classification of early Cambrian and pre-Cambrian formations, by R. D. Irving, pp. 305-454,

pis. xxx-li.

Structure of Triassic formation of Connecticut Valley, by W. M. Davis, pp. 455-490, pi. lii. 

Salt-making processes in the United States, by T. M. Chatard, pp. 491-535, pis. liii-lv. 

Geology of head of Chesapeake Bay, by W J McGee, pp. 537-646, pis. Ivi-lxxi. 

Index, pp. 647-656.

Eighth Annual Eeport of the United States Geological Survey, 1886-87, J. W. Powell, 

Director. 1889. 8°. 2pt. xix, 474, xii pp., 53 pis.; ii, 475-1063pp., 23pis. (Out 

of stock.)

Pt. I. Report of the Director, pp. 1-93, pi. i.

Administrative reports of chiefs of divisions, pp. 95-257, pis. ii-xv.

Quaternary history of Mono Valley, California, by I. C. Russell, pp. 261-394, pis. xvi-xliv.

Geology of Lassen Peak district, by J. S. Diller, pp. 395-432, pis. xlv-li.

Fossil butterflies of Florissant, by S. H. Scudder, pp. 433-474, pis. Hi, liii.

Index, pp. i-xii.

Pt. II. The Trenton limestone as a source of petroleum and inflammable gas in Ohio and Indiana, by Edward Orton pp. 475-662, pis. liv-lx.

Geographical distribution of fossil plants, by L. F. Ward, pp. 663-960, pi. Ixi.

Summary of geology of quicksilver deposits of Pacific slope, by G. F. Becker, pp. 901-985, 

pis. Ixii-lxiii. '

Geology of the island of Mount Desert, Maine, by N. S. Shaler, pp. 987-1061, pis. IxivIxxvi.

Index, p. 1063.

Ninth Annual Eeport of the United States Geological Survey, 1887-88, J. W. Powell, 

Director. 1889. 8°. xiii, 717 pp., 88 pis. (Out of stock.)

Report of the Director, pp. 1-46.

Administrative reports of chiefs of divisions, pp. 47-199, pis. i-vi.

The Charleston earthquake of August 31,1886, by C. E. Dutton, pp. 203-528, pis. vii-xxxi.

Geology of Cape Ann, Massachusetts, by N. S. Shaler, pp. 529-611, pis. xxxii-lxxvii.

Formation of travertine and siliceous sinter by the vegetation of thermal springs, by'W. H.Weed,

pp. 613-676, pis. Ixxviii-lxxxvii. 

On geology aud physiography of a portion of northwestern Colorado and adjacents parts of Utah

and Wyoming, by C. A. White, pp. 677-712, pi. Ixxxviii. 

Index, pp. 713-717.
122 THE UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL StIEVEY. [BULL,227.

Tenth Annual Report of the United States Geological Survey, 1888-89, .1. W. Powell, 

Director. 1890. 8°. 2 pt. (Out of stock.)

Pt. I. Geology, xv, 774 pp., 98 pis.

Report of the Director, pp. 1-80, pis. i-v. 

Administrative reports of chiefs of divisions, pp. 81-252.

General account of the fresh-water morasses of the United States, with a description of 

the Dismal Swamp district of Virginia and North Carolina, by N. S. Shaler, pp. 255-339, 

pis. vi-xix. 

The Penokee iron-bearing series of Michigan and Wisconsin, by R. D. Trying and C. R.

Van Hise, pp. 341-507, pis. xx-xlii. 

Fauna of the Lower Cambrian or Olenellus zone, by C. D. Walcott, pp. 509-763, pis. xliiixcviii.

Index, pp. 705-774. 

Pt. II. Irrigation, viii, 123 pp.

Eleventh Annual Report of the United States Geological Survey, 1889-90, J. W. Powell, 

Director. 1891. 8°. 2 pt. (Out of stock.)

Pt. I. Geology, xv, 757pp., 66 pis.

Report of the Director, pp. 1-30, pi. i.

Administrative reports of chiefs of divisions, pp. 31-185.

Pleistocene history of northeastern Iowa, by W J McGee, pp.-189-577, pis. ii-lxi.

Natural gas field of Indiana, by A. J. Phinney, with an introduction by W J McGee, 

pp. 579-742, pis. Ixii-lxvi.

Index, pp. 743-757. 

Pt. II. Irrigation, xiv, 395 pp., 30 pis. and maps.

Hydrography, pp. 1-110, pi. Ixvii-xcvi.

Engineering, pp. 111-200.

The arid lands, pp. 201-289.

Topography, pp. 291-343. 

. Irrigation literature, pp. 345-388.

Index, pp. 389-395'.

Twelfth Annual Report of the United States Geological Survey, 1890-91, J. W. 

' Powell, Director. 1891. 8°. 2 pt. (Out of stock.)

Pt. I. Geology, xiii, 675pp., 53 pis.

Report of the Director, pp. 1-19, pi. i. _

Administrative reports of chiefs of divisions, pp. 21-210.

Origin and nature of soils, by N. S. Shaler, pp. 213-345, pis. ii-xxxi.

The Lafayette formation, by W J McGee, pp. 347-521, pis. xxxii-xli.

The North American continent during Cambrian time, by C. D. Walcott, pp. 523-568, pis. 

xlii-xlv.

Eruptive rocks of Electric Peak and Sepulchre Mountain, Yellowstone National Park, 

by J. P. Iddings, pp. 5G9-6G4, pis. xlvi-liii.

Index, pp. 665-675. 

Pt. II. Irrigation, xviii, 576 pp., 93 pis. ~

Location and survey of reservoir sites, by A. H. Thompson, pp. 1-212, pis. liv-lvii.

Hydrography of the arid regions, by F. H. Newell, pp. 213-361, pis. Iviii-cvi.

Irrigation in India, by H. M. Wilson, pp. 363-561, pis. cvii-cxlvi.

Financial statement, pp. 562-568.

Index, pp. 569-576.

Thirteenth Annual Report of the United States Geological Survey, 1891-92, J. W. 

Powell, Director. 1892. [P.ts. II and III, 1893.] 8°. 3 pt. (Out of stock.)

Pt. I. Director's report and report of chiefs of divisions, vii, 240 pp., 2 pi.

Report of the Director, pp. i-vii, 1-66, pis. i-ii.

Administrative reports of chiefs of divisions, pp. 67-235.

Index, pp. 237-240. 

Pt. II. Geology, x, 372pp., 105 pis.

Second expedition to Mount St. Elias, by I. C. Russell, pp. 1-91, pis. iii-xxi.

Geological history of harbors, by N. S. Shaler, pp. 93-209, pis. xxii-xlv.

Mechanics of Appalachian structure, by Bailey Willis, pp. 211-281, pis. xlvi-xcvi.

Average elevation of the United States, by Henry Gannett, pp. 283-289, pi. cvii.

The Rensselaer grit plateau in New York, by T. N. Dale, pp. 291-340, pis. xcvii-ci.

American Tertiary Aphidse, by S. H. Scudder, pp. 341-366, pis. cii-cvi.

Index, pp. 367-372.
 PUBLICATIONS: ANNUAL REPORTS. 123

Thirteenth Annual Report of the U. S. Geological Survey, etc. Continued. 

Pt. III. Irrigation, xi, 480 pp., 77 pi.

Water supply for irrigation, by F. H. Newell, pp. 1-99, pis. cviii-cx.

Results of operations of engineering branch of irrigation survey for fiscal year ending

June 30,1890, by H. M. Wilson, pp. 101-349, pis. cxi-cxlvi.

American irrigation engineering, by H. M. Wilson, pp. 351-427, pis. cxlvii-clxxxii. 

Report upon construction of topographic maps and selection of reservoir sites in basin

of Arkansas River, by A. H. Thompson, pp. 429-144. 

Report upon location and survey of reservoir sites during fiscal year ending June 30,

1892, by A. H. Thompson, pp. 445-478, pis. clxxxiii-clxxxiv. 

Index, pp. 479-486.

Fourteenth Annual Report of the United States Geological Survey, 1892-93, J. W. 

- Powell, Director. 1893. [Pt. II, 1894.] 8°. 2 pt.. (Out of stock.) .

Pt. I. Director's report and report of chiefs of divisions, vi, 321 pp., 1 map.

Report of the Director, pp. 11-105,1 map (in pocket).

Administrative reports of chiefs of divisions, pp. 107-318.

Index, pp. 319-321. 

Pt. II. Accompanying papers, xx, 597 pp., 73 pis.

Potable waters of Eastern United States, by W J McGee, pp. 1-47.

Natural mineral waters of the United States, by A. C.- Peale, pp. 49-88, pi. iii-iv.

Results of stream, measurements, by F. H. Newell, pp. 89-155, pi. v-vi.

Laccolitic mountain groups of Colorado, Utah, and Arizona, by Whitman Cross, pp.

157-241, pis. vii-xvi.

Gold-silver veins of Ophir, California, by Waldemar Lindgren, pp.243-284, pis. xvii-xviii. 

Geology of the Catoctin belt, by Arthur Keith, pp. 285-395, pis. xix-xxxix. 

Tertiary revolution in topography of Pacific coast, by J. S. Diller, pp. 397-434, pis. xl-xlvii. - 

Rocks of Sierra Nevada, by H. W. Turner, pp. 435-495, pis. xlviii-lix. 

Pre-Cambrian igneous rocks of the Unkar terrane, Grand Canyon of the Colorado,

Arizona, by C. D. Walcott; with notes on the petrographic character of the lavas, by

J. P. Iddings, pp. 497-524, pis. Ix-lxv. 

On the structure of the ridge between the Taconic and Green Mountain ranges, Vermont,

by T. N. Dale, pp. 525-549, pis. Ixvi-lxx. 

Structure of Monument Mountain, Great Barrington, Mass., by T. N. Dale, pp. 551-5C5,

pis. Ixxi-lxxii. 

The Potomac and Roaring Creek coal fields in West Virginia, by J. D. Weeks, pp. 507-590,

pis. Ixxiii-lxxiv. 

Index, pp. 591-597.

NOTE. A pocket in the cover of Part 2 carries a reconnaissance map of the United States 

showing the distribution of the geologic systems as far us known, compiled from data in the 

possession of the United States Geological Survey, by W J McGce, 1893.

Fifteenth Annual Report of the United States Geological Survey, 1893-94, J. W. 

Powell, Director. 1895. 8°. v, 755 pp., 48 pis. (Out of stock.)

Report of the Director, pp. 1-110, pi. i.

Administrative reports, pp. 111-258.

Preliminary report on geology of common roads of United States, by N. S. Shaler, pp. 259-306.

The Potomac formation, by L. F. Ward, pp. 307-397, pis. ii-iv..

Sketch of geology of San Francisco Peninsula, by A. C. Lawson, pp. 399-470, pis. v-xii.

Preliminary report on Marquette iron-bearing district of Michigan, by C. R. Van Hise and

W. S. Bayley; with a chapter on Republic trough, by II. L. Smyth, pp. 477-050, pis. xiii-xxvi. 

General relations of granitic rocks in the Middle Atlantic Piedmont Plateau, by G. H. Williams,

pp. 651-684, pis. xvii-xxxv.

Origin and relations of central Maryland granites, by C. R. Keyes, pp. 685-740, pis. xxxvi-xlviii. 

Index, pp. 741-755.

Sixteenth Annual Report of the United States Geological Survey, 1894-95, Charles D. 

. Walcott, Director. 1896. [Pts. II, III, and IV, 1895.] 8°. 4 pt. (Out of stock.)

Pt. I. Director's report and papers of a theoretic nature, xxii, 910 pp., 117 pis. 

Report of Director, pp. 1-130, pi. i.

Dinosaurs of North America, by 0. C. Marsh, pp. 331-414, pis. ii-lxxxv. 

Glacier Bay and its glaciers, Alaska, by H. F. Reid, pp. 415-401, pis. Ixxxvi-xcvi. 

Some analogies in the Lower Cretaceous of Europe and America, by L. F. Ward, pp.

463-542, pis. xcvii-cvii. 

Structural details in the Green Mountain region and in eastern New York, by T. N.

Dale, pp. 543-570. ' .
124 THE UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL.227.

Sixteenth Annual Eeport of the U. S. Geological Survey, etc. Continued.

Pt. I. Principles of pre-Cambrian North American geology, by C. R. Van Hise, with an appendix on flow and fracture of rocks as related to structure, by L. M. Hoskins, pp. 571-874, 

pis. cviii-cxvii. 

Summary of primary triangulation executed between 1882 and 1894, by Henry Gannett,

pp. 875-885. 

Index, pp. 887-910. 

Pt. II. Papers of an'economic character, xix, 598 pp., 43 pis.

Geology and mining industries of Cripple Creek district, Colorado, by Whitman Cross

and 11. A. F. Penrose, jr., pp. 1-209, pis. i-xiv and supplemental map. 

Geological reconnaissance across Idaho, by G. H. Eldridge, pp.-211-276, pis. xv-xvii. 

Geology of road-building stones of Massachusetts, with some consideration of similar 

materials from other parts of the United States, by N. S. Shaler, pp. 277-341, pis. 

xviii-xxiv. 

Economic geology of Mercur mining district, Utah, by J. E. Spurr, with introduction

by S. F. Emmons, pp. 343-455, pis. xxv-xxxiv.

The public lands and their water supply, by F. H. Newell, pp. 457-533, pis. xxxv-xxxix. 

Water resources of a portion of the Great Plains, by Robert Hay, pp. 535-588, pis. xl-xlii. 

Index, pp. 589-598.

Pt. III." Mineral resources of the United States, 1894; metallic products, xv, 646 pp., 23 pis. 

Pt. IV.« Mineral resources of the United States, 1894; nonmetallic products, xix, 735 pp., 6 pis.

Seventeenth Annual Keport of the United States Geological Survey, 1895-96, Charles 

D. Walcott, Director. 1896. 8°. 3 pts. in 4 vols. (Out of stock.)

Pt. I. Director's report and other papers, xxii, 1076 pp., 67 pis. 

Report of Director, pp. 1-200, pi. i.

Magnetic declination in the United States, by Henry Gannett, pp. 203-440, pis. ii-iii. 

Geological reconnaissance in northwestern Oregon, by J. S. Diller, pp. 441-520, pis. iv-xvi. 

Further contributions to geology of Sierra Nevada, by H. W. Turner, pp. 523-762, pis.

xvii-xlvii.

Report on coal and lignite of Alaska, by W. H. Ball, pp. 763-908, pis. xlviii-lviii. 

The uintaite (gilsonite) deposits of Utah, by G. H. Eldridge, pp. 909-949, pis. lix-lx. 

Glacial brick clays of Rhode Island and southeastern Massachusetts, by N. S. Shaler,

J. B. Woodworth, and C. F. Marbut, pp. 951-1004, pis. Ixi-lxii. 

Faunal relations of the Eocene and Upper Cretaceous on Pacific coast, by T. W.

Stanton. pp. 1005-1060, pis. Ixiii-lxvii. 

Index, pp. 1061-1076. 

Pt. II. Economic geology and hydrography, xxv, 864 pp., 113 pis.

Gold-quartz veins of Nevada City and Grass Valley districts, California, by Waldemar

Lindgren, pp. 1-2C2, pis. i-xxiv. 

Geology of Silver Cliff and the Rosita Hills, Colorado, by Whitman Cross, pp. 263-403,

pis. xxv-xxxvi.

Mines of Ouster County, Colo., by S. F. Emmons, pp. 405-472, pi. xxxvii. 

Geologic section along the New and Kanawha rivers in West Virginia, by M. K. Campbell and W. C. Mendenhall, pp. 473-511, pis. xxxviii-xlix. 

Tennessee phosphates, by C. W. Hayes, pp. 513-550, pis. 1-lv. 

Underground water of the Arkansas Valley in eastern Colorado, by G. K. Gilbert, pp.

651-C01, pis. Ivi-lxviii. 

Preliminary report on artesian waters of a portion of the Dakotas, by N. H. Darton, pp.

603-694, pis. Ixix-cvii.

Water resources of Illinois, by Frank Leverett, pp. 695-849, pis. cviii-cxiii. 

Index, pp. 851-«64.

Pt. III. Mineral resources of the United States, 1895; metallic products and coal, xxii, 542 pp., 8 pis. 

Pt. Ill (Continued). Mineral resources of the United States, 1895; nonmetallic products,

except coal, iii, 543-1058 pp., 5 pis..

Eighteenth Annual Report of the United States Geological Survey, 1896-97, Charles 

D. Walcott, Director. 1897. [Pts. II and III, 1898.] 8°. 5 pts. in 6 vols. (Out 

of stock.)

Pt. I. Director's report, including triangulation and spirit leveling, 440pp., 4 pis. 

Report of Director, pp. 1-130, pis. i-iv. 

Triangulation and spirit leveling, by H. M. Wilson, J. H. Renshawe, E. M. Douglas,

and R. U. Goode, pp. 131-422. 

Index, pp. 423-440.

« Parts III and IV of the Sixteenth Annual Report are the direct continuation of the separate series 

of. statistical papers known as Mineral Resources of the United States, 1882-1893, ten volumes (see p. 150.)
PUBLICATIONS: ANNUAL EEPOKTS. 125

Eighteenth Annual Report of the U. S. Geological Survey, etc. Continued. 

Ft. II. Papers chiefly of a theoretic nature, v, 653 pp., 105 pis.

The Triassic formation of Connecticut, by \V. M. Davis, pp. 1-192, pis. i-xx.

Geology of portions of the Edwards Plateau and Rio Grande Plain adjacent to San

Antonio, Tex., with special reference to the occurrence of artesian and other underground waters, by R. T. Hill and T. W. Vaughan, pp. 193-322, pis. xxi-lxiv. 

Table of North American Tertiary horizons, by W. H. Ball, pp. 323-348. 

Glaciers of Mount Rainier, by I. C. Russell, pp. 349-424, pis. Ixv-lxxxii. 

The white limestone area of Franklin, Sussex County, N. J., by J. E. Wolf! and A. H.

Brooks, pp. 425-458, pi. Ixxxiii. 

Geology of San Clemente Island, California, by W. S. T. Smith, pp. 459-496, pis. Ixxxivxcvi.

Geology of Cape Cod,.Massachusetts, by N. S. Shaler, pp. 497-594, pis. xcvii-civ. 

Recent earth movement in the Great Lakes region, by G. K. Gilbert, pp. 595-647, pi. cv. 

Index, pp. 649-653. 

Pt. III. Economic geology, v, 861 pp., 118 pis.

Reconnaissance of the gold fields of southern Alaska, with some notes on general

geology, by G. F. Becker, pp. 1-86, pis. i-xxxi. 

Geology of Yukon gold district, Alaska, by J. E. Spurr; with a chapter on the history

and condition of the district, by H. B. Goodrich, pp. 87-392, pis. xxxii-li. 

Some coal fields of Puget Sound, by Bailey Willis, pp. 393-436, pis. lii-lxviii. 

Geology and mineral resources of Judith Mountains of Montana, by W. H. Weed and

L. V. Pirsson, pp. 437-G1G, pis. Ixix-lxxxvi. 

Mining districts of Idaho Basin and Boise Ridge, Idaho, by Waldemar Lindgreu; with

a report on fossil plants of Payette formation, by F. H. Knowlton, pp. 617-744, pis.

Ixxxvii-cii. 

Preliminary report on mining industries of Telluride quadrangle, Colorado, by C. W.

Purington, pp. 745-850, pis. ciii-cxviii. 

Index, pp. 851-861. 

Pt. IV. Hydrography, x, 756 pp., 102 pis.

Progress report of .stream measurement, by A. P. Davis, pp. 13-418, pis. i-xxxii. 

Well waters of Ohio and Indiana, by Frank Levcrett, pp. 419-560, pis. xxxiii-xxxvii. 

New developments in well boring and irrigation in eastern South Dakota, by N. H.

Darton, pp. 661-616, pis. xxxviii-xlvii.

Reservoirs for irrigation, by J. D. Schuyler, pp. 617-740, pis. xlviii-cii. 

Index, pp. 741-756.

Pt. V. Mineral resources of the United States, 1896; metallic products and coal, xii, 642 pp., 1 pi. 

Pt. V. (Continued). Mineral resources of the United States, 1896; nonmetallic products except

coal, pp. 643-1400.

Nineteenth Annual Eeport of the United States Geological Survey, 1897-98, Charles 

D. Walcott, Director. 1898. (Parts II, III, and V, 1899.) 8°. 6 pt. in 7 vol. and 

separate case for maps with Pt. V. (Out of stock.)

Pt. I. Director's report, including triangulation and spirit leveling, 422 pp., 2 pis. 

Report of Director, pp. 1-143, pis. i-ii. 

Triangulation and spirit leveling, by H. M. Wilson, J. H. Renshawe, E. M. Douglas,

and R. U. Goode, pp. 145-408. 

Index, pp. 409-422. 

Pt. II. Papers chiefly of a theoretic nature, v, 958 pp., 172 pis.

Physiography of the Chattanooga district in Tennessee, Georgia, and Alabama, by C. W.

Hayes, pp. 1-58, pis. i-v. 

Principles and conditions of the movements of ground water, by F. H, King, pp. 59-294,

pis. vi-xvi.

Theoretical investigation of motion of ground waters, C. S. Slichter, pp. 295-384, pi. xvii. 

Geology of Richmond Basin, Virginia, by N. S. Shaler and J. B. Woodworth, pp. 385-

519, pis. xviii-lii. 

The Cretaceous formation of the Black Hills as indicated by the fossil plants, by L. F.

AVard, pp. 521-946, pis. liii-clxxii. 

Index, pp. 947-958. 

. Pt. III. Economic geology, v, 785 pp., 99 pis.

' The Crystal Falls iron-bearing districtof Michigan, by J. M. Clements and H. L. Smyth; 

with a chapter on the Sturgeon River Tongue, by W. S. Bayley, and an introduction 

by C. R. Van Hise, pp. 1-151, pis. i-xi. 

 The slate belt of eastern New York and western Vermont, by T. N. Dale, pp. 153-307, pis.

xii-xli.

The Coos Bay coal field, Oregon, by J. S. Diller, pp. 309-376, pis. xlii-liv. 

The titaniferous iron ores of the Adirondacks, by J. F. Kernp, pp. 377-422, pis. Iv-lxiii.
126 THE UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL.227.

Nineteenth Annual Report of the U. S. Geological Survey, etc. Continued.

Pt. III. Geology of theMcAlester-Lehigh coal field, Indian Territory, by J. A. Taff; accompanied

by a report on the fossil plants, by David White, and a report on the Paleozoic invertebrate fossils, by G. H. Girty, pp. 423-600, pis! Ixiv-lxxii. 

Geology and mining industry of Tintic district, Utah, by G. W. Tower, jr., and G. 0.

Smith, pp. 601-767, pis. Ixxiii-xcix. 

Index, pp. 769-785. 

Pt. IV. Hydrography, viii, 814 pp.,.118 pis.

Report of progress of stream measurements for the calendar year 1897, by F. H. Newell.

including papers by Dwight Porter, J. B. Lippincott, and other hydrographers, pp.

1-632, pis. i-lxx.

Rock waters of Ohio, by Edward Orton, pp. 633-717, pis. Ixxi-lxxii'i. 

Preliminary report on geology and water resources of Nebraska west of the one hundred

and third meridian, by N. H. Darton, pp. 719-785, pis. Ixxiv-cxviii. 

Index, pp. 787-814. 

Pt. V. Forest reserves, xvii, 400 pp., 110 pis. (16 maps in separate case).

The forests of the United States, by Henry Gannett, pp. 1-66, pis. i-xiii.

Black Hills Forest Reserve, by H. S. Graves, pp. 67-164, pis. xiv-xxxvi.

Bighorn Forest Reserve, by F. E. Town, pp. 165-190, pis. xxxvii-xlii.

Teton Forest Reserve, from notes by T. S. Brandegee, pp. 191-212, pis. xliii-xlv.

Yellowstone Park Forest Reserve, southern part, from notes by T. S. Brandegee, pp.

213-216.

Priest River Forest Reserve, by J. B. Leiberg, pp. 217-252, pis. xlvi-lxi. 

Bitterroot Forest Reserve, by J. B. Leiberg, pp. 253-282, pis. Ixii-lxxiii. 

Washington Forest Reserve, by H. B. Ayres, pp. 283-313, pis. Ixxiv-c. . Eastern part of Washington Forest Reserve, by M. W. German, pp. 315-349, pi. ci. 

San Jacinto Forest Reserve, by J. B. Leiberg, pp. 351-357, pis. cii-civ. 

San Bernardino Forest Reserve, by J. B. Leiberg, pp. 359-365, pi. cv. 

San Gabriel Forest Reserve, by J. B. Leiberg, pp. 367-371, pis. cvi-cviii. 

Forest conditions of northern Idaho, by J. B. Leiberg, pp. 373-386, pis. cix-cx. 

Pine Ridge timber, Nebraska, by N.'H. Darton, p. 387. 

Index, pp. 389-400. 

Pt. VI. Mineral resources of the United States, 1897: Metallic products, coal, and coke, viii, 651

pp., 11 pis. 

Pt. -VI (Continued). Mineral resources of the United States, 1897: Nonmetallic products, except

coal and coke, viii, 706 pp.

Twentieth Annual Report of the United States Geological Survey, 1898-99, Charles 

. D. Walcott, Director. 1899. (Parts II, III, IV, V, and VII, 1900.) 8°. 7 pt. in 

8 vol. and separate case for maps with Pt. V. (Out of stock.)

Pt. I. Director's report, including triaugulation and spirit leveling, 551 pp., 2 pis'. 

Report of Director, pp. 1-209, pis. i-ii. 

Triangulation and spirit leveling, by H. M. Wilson, J. H. Renshawe, E. M. Douglas, and

R. U. Goode, pp. 211-530.

Index, pp. 531-551. 

Pt. II. General geology and paleontology, v, 953 pp., 193 pis. 

Brief memorandum on the geology of the Philippine Islands, by G. F. Becker, pp. 1-7.

A study of Bird Mountain, Vermont, by T. N. Dale, pp. 9-23, pis. i-ii. '

Devonian fossils from southwestern Colorado; the fauna of the Ouray limestone, by 

G. H. Girty, pp. 25-81, pis. iii-vii.

A preliminary paper on the geology of the Cascade Mountains in northern Washington, 

by I. C. Russell, pp. 83-210, pis. viii-xx.

Status of the Mesozoic floras of the United States, by L. F. Ward, pp. 211-748, pis. 

xxi-clxxix.

The stratigraphic paleontology of the Pottsville formation in the Southern Anthracite 

coal field, Pennsylvania, by David White, pp. 749-930, pis. clxxx-cxciii.

Index, pp. 931-953. 

Pt. III. Precious-metal mining districts, v, 595 pp., 78 pis.

The Bohemian mining region of western Oregon, with notes on Blue River mining region 

and on structure and age of Cascade Range, by J. S. Diller; accompanied by a report 

on fossil plants associated with lavas of the Cascade Range, by F. H. Knowlton, pp. 

1-64, pis. i-vi.

Gold and silver veins of Silver City, De Lamar, and other mining districts in Idaho, by 

Waldemar Lindgren, pp. 65-256, pis. vii-xxv.

Geology of Little B.elt Mountains, Montana, with notes on mineral deposits of Ne'ihart, 

Barker, Yogo, and other districts, by W. H. Weed; accompanied by a report on petrography of igneous rocks of the district, by L. V. Pirsson, pp. 257-581, pis. xxvi-lxxvii.

Index, pp. 583-595.
PUBLICATIONS: ANNUAL KEPOKTS. 127

Twentieth Annual Report of the U. S. Geological Survey, etc. Continued. 

Pt. IV. Hydrography, vii, C60 pp., 75 pis.

Keport of progress of steam measurements for calendar year J898, by F. H. Newell, pp.

1-562, pis. i-lxiii.

. Hydrography of Nicaragua, by A. P. Dnvis, pp. 563-037, pis. Ixiv-lxxv. 

Index, pp. 639-660. 

Pt. V. Forest reserves, xix, 498 pp., 159 pis. (8 maps in separate case).

The forests of the United States, by Henry Gannett, pp. 1-37, pis. i-vii.

Pikes Peak, Plum Creek, and South Platte reserves, by 3. G. Jack, pp. 39-115, pis. viiixlvii. 

White River Plateau Timber Land Reserve, by G. B. Sudworth, pp. 117-179, pis. xlviiiIviii.

Battlement Mesa Forest Reserve, by G. B. Sudworth, pp. 181-243, pis. lix-lxxv. 

Flathead Forest Reserve, by H. B. Ayres, pp. 245-316, pis. Ixxvi-cxiii. 

BitterrootJForest Reserve, by J. B. Leiberg, pp. 317-109, pis. cxiv-cxlii. 

San Gabriel Forest Reserve, by .1. B. Leiberg, pp. 411-428, pis. cxliii-cxlvi. 

San Befnardino Forest Reserve, by J. B. Leiberg, pp. 429-454, pis. cxlvii-cliii. 

San Jacinto Forest Reserve, by J. B. Leiberg, pp. 455-478, pis. cliv-clix. 

Index, pp. 479-498.

Pt. VI. Mineral resources of the United States, 1898: Metallic products, coal and coke, viii, 

616 pp.

PI. VI. {Continued). Mineral resources of the United States, 1898: Nonmetailic products, except

coal and coke, xi, 804 pp., 1 pi. 

Pt. VII. Explorations in Alaska in 1898, v, 509 pp., 38 pis., 25 maps..

Reconnaissance in Sushitna Basin and adjacent territory, Alaska, in 1898, by G. H.

Eldridge, pp. 1-29, pis. i-vi, maps 1-3. 

Reconnaissance in southwestern Alaska in 1898, by J. E. Spurr, pp. 31-264, pis. vii-xiii,

maps 4-14. 

Reconnaissance from Resurrection Bay to Tanana River, Alaska, in 1898, by W. C.

Mendenlmll, pp. 265-840, pis. xiv-xxi, maps 15-17. 

Reconnaissance of a part of Prince William Sound and the Copper River district, Alaska,

in 1898, by F. C. Schrader, pp. 341^423, pis. xxii-xxxv, maps 18-21. 

Reconnaissance in the Tanana and White river basins, Alaska, in 1898, by A. H. Brooks,

pp. 425-494, pis. xxxvi-xxxviii, maps 22-25. 

Index, pp. 495-509.

Twenty-first Annual Report of the United States Geological Survey, 1899-1900, 

Charles D. Walcott, Director. 1900. (Parts III, IV, VI, VI continued, and VII, 

1901.) 8°. 7 pts. in 8 vols. and separate case for maps with Pt. V.

Pt. I. Director's report, including triangulation, and primary traverse, and spirit leveling,

608 pp., 3 pis.

Report of the Director, pp. 11-204, pis. i-iii. 

Triangulation, primary traverse, and spirit leveling, by H. M. Wilson, J. H. Renshawe,'

E. M. Douglas, and R. U. Goode, pp. 205-582. . 

Index, pp. 583-608. 

Pt. II. General geology, economic geology, Alaska, 522 pp., 68 pis.

Geology of Rico Mountains, Colorado, by Whitman Cross and A. C. Spencer, pp. 7-165,

pis. i-xxii.

Glacial sculpture of Bighorn Mountains, Wyoming, by F. E. Matthes, pp. 167-190, pi. xxiii. 

The Esmeralda formation, a fresh-water lake deposit, by W, H. Turner, with a description of the fossil plants by F. H. Knowlton, and of a fossil fish by F. A. Lucas, pp. 191-

226, pis. xxiv-xxxi. 

Mineral-vein formation at Boulder Hot Springs, Montana, by W. H. Weed, pp. 227-255,

pis. xxxii-xxxiv. 

Geology of eastern Choctaw coal field, Indian Territory, by J.. A. Taff and G. I.'Adams,

pp. 257-311, pis. xxxv-xxxvii. 

Preliminary report on Camden coal field of southwestern Arkansas, by J. A. Taff, pp.

313-329, pis. xxxviii, xxxix. 

Reconnaissance from Pyramid Harbor to Eagle City, Alaska, including a description

of the copper deposits of the Upper White and Tanana rivers, by A. H. Brooks, pp.

331-391, pis. xl-1. 

Reconnaissance of Chitina River and Skolai Mountains, Alaska, by Oscar Rohn, pp.

393-440, pis. li-lix. 

Preliminary report on a reconnaissance along Chandlar and Koyukuk rivers, Alaska,

in 1899, by F. C. Schrader, pp. 441-486, pis. Ix-lxviii. 

Alaskan geographic names, by Marcus Baker, pp. 487-509. 

Index, pp. 511-522.
128 THE UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL.227. /

Twenty-first Annual Report of the U. S. Geological Survey, etc. Continued. 

Pt. III. General geology, ore and phosphate deposits, Philippines, 644 pp., 68 pis.

The .Newark system of the Pomperang Valley, Connecticut, by W. H. Hobbs, with a 

report on fossil wood from the Newark formation of South Britain, Conn., by F. H. 

Knowlton, pp. 7-162, pis. i-xvii.

Laccoliths of the Black Hills, by T. A. Jaggar, jr., with a chapter on experiments illustrating intrusion and erosion, by Ernest Howe, pp. 163-303, pis. xviii-xlvii.

Iron-ore deposits of Lake Superior region, by C. R. Van Hise, pp. 305-434, pis. xlviii-lix.

Arkansas bauxite deposits, by C. W. Hayes, pp. 435-472, pis. Ix-lxiv.

Tennessee white phosphate, by C. W. Hayes, pp. 473-485, pi. Ixv.

Report on geology of the Philippine Islands, by G. F. Becker, followed by a version (by 

Mr. Becker) of Ueber Tertiiire Fossilien von den Philippiiien, by K. Martin, pp. 487- 

623, pis. Ixvi-lxviii.

Index, pp. 627-644. 

Pt. IV. Hydrography, 768 pp., 156 pis.

Report of progress of stream measurements for the calendar year 1899, by F. H. Newell, 

pp. 9-48S, pis. i-lvii.

Preliminary description of the geology and water resources of the southern half of the 

 Black Hills and adjoining regions in South Dakota and Wyoming, by N. H. Darton, 

pp. 489-599, pis. Iviii-cxii.

The High Plains and their utilization, by W. D. Johnson, pp. 601-741, pis. cxiii-clvi.

Index, pp. 743-768. 

Pt. V. Forest reserve, 711 pp., 143 pis. (39 maps in separate case).

Summary of forestry work in 1899-1900, by Henry Gannett, pp. 9-25, pi. 1.

Lewis and Clarke Forest Reserve, Montana, by H. B. Ayres, pp. 27-80, pis. ii-xxxii.

Mount Rainier Forest Reserve, Washington, by F. G. Plummer, pp. 81-143, pis. xxxiii-1.

Olympic Forest Reserve, Washington, from field notes by Arthur Dodwcll and T. F. 

Rixon, pp. 145-208, pis. li-lxx.

Cascade Range Forest Reserve, Oregon, from T. 28 S. to T. 37 S., inclusive, together with 

the Ashland Forest Reserve and adjacent forest regions from T. 28 S. to T. 41 S., inclusive, and from R. 2 W. to R. 14 E., Willamette meridian, inclusive, by J. B. Leiberg, 

pp. 209-498, pis. Ixxi-lxxxiv.

Stanislaus and Lake Tahoe forest reserves, California, by G. B. Sudworth, pp. 499-561, 

pis. Ixxxv-cxiv.

Classification of lands, by Henry Gannett, including papers by C. H. Fitch, R. B. Marshall, E. C. Barnard, and J. B. Leiberg, pp. 563-601, pis. cxv-cxli.

Woodland of Indian Territory, by C. H. Fitch, pp. 603-662, pi. cxlii.

Timber conditions of the pine region of Minnesota, by H. B. Ayres, pp. 673-689, pi. cxlii.

Index, pp. 691-711. 

Pt. VI. Mineral resources of the United States, 1899: Metallic products, coal, and coke, viii,

656 pp. 

Pt. VI (Continued). Mineral resources of the United States, 1899: Nonmetallic products, except

coal and coke, viii, 634 pp.

Pt. vii. Geography and geology of the Black and Grand_prairies, Texas, with detailed descriptions of the Cretaceous formations and special reference to artesian waters, by R. T. 

Hill, 666 pp., 71 pis.

Twenty-second Annual Report of the United States Geological Survey, 1900-1901, 

Charles D. Walcott, Director. 1901. (Parts III and IV, 1902.) 8°. 4 pts.

Pt. I. Director's report and a paper on asphalt and bituminous rock deposits, 464 pp., 58 pis. 

Director's report, pp. 1-207, pis. i-xxiv. 

Asphalt and bituminous rock deposits of the United States, by G. H. Eldridge, pp. 209-

452, pis. xxv-lviii.

Index, pp. 453-464. , 

Pt. II. Ore deposits, 888 pp., 82 pis.

Old tungsten mine at Trumbull, Conn., by W. H. Hobbs, pp. 7-22, pis. i-v. 

Preliminary report on the lead and zinc deposits of the Ozark region, by H. F. Bain,

with an introduction by C. R. Van Hise, and chapters on the physiography and geology

by G. I. Adams, pp. 23-228, pis. vi-xxv. 

The ore deposits of the Rico Mountains, Colorado, by F. L. Ransome, pp. 229-398, pis.

xxvi-xli. 

Geology and ore deposits of Blkhorn mining district, Jefferson County, Mont., by W. H.

\Veed, with an appendix on the microscopical petrography by Joseph Barrell, pp.

399-550, pis. xlii-lxii. 

The gold belt of the Blue Mountains of Oregon, by Waldemar Lindgren, pp. 551-776,

pis. Ixiii-lxxviii.

The ore deposits of Monte Cristo, Wash., by J. E. Spurr, pp. 777-866, pis. Ixxix-lxxxii, 

Index, pp. 867-888.
PUBLICATIONS: ANNUAL REPORTS. 129

Twenty-second Annual Eeport of the U. S. Geological Survey, etc. Continued. 

Pt. 111. Coal, oil, cement, .763 pp., 53 pis.

Coal fields of the United States, by C. W. Hayes, pp. 1-24, pi. i. Atlantic coast Triassic coal field, by J. B. Woodworth, pp. 25-53, pis. ii-v.

Pennsylvania anthracite coal field, by I-I. H. Stoek, pp. 55-117, pis. vi-x.

Northern Appalachian coal field, by M. R. Campbell, David White, and R. M. Haseltine, pp. 119-226, pis. xi-xii.

Southern Appalachian coal field, by C. W. Hayes, pp. 227-263, pis. xiii-xv. 

Eastern interior coal field, by G. H. Ashley, pp. 265-305, pis. xvi-xix. 

Northern interior coal field, by A. C. Lane, pp. 307-331, pis. xx-xxi. 

Western interior coal field, by H. F. Bain, pp. 333-366, pis: xxii-xxiv. 

Southwestern coal field, by J. A. Taff, pp. 367-413, pis. xxv-xxviii. 

Rocky Mountain coal fields, by L. S. Storrs, pp. 415-471, pis. xxix-xxx. 

Pacific Coast coal fields, by G. O. Smith, pp. 473-513, pis. xxxi-xxxiv. 

Coal resources of Alaska, by A. H. Brooks, pp. 515-571, pi. xxxv. 

The Gaines oil field of northern Pennsylvania, by M. L. Fuller, pp. 573-627, pis. xxxvixliii.

Portland cement industry in Michigan, by I. C. Russell, pp. 629-685, pis. xliv-xlvi. 

Chalk of southwestern Arkansas, by J. A. Taff, pp. 687-742, pis. xlvii-liii. 

Index, pp. 743-763. 

Pt. IV. Hydrography, 690 pp., 65 pis.

Report of progress of stream measurements for the calendar year 1900, by F. H. Newell,

pp. 9-506, pis. i-xxxvi.

Hydrography of the American isthmus, by A. P. Davis, pp. 507-630, pis. xxxvii-1. 

The High Plains and their utilization (concluded), by W. D. Johnson, pp. 631-669, pis..

li-lxv. 

Index, pp. 671-690.

Twenty-third Annual Report of the United States Geological Survey, 1901-2, Charles 

D. VValcott, Director. 1902. 8°. 217 pp., 26 pis.

NOTE. Beginning with the Twenty-third, the Annual Report consists of one volume, such papers 

as had appeared in the Annual Report being thenceforth published as Professional Papers, Bulletins, 

and Water-Supply Papers.

Twenty-fourth Annual Report of the United States Geological Survey, 1902-3, Charles 

D. Walcott, Director. 1903. 8°. 302 pp., 26 pis..

Bull. 227 04 9
MONOGRAPHS.

I. Lake Bonneville, by G. K. Gilbert. 1890. 4°. xx, 438 pp., 51 pis., 1 

map. Price, $1.50. (Out of stock.)

II. Tertiary history of the Grand Canyon district, with atlas, by C. E. Dutton, captain, U. S. Army. 1882. 4°. xiv, 264 pp., 42 pis. and atlas 

of 24 sheets folio. Price, $10.

III. Geology of the Comstock lode and the Washoe district, with atlas, by 

G. F. Becker. 1882. 4°. xv, 422 pp., 7 pis. and atlas of 21 sheets 

folio. Price, $11. . 

IV. Comstock mining and miners, by Eliot Lord. 1883. 4°. xiv, 451 pp., 

3 pis. Price, $1:50.

V. The copper-bearing rocks of Lake Superior, by E. D. Irving. 1883. 4°. 

xvi, 464 pp., 15 1., 29 pis. and maps. Price, $1.85. (Out of stock.)

VI. Contributions to the knowledge of the older Mesozoic flora of Virginia, 

by W. M. Fontaine. 1883. 4°. xi, 144 pp., 54 1., 54 pis. Price, 

$1.05.

VII. Silver-lead deposits of Eureka, Nev., by J. S. Curtis. 1884. 4°. xiii, 

200 pp., 16 pis. Price, $1.20.

VIII. Paleontology of the Eureka district, by C. D. Walcott. 1884. 4°. xiii, 

298 pp., 24 1., 24 pis. Price, $1.10.

I.. Brachiopoda and Lamellibranchiata of the Raritan clays and greensand 

marls of New Jersey, by R. P. Whitfield. 1885. 4°. xx, 338 pp., 

35 pis., 1 map. Price, $1.15.

X. Dinocerata. A monograph of an extinct order of gigantic mammals, by 

0. C. Marsh. 1886. 4°. xviii, 243 pp., 56 1., 56 pis. Price, $2.70.

XI. Geological history of Lake Lahontan, a Quaternary lake of northwestern 

Nevada, by I. C. RusLell. 1885. 4°. xiv, 288 pp., 46 pis. Price, 

$1.75.

XII. Geology and mining industry of Leadville, Colo., with atlas, by S. F. 

Emmons. 1886. 4°. xxix, 770 pp., 45 pis. and atlas of 35 sheets 

folio. Price, $8.40.

XIII. Geology of the quicksilver deposits of the Pacific slope, with atlas, by 

G. F. Becker. 1888. 4°. xix, 486 pp., 7 pis. and atlas of 14 sheets 

folio. Price, $2.

XIV. Fossil fishes and fossil plants of the Triassic rocks of New Jersey and 

the Connecticut Valley, by J. S. Newberry. 1888. . 4°. xiv, 152 pp., 

26 pis. Price, $1.

XV. The Potomac or younger Mesozoic flora, by W. M. Fontaine. 1889. 

4°. xiv, 377 pp., 180 pis. Text and plates bound separately. Price, 

$2.50.

XVI. The Paleozoic fishes of North America, by J. S. Newberry. 1889. 4°.

340pp., 53 pis. Price, $1.

XVII. The flora of the Dakota group, a posthumous work, by Leo Lesquereux. 

Edited by F. H. Knowlton. 1891. 4°. 400 pp., 66 pis. Price, $1.10. 

XVIII. Gasteropoda and Cephalopoda of the Raritan clays arid greensand marls 

of New Jersey, by R. P. Whitfield. 1891. 4°. 402 pp., 50 pis. 

Price, $1. 

130
PUBLICATIONS: MONOGRAPHS. 131

XIX. The Penokee iron-bearing series of northern Wisconsin and Michigan, 

by R. D. Irving and C. R. Van Hise. 1892. 4°. xix, 534 pp., 37 pis. 

Price, $1.70.

XX. Geology of the Eureka district, Nevada, with an atlas, by Arnold Hague.

1892. 4°. xvii, 419 pp., 8 pis. Price, $5.25.

XXI. The Tertiary rhynchophorous Coleoptera of the United States, by S. H. 

Scudder. 1893. 4°. xi, 206 pp., 12 pis. Price, 90 cents.

XXII. A manual of topographic methods, by Henry Gannett, chief topographer.

1893. 4°. xiv, 300pp., 18 pis. Price, $1.

XXIII. Geology of the Green Mountains in Massachusetts, by Eaphael Pumpelly, 

T. N. Dale, and J. E. Wolff. 1894. 4°. xiv, 206 pp., 23 pis. Price, 

$1.30.

XXIV. Mollusca and Crustacea of the Miocene formations of New Jersey, by

K. P. Whitfield. 1894. 4°. 193 pp., 24 pis. Price, 90 cents. 

XXV. The Glacial Lake Agassiz, by Warren Upham. 1895. 4°. xxiv, 658

pp., 38 pis. Price, $1.70.

i XXVI. Flora of the Amboy clays, by J. S. Newberry; a posthumous work, 

edited by Arthur Hollick. 1895. 4°. 260 pp., 58 pis. Price, $1.

XXVII. Geology of the Denver Basin in Colorado, by S. F. Emmons, Whitman 

Cross, and G. H. Eldridge. 1896. 4°. 556 pp., 31 pis. Price, $1.50.

XXVIII. The Marquette. iron-bearing district of Michigan, with atlas, by C. E. 

Van Hise and W. S. Bay ley, including a chapter on the Republic 

trough, by H. L. Smyth. 1895. 4°. 608 pp., 35 pis. and atlas of 39 

sheets folio. Price, $5.75.

XXIX. Geology of old Hampshire County, Mass., comprising Franklin, Hampshire, and Hampden counties, by B. K. Emerson. 1898. 4°. xxi, 

790 pp., 35 pis. Price, $1.90.

XXX. Fossil Medusae, by C. D. Walcott. 1898. 4°. ix, 201 pp., 47 pis. 

Price, $1.50.

XXXI. Geology of the Aspen mining district, Colorado, Avith atlas> by J. 'E. 

Spurr. 1898. 4°. xxxv, 260-pp., 43 pis. and atlas of 30 sheets folio. 

Price, $3.60.

XXXII. Geology of the Yellowstone National Park, Part II, descriptive geology, 

petrography, and paleontology, by Arnold Hague, J. P. Iddings, W. 

H. Weed, C. D. Walcott, G. H. Girty, T. W. Stanton, and F. H. 

Knowlton. 1899, 4°. xvii, 893 pp., 121 pis. Price $2.45.

XXXIII. Geology of the Narragansett Basin, by N. S. Shaler, J. B. Woodworth, 

and A. F. Foerste. 1899. 4°. xx, 402 pp., 31 pis. Price, $1.

XXXIV. The glacial gravels of Maine and their associated deposits, by G. H.

Stone. 1899. 4°. xiii, 499 pp., 52 pis. Price, $1.30.

\ XXXV. The later extinct floras of North America, by J. S. Newberry; edited by 

Arthur Hollick. 1898. 4°. xviii, 295 pp., 68 pis. Price, $1.25.

XXXVI. The Crystal Falls iron-bearing district of Michigan, by J. M. Clements 

and H. L. Smyth; with a chapter on the Sturgeon River tongue, by 

W. S. Bayley, and an introduction by C. R. Van Hise. 1899. 4°. 

xxxvi, 512 pp., 53 pis. Price, $2.

XXXVII. Fossil flora of the Lower Coal Measures of Missouri, by David White.

1899. 4°. xi, 467 pp., 73 pis. Price, $1.25. 

XXXVIII. The Illinois glacial lobe, by Frank Leverett. 1899. 4°. xxi, 817 pp.,

24 pis. Price, $1.60.

XXXIX. The Eocene and Lower Oligocene coral faunas of the United States, with 

descriptions of a few doubtfully Cretaceous species, by T. W. Vaughan. 

1900. 4°. 263 pp., 24 pis. Price, $1.10.
132 THE UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SUEVEY. [BULL.227.

XL. Adephagous and clavicorn Coleoptera from the Tertiary deposits at 

Florissant, Colo., with descriptions of a few other forms and a systematic list of the nonrhynchophorous Tertiary Coleoptera of North 

America, by S. H. Scudder. 1900. 4°. 148 pp., 11 pis. Price, 80 

cents. 

XLI. Glacial formations and drainage features of the Erie and Ohio basins, by

Frank Leverett. 1902. 4°. 802 pp., 26 pis. Price, $1.75. 

XLII. Carboniferous ammonoids of America, by J. P. Smith. 1903. 4°. 211

pp., 29 pis. Price, 85 cents. 

XLIII. The Mesabi iron-bearing district of Minnesota, by C. K. Leith. 1903.

4°. 316pp., 33 pis. Price, $1.50. 

XLIV. Pseudoceratites of the Cretaceous, by Alpheus Hyatt, edited by T. W.

Stanton. 1903. 4°. 351 pp., 47 pis. Price, $1.

XLV. The Vermilion iron-bearing district of Minnesota, with atlas, by J. M. 

Clements. 1903. 4°. 463 pp., 13 pis. and atlas of 26 sheets folio. 

Price, $3.50. 

XLVI. The Menominee iron-bearing district of Michigan, by W. S. Bayley.

1904. 4°. 513 pp., 43 pis. Price, $1.75. 

In preparation:

XLVII. A treatise on metaraorphism, by C. E. Van Hise.
PROFESSIONAL PAPERS.

1. Preliminary report on the Ketchikan mining district, Alaska, with an introductory sketch of the geology of southeastern Alaska, by A. H. Brooks. 1902. 

4°. 120 pp., 2 pis.

2. Reconnaissance of the northwestern portion of Seward Peninsula, Alaska, by 

A. J. Collier. 1902. 4°. 70pp., 11 pis.

3. Geology and petrography of Crater Lake National Park, by J. S. Diller and 

H. B. Patton. 1902. 4°. 167 pp., 19 pis.

4. The forests of Oregon, by Henry Gannett. 1902. 4°. 36pp., 7 pis.

5. The forests of Washington, a revision of estimates, by Henry Gannett. 1902: 

4°. 38 pp., 1 pi.

6. Forest conditions in the Cascade Range, Washington, between the Washington 

and Mount Rainier forest reserves, by F. G. Plummer. 1902. 4°. 42 pp., 11 pis.

7. Forest conditions in Olympic Forest Reserve, Washington, from notes by A. 

Dodwell and T. F. Rixon. 1902. 4°-. HO pp., 20 pis.

8. Forest conditions in^ the northern Sierra Nevada, California, by J. B. Leiberg. 

1902. 4°. 194pp., 12 pis.

9. Forest conditions -in Cascade Range Forest Reserve, by A. D. Langille, F. G. 

Plummer, A. Dodwell, T. F. Rixon, and J. B. Leiberg, with introduction by 

Henry Gannett. 1903. 4°. 298 pp., 41 pis.

10.- Reconnaissance from Fort Hamlin to Kotzebuc Sound, Alaska, by way of Call, 

Kanuti, Alien, and Kowak rivers, by W. C. Mendenhall. 1902. 4°. 68 pp., 

10 pis.

11. Clays of the United States east of the Mississippi River, by Heinrich Ries. 1903. 

4°. 298 pp., 9 pis.

12. Geology of the Globe copper district, Arizona, by F. L. Ransome. 1903. 4°. 

168pp., 27 pis.

13. Drainage modifications in southeastern Ohio and adjacent parts of West Virginia 

and Kentucky, by W. G. Tight. 1903. . 4°. Ill pp., 17 pis.

14. Chemical analyses of igneous rocks, published from 1884 to 1900, with a critical 

discussion of the character and use of analyses, by H. S. Washington. 1903. 

4°. 495pp.

15. Mineral resources of the Mount Wrangell district, Alaska, by W. C. Mendenhall 

and F. C. Schrader. 1903. 4°. 71 pp., 10 pis.

16. Carboniferous formations and faunas of Colorado, by G. H. Girty. 1903. 4°. 

546 pp., 10 pis.

17. Preliminary report on the geology and water resources of Nebraska west of the 

one hundred and third meridian, by N. H. Darton. 1903. 4°. 69 pp., 42 pis.

18. Chemical composition of igneous rocks expressed by means of diagrams, with 

reference to rock classification on a quantitative chemico-mineralogical basis, 

by J. P. Iddings. 1903. 4°. 98 pp., 8 pis.

19. Contributions to the geology of Washington, geology arid physiography of Central Washington, by G. 0. Smith; physiography and deformation of the 

Wenatchee-Chelan district, Cascade Range, by Bailey Willis. 1903! 4°. 

101 pp.. 7 pis.

20. A reconnaissance in northern Alaska across the Rocky Mountains, along Koyukuk, 

John, Anaktuvuk, and Colville rivers, and the Arctic coast to Cape Lisburne, 

in 1901, by F. C. Schrader, with notes by W. J. Peters. 1904. 4°. 139 pp., 

16 pis.

133
134 THE UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL.227.

In preparation:

21. Geology and ore deposits of the Bisbee quadrangle, Arizona, by F. L. Ransome.

22. Forest conditions in the San Francisco Mountains Forest Reserve, Arizona, 

by J. B. Leiberg, T. F. Eixon, and A. Dodwell, with ah introduction by 

F. G. Plummer.

23. Forest conditions in the Black Mesa Forest Keserve, Arizona, prepared by 

F. G. Blummer, from notes by T. F. Rixon and Arthur Dodwell.

24. Zinc and lead deposits of northern Arkansas, by G. I. Adams, assisted by 

A. H. Purdue and E. F. Burchard.

25. Copper deposits of the Encampment quadrangle, Wyoming, by A. C. Spencer.

26. Economic resources of the nothern Black Hills, by J. D. Irving, with chapters by S. F. Emmons and T. A. Jaggar, jr.

27. Geological reconnaissance across the Bitterroot Range and the Clearwater 

Mountains in Montana and Idaho, by Waldemar Lindgren.

28. The superior analyses of igneous rocks from Roth's Tabellen, 1869 to 1884, 

arranged according to the quantitative system of classification, by H. S. 

Washington.

29. Forest conditions in the Absaroka division of the Yellowstone Forest Reserve, 

by J. B. Leiberg.

30. Forest conditions in the Little Belt Mountains Forest Reserve and the Little 

Belt Mountains quadrangle, Montana, by J. B. Leiberg.

31. Preliminary report on the geology of the Arbuckle and Wichita mountains, 

by J. A. Taff, with an appendix on reported ore deposits of the Wichita 

Mountains, by H. Foster Bain.

 Darien lobe of the Lake Michigan glacier of the late Wisconsin stage of 

glaciation and associated phenomena, by W. C. Alden.

 Geology and underground water resources of the Central Great Plains, by 

N. H. Barton.

 The Triassic Cephalopod genera of America, by Alphus Hyatt and J. P. Smith.

 The southern Appalachian forests, by H. B. Ayers and W. W. Ashe.

 Forest conditions in the Lincoln Forest Reserve, New Mexico, by F. G. Plurnmer and M. G. Gowsell.
BULLETINS. e>

1. On hypersthene-andesite and on triclinic pyroxene in augitic rocks, by Whitman 

Cross, with a geological sketch of Buffalo Peaks, Colorado, by S. F. Emrnons, 

geologist in charge of Kocky Mountain division. 1883. 8°. 42 pp., 2 pis.

2. Gold and silver conversion tables, giving the coining value of troy ounces of fine 

rnetal, etc., computed by Albert Williams, jr. 1883. 8°. 8 pp. (Out of 

stock.)

3. On the fossil faunas of the Upper Devonian, along the meridian of 76° 30', from 

Tornpkins County, N. Y., to Bradford County, Pa., by H. S. Williams. 1884. 

8°. 36pp.

4. On Mesozoic fossils, by Charles A. White. 1884. 8°. 36 pp., 9 pis. (Out'of 

stock.)

5. A dictionary of altitudes in the United States, compiled by Henry Gannett, chief 

geographer. 1884. 8°. 325 pp. ' (Out of stock.)

6. Elevations in the Dominion of Canada, by J. W. Spencer. 1884. 8°. 43 pp.

7. Mapoteca Geologica Americana: A catalogue of geological maps of America (North 

and South), 1752-1881, in geographic and chronologic order, by Jules Marcou 

and John B. Marcou. 1884. 8°. 184 pp. (Out of stock.)

8. On secondary enlargements of mineral fragments in certain rocks, by K. D. 

Irving and C. R. Van Hise. 1884. 8°. 56 pp., 6 pis. (Out of stock.)

9. A report of work done in the Washington laboratory during the fiscal year 1883-84. 

F. W. Clarke, chief chemist; T. M. Chatard, assistant chemist. 1884. 8°. 40 

pp. (Out of stock.)

10. On the Cambrian faunas of North America: Preliminary studies, by C. D.'Walcott. 1884. 8°. 74pp., 10 pis. (Out of stock.)

11. On the Quaternary and Recent Mollusca of the Great Basin, with descriptions of 

new forms, by R. E. Call; introduced by a sketch of the Quaternary lakes of 

the Great Basin, by G. K. Gilbert. 1884. 8°. 66 pp., 6 pis.

12. A crystallographic study of the thinolite of Lake Lahontan, by E. S. Dana.

1884. 8°. 34pp., 3 pis.

13. Boundaries of the United States and of the several States and Territories, with 

a historical sketch of the Territorial changes, by Henry Gannett, chief geographer. 1885. 8°. 135 pp. (Out of stock.)

14. The electrical and magnetic properties of the iron-carburets, by Carl Barns and 

Vincent Strouhal. 1885. 8°. 238pp. (Out of stock.)

15. On the Mesozoic and Cenozoic paleontology of California, by C. A. White. 1885. 

8°. 33 pp.

16. On the higher Devonian faunas of Ontario County, N. Y., by J. M. Clarke.

1885. 8°. 86pp., 3 pis. . 17. On the development of crystallization in the igneous rocks of Washoe, Nev,- 

with notes on the geology of the district, by Arnold Hague and J. P. Iddings. 

1885. 8°. 44pp.

18. On marine Eocene, fresh-water Miocene, and other fossil Mollusca of western 

North America, by C. A. White. 1885. 8°. 26 pp., 3 pis. (Out of stock.)

19. Notes on the stratigraphy of California, by G. F. Becker 1885. 8°. 28 pp. 

(Out of stock.)

135
136 THE UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL.227.

20. Contributions to the mineralogy of the Rocky Mountains, by Whitman Cross and 

W. F. Hillebrand. 1885. 8°. 114 pp., 1 pi. (Out of stock.)

21. The lignites of the Great Sioux Reservation: A report on the region between the 

Grand and Moreau rivers, Dakota, by Bailey Willis. 1885. 8°. 16 pp., 5 pis. 

(Out of stock.)

22. On new Cretaceous fossils from California, by C. A. White. 1885. 8°. 25 pp., 

5,pis. (Out of stock.)

23. Observations on the junction between the Eastern sandstone and the Keweenaw 

series on Keweenaw Point, Lake Superior, by R. D. Irving and T. C. Chamberlin. 1885. 8°. 124 pp., 17 pis. (Out.of stock.)

24. List of marine Mollusca, comprising the Quaternary fossils and Recent forms from 

American localities between Cape Hatteras and Cape Roque, including the 

Bermudas, by W. H. Dall. 1885. 8°. 336 pp.

25. The present technical .condition of the steel industry of the United States, by 

Phineas Barnes. 1885. 8°. 85pp. (Out of stock.)

26. Copper smelting, by Ii. M. Howe. 1885. 8°. 107pp. (Out of stock.)

27. Report of work done in the division of chemistry and physics, mainly during the 

fiscal year 1884-85. 1886. 8°. 80pp.

28. The gabbros and associated hornblende rocks occurring in the neighborhood of 

Baltimore, Md., by G. H. Williams. 1886. 8°. 78 pp., 4 pis. (Out of 

stock.)

29. On the fresh-water invertebrates of the North American Jurassic, by C. A. White. 

1886. 8°. 41 pp., 4 pis,

30. Second contribution to the studies on the Cambrian faunas of North America, by 

C. D. Walcott. 1886. 8°. 369 pp., 33 pis. (Out of stock.)

31. Systematic review of our present knowledge of fossil insects, including myriapods 

and arachnids, by S. H. Scudder. 1886. 8°. 128 pp.

32. Lists and analyses of the mineral springs of the United States (a preliminary 

study), by A. C. Peale. 1886. 8°. 235pp. (Out of stock.)

33. Notes on the geology of northern California, by J. S. Diller. 1886. 8°. 23 pp. 

(Out of stock.)

34. On the relation of the Laramie molluscan fauna to that of the succeeding freshwater Eocene and other groups, by C. A. White. .1886. 8°. 54 pp., 5 pis.

35. Physical properties of the iron-carburets, by Carl Barus and Vincent Strouhal. 

1886. 8°. 62pp.

36. Subsidence of fine solid particles in liquids, by Carl Barus. 1886. 8°. 54 pp. 

(Out of stock.)

37. Types of the Laramie flora, by L. F. Ward. 1887. 8°. 354 pp. (no pp. 118- 

348, but instead -pis. 1-57), 57 pis.

38. Peridotite of Elliott County, Ky., by J. S. Diller. 1887. 8°. 31 pp., 1 pi. 

(Out of stock.)

39. The upper beaches and deltas of the glacial Lake Agassiz, by Warren Upham. 

1887. 8°. 84pp., 1 pi. (Out of stock.)

40. Changes in river courses in Washington Territory due to glaciation, by Bailey 

Willis. 1887. 8°. 10 pp., 4 pis. (Out of stock.)

41. On the fossil faunas of the Upper Devonian the Genesee section, New York, by 

H.S.Williams. 1887. 8°. 123pp., 4 pis.

42. Report of work clone in the division of chemistry and physics, mainly during the 

fiscal year 1885-86; F. W. Clarke, chief chemist. 1887. 8°. 152 pp., 1 pi. 

(Out of stock.)

43. Tertiary and Cretaceous strata of the Tuscaloosa, Tombigbee, and Alabama rivers, 

by E. A. Smith and L. C. Johnson. 1887. 8°. 189 pp., 21 pis.

44. Bibliography of North American geology for 1886, by N. H. Darton. 1887. 8°. 

35 pp.
PUBLICATIONS: BULLETINS. 137

45. The present condition of knowledge of the geology of Texas, by 11. T. Hill. 1887. 

8°. 95pp. (Out of stock.)

46. Nature and origin, of deposits of phosphate of lime, by R. A. F. Penrose, jr.," 

with an introduction by N. S. Shaler. 1888. 8°. 143 pp., 3 pis. (Out of 

stock.)

47. Analyses of waters of the Yellowstone National Park, with an account of-the 

methods of analysis employed, by F. A. Gooch and J. E. Whitfield. 1888. 

8°. 84pp. (Out of stock.)

48. On the form and position of the sea level, by R. S. Woodward. 1888. 8°. 

88pp. (Out of stock.)

49. Latitudes and longitudes of certain points in Missouri, Kansas, and New Mexico, 

by R. S. Woodward. 1889. 8°. 133 pp.

50. Formulas and tables to facilitate the construction and use of maps, by R. S. 

Woodward. 1889. 8°. 124pp. (Out of stock.)

51. On invertebrate fossils from the Pacific coast, by C. A. White. 1889. 8°.'

102 pp., 14 pis. (Out of stock.) 

'52. Subaerial decay of rocks and origin of the red color of certain formations, by

I. C. Russell. 1889. 8°. 65 pp., 5 pis. (Out of stock.)

53. The geology of Nantucket,'by N. S. Shaler. 1889. 8°. 55pp., 10 pis. (Out of 

stock.)

54. On the thermo-electric measurement of high temperatures, by Carl Barus. 1889. 

8°. 313 pp., frontispiece and 9 leaves containing figures. (Out of stock.)

55. Report of work done in the division of chemistry and physics, mainly during 

the fiscal year 1886-87. F. W. Clarke, chief chemist. 1889. 8°. 96 pp., 1 

pi. (Out of stock.)

56. Fossil wood and lignite of the Potomac formation, by F. H. Knowlton. 1889. 

8°. 72pp., 7 pis. '

57. A geological reconnaissance in southwestern Kansas, by Robert Hay. 1890. 8°. 

49 pp., 2 pis.

58. The glacial boundary in Western Pennsylvania, Ohio, Kentucky, Indiana, and 

Illinois, by G. F. Wright, with an introduction by T. C. Chamberlin. 1890. 

8°. 112pp., 8 pis. (Out of stock.)

59. The gabbros and associated rocks in Delaware, by F. D. Chester. 1890. 8°. 45 

pp., 1 pi.

60. Report of work done in the division of chemistry and physics, mainly during the 

fiscal year 1887-88. F. W. ClarkeJ chief chemist. 1890. 8°. 174 pp. (Out 

of stock.)

61. Contributions to the mineralogy of the Pacific coast, by W. H. Melville and 

Waldemar Lindgren. 1890. 8°. 40pp., 3 pis.

62. The greenstone-schist areas of the Menominee and Marquette regions of Michigan; a contribution to the subject of dynamic metamorphism in eruptive rocks, 

by G. H. Williams; with an introduction by R. D. Irving. 1890. 8°. 241 

pp., 16 pis. (Out of stock.)

63. A bibliography of Paleozoic Crustacea from 1698 to 1889, including a list of North 

American species and a systematic arrangement of genera, by A. W. Vogdes. 

1890. 8°. 177pp.

64. A report of work done in the division of chemistry and physics, mainly during 

the fiscal year 1888-89. F. W. Clarke, chief chemist. 1890. 8°. 60 pp.

65. Stratigraphy of the bituminous coal field of Pennsylvania, Ohio, and West Virginia, by I. C. White. 1891. 8°. 212pp., 11 pis. (Ou.t of stock.)

66. On a group of volcanic rocks from the Tewan Mountains, New Mexico, and on 

the occurrence of primary quartz in certain basalts, by J. P. Iddings. 1890. 

8°. 34pp.

67. The relations of the traps of the Newark system in the New Jersey region, by 

N. H. Darton. 1890. 8°. 82pp., 6 pis. (Out of stock.)
1.38 THE UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SUEVET. [BULL.227.

68. Earthquakes in California in 1889, by J. E. Keeler. 1890. 8°. 25 pp.

69. A classed and annotated bibliography of fossil insects, by S. H. Scudder. 1890. 

8°. 101 pp.

70. Report on astronomical work of 1889 and 1890, by R, S. Woodward. 1890. 8°. 

79pp. - 71. Index to the known fossil insects of the world, including myriapods and arachnids; by S. H. Scudder. 1891. 8°. 744pp.

72. Altitudes between Lake Superior and the Rocky Mountains, by Warren Upham. 

1891. 8°. 229 pp.

73. The viscosity of solids, by Carl Barus. 1891. 8°. xii, 139 pp., 6 pis.

74. The minerals of North Carolina, by F. A. Genth. 1891. 8°. 119 pp. (Out of 

stock.)

75. Record of North American geology for 1887 to 1889, inclusive, by N. H. Darton. 

1891. 8°. 173pp.

76. A dictionary of altitudes in the United States (second edition), compiled by 

Henry Gannett, chief topographer. 1891. 8°. 393pp. (Out of stock.)

77. The Texan Permian and its Mesozoic types of fossils, by C. A. White. 1891. 

8°. 51 pp., 4 pis.

78. A report of work done in the division of chemistry and physics, mainly during 

the fiscal year 1889-90. F. W. Clarke, chief chemist. 1891.- 8°. 131 pp. 

(Out of stock.)

79. A late volcanic eruption in northern California and its peculiar lava, by J. S. 

Diller. 1891. 8°. 33 pp., 17 pis. (Out of stock.)

80. Correlation papers Devonian and Carboniferous, by H. S. Williams. 1891. 8°. 

279pp. (Out of stock.)

81. Correlation papers Cambrian, by C. D. Walcott." 1891. 8°. 447 pp., 3 pis. 

(Out of stock.)

82. Correlation papers Cretaceous, by C. A. White. 1891. 8°. 273 pp., 3 pis. 

(Out of stock.)

83. Correlation papers Eocene, by W. B. Clark. 1891. 8°. 173 pp., 2 pis. (Out 

of stock.)

84. Correlation papers Neocene, by W. H. Ball and G. D. Harris. 1892. 8°. 349 

pp., 3 pis.

85. Correlation papers the Newark system, by I. C. Russell. 1892. 8°. 344 pp., 

13 pis. (Out of stock.)

86. Correlation papers Archean and Algonkian, by C. R. Van Hise. 1892. 8°. 

549 pp., 12 pis. (Out of stock.)

87. A synopsis of American fossil Brachiopoda, including bibliography and synonymy, by Charles Schuchert. 1897. 8°. 464 pp., 1 pi.

88. The Cretaceous Foraminifera of New Jersey, by R. M. Bagg, jr. 1898. 8°." 89 

pp., 6 pis.

89. Some lava flows of the western slope of the Sierra Nevada, California, by F. L. 

Ransome. 1898. 8°. 74pp., 11 pis. . 90. A report of Avork done in the division of chemistry and physics, mainly during 

the fiscal year 1890-91. F. W. Clarke, chief chemist. 1892. 8°. 77 pp.

91. Record of North American geology for 1890, by N. H. Darton. 1891. 8°. 88 pp.

92. The compressibility of liquids, by Carl Barus. 1892. 8°. 96 pp., 29 pis.

93. Some insects of special interest from Florissant, Colorado, and other points in 

the tertiaries of Colorado and Utah, by S. H. Scudder. 1892. 8°. 35 pp., 

.3 pis.

94. The mechanism of solid viscosity, by Carl Barus. 1892. 8°. 138 pp. 

95. Earthquakes in California in 1890 and 1891, by E. S. Holden. 1892. 8°. 

31pp.

96. The volume thermodynamics of liquids, by Carl Barus. 1892. 8°. 100 pp., 

8 pis.
PUBLICATIONS: BULLETINS. 139

97. The Mesozoic Ecliinodermata of the United States, by W. B. Clark. ] 893. 8°. 

207pp., 50 pis.

98. Flora of the outlying Carboniferous basins of southwestern Missouri, by David

White. 1893. 8°. 139 pp., 5 pis.

99: Eecord of North American geology for 1891, by N. H. Darton. 1892. 8°. 

73pp.

100. Bibliography and index of the publications of the U. S. Geological Survey, 

1879-1882, by P. C. Warman. 1893. 8°. 495 pp.

101. Insect fauna of the Ehode Island coal field, by S. H. Scudder. 1893. 8°. 27 

pp., 2 pis.

102. A catalogue and bibliography of North American Mesozoic Invertebrata, by 

C.B.Boyle. 1893. 8°. 315pp.

103. High temperature work in igneous fusion and ebullition, chiefly in relation to 

pressure, by Carl Barus. 1893. 8°. 57 pp., 9 pis.

104. Glaciation of the Yellowstone Valley north of the Park, by W. H. Weed. 1893. 

8°. 41 pp., 4 pis.

105. The Laramie and the overlying Livingston formation in Montana, by W. H. 

Weed, with report on flora, by F. H. Knowlton. 1893. 8°. 68 pp., 6 pis.

106. The Colorado formation and its invertebrate fauna, by T. W. Stanton. 1893.

8°. 288 pp., 45 pis. (Out of stock.) 

107! The trap dikes of. the Lake Charnplain region, by J. F. Kernp a,nd V. F. Marsters. 1893. 8°. 62 pp , 4 pis. (Out of stock.)

108. A geological reconnaissance in central Washington by I. C. Eussell. 1893. 8°. 

108 pp., 12 pis. (Out of stock.)

109. The eruptive and sedimentary rocks on Pigeon Point, Minnesota, and their contact phenomena, by W. S. Bayley. 1893. 8°. 121 pp., 16 pis.

110. The Paleozoic section in the vicinity of Three Forks, Montana, by A. C. Peale. 

1893. 8°. 56pp., 6 pis.

111. Geology of the Big Stone Gap coal field of Virginia and Kentucky, by M. E. 

Campbell. 1893. 8°. 106pp., 6 pis.

112. Earthquakes in California in 1892, by C. D. Perrine. 1893. 8°. 57 pp.

113. A report of work done in the division of chemistry during the fiscal years 1891- 

92 and 1892-93. F. W. Clarke, chief chemist. 1893. 8°. 115 pp.

114. Earthquakes in California in 1893, by C. D. Perrine. 1894. 8°. 23 pp.

115. A geographic dictionary of Ehode Island, by Henry Gannett. 1894. 8°. 

31 pp.

116. A geographic dictionary of Massachusetts, by Henry Gannett. 1894. 8°. 

126 pp.

117. A geographic dictionary of Connecticut, by Henry Gannett. 1894. 8°. 67 pp.

118. A geographic dictionary of New Jersey, by Henry Gannett. 1894. 8°. 131pp.

119. A geological reconnaissance in northwest Wyoming, by G. H. Eldridge. 1894. 

8°. 72 pp., 4 pis.

120. The Devonian system of eastern Pennsylvania and New York, by C. S. Prosser. 

1894. 8°. 81pp., 2 pis. (Out of stock.)

121. A bibliography of North American paleontology, 1888-1892, by C. E. Keyes. 

1894. 8°. 251pp.

122. Eesults of primary triangulation, by Henry Gannett. 1894. 8°. 412 pp., 17 pis. 

(Out of stock.)

123. A dictionary of geographic positions, by Henry Gannett. 1895. 8°. 183pp., 

. Ipl. (Out of stock.)

124. Eevision of the North American fossil cockroaches, with descriptions of new 

forms, by S. H. Scudder. 1895. 8°. 176 pp., 12 pis.

125. The constitution of the silicates, by F. W. Clarke. 1895. 8°. 109pp. (Out 

of stock.)
140 THE UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY". [BULL.227.

126. A mineralogical lexicon of Franklin, Hampshire, and Harnpden counties, 

Massachusetts, by B. K. Emerson. 1895. 8°. 180pp., 1 pi.

127. Catalogue and index of contributions to North American geology, 1732-1891, by 

N. H. Darton. 1896. 8°. 1045 pp.

128. The Bear River formation and its characteristic fauna, by C. A. White. 1895. 

8°. 108 pp., 11 pis.

129. Earthquakes in California in 1894, by C. D. Perrine. 1895. 8°. 25 pp.

130. Bibliography and index of North American geology, paleontology, petrology, 

and mineralogy for 1892 and 1893, by F. B. Weeks. 1896. 8°. 210 pp.

131. Report of progress of the division of hydrography for the calendar years 1893 

and 1894, by F. H.- Newell, topographer in charge. 1895. 8°. 126 pp.

132. The disseminated lead ores of southeastern Missouri, by Arthur Winslow. 

1896. 8°. 31 pp., 6 pis.

133. Contributions to the Cretaceous paleontology of the Pacific coast: The fauna of 

the Knoxville beds, by T. W. Stantou. 1895. 8°. 132 pp., 20 pis.

134. The Cambrian rocks of Pennsylvania, by C. D. Walcott. 1896. 8°. 43 pp., 

15 pis.

135. Bibliography and index of North American geology, paleontology, petrology, 

and mineralogy for the year 1894, by F. B. Weeks. 1896. 8°. 141 pp.

136. Volcanic rocks of South Mountain, Pennsylvania, by Florence Bascom. 1896. 

8°. 124pp., 28 pis.

137. The geology'of the Fort Eiley Military Reservation and vicinity, Kansas, by 

Robert Hay. 1896. 8°. 35 pp., 8 pis.

138. Artesian-well prospects in the Atlantic Coastal Plain region, by N. H. Darton. 

1896. 8°. 232pp., 19 pis. (Out of stock.)

139. Geology of the Castle Mountain mining district, Montana, by W. H. Weed and 

L. V.. Pirsson. 1896. 8°. 164 pp., 17 pis.

140. Report of progress of the division of hydrography for the calendar year 1895, by 

F. H. Newell, hydrographer in charge. 1896. 8°. 356 pp.

141. The Eocene deposits of the Middle Atlantic Slope in Delaware, Maryland, and 

Virginia, by W. B. Clark. 1896. 8°. 167 pp., 40 pis.

142. A. brief contribution to the geology and paleontology of northwestern Louisiana, 

by T. W. Vanghan. 1896. 8°. 65 pp., 4 pis.

143. A bibliography of clays and the ceramic arts, by J. C. Branner. 1896. 3°. 

114pp.

144. The moraines of the Missouri Coteau and their attendant deposits, by J. E. Todd. 

1896. 8°. 71 pp., 21 pis.

145. The Potomac formation in Virginia, by W. M. Fontaine. 1896. 8°. 149 pp., 

2 pis.

146. Bibliography and index of North American geology, paleontology, petrology, 

and mineralogy for the year 1895, by F. B. Weeks. 1896. 8°. 130 pp.

147. Earthquakes in California in 1895, by C. D. Perrine, assistant astronomer in 

charge of earthquake observations at the Lick Observatory. 1896. 8°. 23 pp.

148. Analyses of rocks, with a chapter on analytical methods, laboratory of the 

United States Geological Survey, 1880 to 1896, by F. W. Clarke and W. F. 

Hillebrand. 1897. 8°. 306pp. (Out of stock.)

149. Bibliography and index of North American geology, paleontology, petrology, 

and mineralogy for the year 1896, by F. B. Weeks. 1897. 8°. 152 pp.

150. The educational series of rock specimens collected and distributed by the United 

States Geological Survey, by J. S. Diller. 1898. 8°. 400 pp., 47 pis.

151. The Lower Cretaceous gryphseas of the Texas region, by R. T. Hill and T. W. 

Vaughan. 1898. 8°. 139 pp., 35 pis. '.

152. A catalogue of the Cretaceous and Tertiary plants of North America, by F. H, 

. Knowlton. 1898. 8°. 247pp.
PUBLICATIONS: BULLETINS. 141

153. A bibliographic index of North American Carboniferous invertebrates, by S. 

Weller. 1898. 8°. 653pp.

154. A gazetteer of Kansas, by H. Gannett. 1898. 8°. 246 pp., 6 pis.

155. Earthquakes in California in 1896 and 1897, by C. D. Perrine, assistant astronomer in charge of earthquake observations at the Lick Observatory. 1898. 

8°. 47pp.

156. Bibliography and index of North American geology, paleontology, petrology, and 

mineralogy for the year 1897, by F. B. Weeks. 1898. 8°. 130 pp.

157. The gneisses, gabbro-schists, and associated rocks of southwestern Minnesota, 

by C. W. Hall. 1899. 8°. 160 pp., 6 1., 27 pis.

158. The moraines of southeastern South Dakota and their attendant deposits, by 

J. E. Todd. 1899. 8°. 171 pp., 27 pis.

159. The geology of eastern Berkshire County, Mass., by B. K. Emerson, 1899. 8°. 

139pp., 9 pis.

160. A dictionary of altitudes in the United States (third edition), compiled by Henry 

Gannett. 1899. 8°. 775pp. (Out of stock.)

161. Earthquakes in California in 1898, by C. D. Perrine, assistant astronomer in 

charge of earthquake observations at the Lick Observatory. 1899. 8°. 31 

pp. 1 pi.

162. Bibliography and index of North American geology, paleontology, petrology, 

and mineralogy for the year 1898, by F. B. Weeks. 1899. 8°. 163 pp.

163. Flora of the Montana formation, by F. H. Knowlton. 1900. 8°. 118pp., 19 pis.

164. Keconnaissance in the Rio Grande coal fields of Texas, by T. W. Vaughan, 

including a report on igneous rocks from the San Carlos coal field, by E. C. E. 

Lord. 1900. 8°. 100pp., 11 pis.

165. Contributions to the geology of Maine, by H. S. Williams and H. E. Gregory. 

1900. 8°. 212pp., 14 pis.

166. A gazetteer of Utah, by Henry Gannett. 1900. 8°. 43 pp., 1 map.

167. Contributions to chemistry and mineralogy from, the laboratory of the United 

States Geological Survey; F.W. Clarke, chief chemist. 1900. 8°. 166pp. 

(Out of stock.)

168. Analyses of rocks, laboratory of the United States Geological Survey, 1880 to 

1899, tabulated by F.W. Clarke, chief chemist. 1900. 8°. 308 pp. (Out of 

stock.)

169. Altitudes in Alaska, by Henry Gannett. 1900. 8°. 13 pp.

170. Survey of the boundary line between Idaho and Montana from the international 

boundary to the crest of the Bitterroot Mountains, by E.U. Goode. 1900. 8°. 

67pp., 14 pis.

171. Boundaries of the United States and of the several States and Territories, with 

an outline of the history of all important changes of territory (second edition), 

by Henry Gannett. 1900. 8°. 142 pp., 53 pis. (Out of stock.)

172. Bibliography and index of North American geology, paleontology, petrology, 

and mineralogy for the year 1899, by F. B. Weeks. 1900. 8°. 141 pp.

173. Synopsis of American fossil Bryozoa, including bibliography and synonymy, 

by J. M. Nickles and E. S. Bassler. 1900. 8°. 663 pp.

174. Survey of the northwestern boundary of the United States, 1857-1861, by 

Marcus Baker. 1900. 8°. 78 pp., 1 map.

175. Triangulation and spirit leveling in Indian Territory, by C. H. Fitch. 1900. 

8°. 141 pp., 1 map.

176. Some principles and methods of rock analysis, by W. F. Hillebrand. 1900. 

8°. 114 pp.

177. Catalogue and index of the publications of the United States Geological Survey, 

1880-1901, by P. C. Warman. 1901. 8°. 858pp. (Out of stock.)

178. The El Paso tin deposits, by W. H. Weed. 1901. 8°. 15 pp., 1 pi.
142 THE UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL.227.

179. Bibliography and catalogue of the fossil vertebrata of North America, by 0. P. 

Hay.- 1902. 8°. 868pp.

180. The occurrence and distribution of corundum in the United States, by J. H. 

Pratt. 1901. 8°. 98 pp., 14 pis. (Out of stock.)

181. Eesults of primary triangulation and primary traverse, fiscal year 1900-1901, by 

H. M. Wilson, J. H. Eenshawe, E. M. Douglas, and E. U. Goode. 1901. 8°. 

240 pp., 1 map.

182. A report on the economic geology of the Silverton quadrangle, Colorado, by 

F. L. Eansome. 1901. 8°. 265 pp., 16 pis.

183. A gazetteer of Porto Eico, by Henry Gannett. 1901. 8°. 51 pp.

184. Oil and gas fields of the western interior and northern Texas coal measures and 

of the Upper Cretaceous and Tertiary of the western Gulf Coast, by George I. 

Adams.- 1901. 8°. 64pp., 10 pis. (Out of stock.)

185. Eesults of spirit leveling, fiscal year 1900-1901, by H. M. Wilson, J. H. Eenshawe, E. M. Douglas, and E. U. Goode. 1901. 8°. 219 pp.

186. On pyrite and marcasite, by H. N. Stokes. 1901. 8°. 50 pp.

187. Geographic dictionary of Alaska, by Marcus Baker. 1901. 8°. 446 pp. (Out 

of stock.)

188. Bibliography of North American geology, paleontology, petrology, and mineralogy for the years 1892-1900, inclusive, by F. B. Weeks. 1902. 8°. 717 pp.

189. Index to North American geology, paleontology, petrology, and mineralogy for 

the years 1892-1900, inclusive, by F. B. Weeks. 1902. 8°. 337 pp.

190. A gazetteer of Texas, by Henry Gannett. 1902. 8°. 162 pp., 8 pis.

191. North American geologic formation names: Bibliography, synonymy, and distribution, by F. B. Weeks. 1902. 8°. 448 pp.

192. A gazetteer of Cuba, by Henry Gannett. 1902. 8°. 113 pp., 8 pis.

193. The geological relations and distribution of platinum and associated metals, by 

J. F. Kemp. 1902. 8°. 95 pp., 6 pis.

194. Northwest boundary of Texas, by Marcus Baker. 1902. 8°. 51 pp., 1 pi.

195. Structural details in the Green Mountain region arid in eastern New York 

(second paper), by T. N. Dale. 1902. 8°. 22pp., 4 pis.

196. Topographic development of the Klamath Mountains, by J. S. Diller. 1902. 

8°. 69 pp., 13 pis.

197. The origin of certain place names in the United States, by Henry Gannett. 

1902. 8°. 280pp. (Out of stock.)

198. The Berea grit oil sand in the Cadiz quadrangle, Ohio, by W. T. Griswold. 

1902. 8°. 43pp., 1 pi.

199. Geology and water resources of the Snake Eiver Plains of Idaho, by I. C. Eussell. 

' 1902. 8°. 192pp., 25 pis.

200. Eeconnaissance of the borax deposits of Death Valley and Mohave Desert, by 

M. E. Campbell. 1902. 8°. 23pp., 1 pi.

201. Eesults of primary triangulation and primary traverse, fiscal year 1901-2, by 

H. M. Wilson, J. H. Eenshawe, E. M. Douglas, and E. U. Goode. 1902. 8°. 

164 pp., 1 pi.

202. Tests for gold and silver in shales from western Kansas, by Waldemar Lindgren. 1902. 8°. 21 pp.

203. Bibliography and index of North American geology, paleontology, petrology, 

and mineralogy for the year 1901, by F. B. Weeks. 1902. 8°. 144 pp.

204. Fossil flora of the John Day Basin, Oregon, by F. H. Knowlton. 1902. 8°. 

153 pp., 17 pis.

205. Mollusca of the Buda limestone, by G. B. Shattuck, with an appendix on the 

corals of the Buda limestone, by T. W. Vaughan. 1903. 8°. 94 pp., 27 pis.

206. A study of the fauna of the Hamilton formation of the Cayuga Lake section in 

central New York, by H. F. Cleland. 1903. 8°. 112 pp., 5 pis.
PUBLICATIONS: BULLETINS. 143

207. The action of ammonium chloride upon silicates, by F. AV. Clarke and George 

Steiger. 1902. 8°. 57pp. (Out of stock.)

208. Descriptive geology of Nevada south of the fortieth parallel and adjacent portions of California, by J. E, Spurr. 1903. 8°. 229 pp., 8 pis.

209. The geology of Ascutney Mountain, Vermont, by K. A. Daly. 1903. 8°. 

122 pp., 7 pis.

210. The correlation of geological faunas: a contribution'to Devonian paleontology, 

by H. S. Williams. 1903. 8°. 147 pp., 1 pi.

211. Stratigraphy and paleontology of Upper Carboniferous rocks of Kansas section, 

by G. I. Adams, G. H. Girty, and David AVhite. 1903. 8°. 123 pp., 4 pis.

212. Oil fields of the Texas-Louisiana Gulf Coastal Plain, by C. W. Hayes and 

William Kennedy. 1903. 8°. 174pp., 11 pis. (Out of stock.)

213. Contributions to economic geology, 1902; S. F. Emmons and C. AV. Hayes, 

geologists in charge. 1903. 8°. 449 pp.

214. Geographic tables and formulas, compiled by S. S. Gannett. 1903. 284 pp. 

(Out of stock.)

215. Catalogue and index of the publications of the United States Geological Survey, 

1901 to 1903, by P. C. Warman. 1903. 8°. 234 pp.

216. Eesults of primary triangulation and primary traverse, fiscal year 1902-3, by 

S. S. Gannett. 1903. 8°. 222 pp., 1 pi.

217. Notes on the geology of southwestern Idaho and southwestern Oregon, by I. C. 

Russell. 1903. 8°. 83 pp., 18 pis.

218. The coal resources of the Yukon, Alaska, by A. J. Collier. 1903. 8°. 71 pp., 6 pis.

219. The ore deposits of Tonopah, Nevada (preliminary report), by J. E. Spurr. 

1903. 8°. 31 pp., 1 pi.

220. Mineral analyses from the laboratories of the United States Geological Survey, 

1880 to 1903, tabulated by F. W. Clarke, chief chemist. 1903. 8°. 119 pp.

221. Bibliography and index of North American geology, paleontology, petrology, 

and mineralogy for the year 1902, by F. B. Weeks. 1903. 8°. 200 pp.

222. Catalogue and index of the publications of the Hayden, King, Powell, and

Wheeler surveys, by L. F. Schmeckebier. 1904. 8°. 208 pp. 

In preparation:

223. Gypsum deposits in the United States, by G. I. Adams.

224. A gazetteer of Texas (second edition), by Henry Gannett.

225. Contributions to economic geology, 1903; S. F. Emmons and C. AV. Hayes, 

geologists in charge.

226. Boundaries of the United States and of the several States and Territories, 

with an outline of the history of all important changes of territory (third 

edition), by Henry Gannett.

227. The United States Geological Survey; its origin, development, organization, 

and operations.

228. Analyses of rocks from the laboratory of the United States Geological 

Survey, 1880-1903, by F. W. Clarke.

229. The tin deposits of the York region, Alaska, by A. J. Collier.

 Paleontology of the Malone Jurassic formation of Texas, by F. W. Cragiii, 

with stratigraphic notes on Malone Mountain and the surrounding region 

near Sierra Blanca, Texas, by T. AV. Stanton.

 Miocene Foraminifera of the Monterey shale, California, with a few species 

from the Tejon formation, by B. M. Bagg, jr.

 Taconic physiography, by T. N. Dale.

 Gazetteer of Delaware, by Henry Gannett.

 Gazetteer of Maryland, by Henry Gannett.

 Gazetteer of Virginia, by Henry Gannett.

 Gazetteer of AVest A7 irginia, by Henry Gannett.

 The Porcupine placer district, Alaska, by C. AV. W right
. WATER-SUPPLY AND IRRIGATION PAPERS.

- 1. Pumping water for irrigation, by H. M. Wilson. 1896. 8°. 57 pp., 9 pis. 

(Out of stock.)

2. Irrigation near Phoenix, Ariz., by A. P. Davis. 1897. 8°. 98 pp., 31 pis. (Out 

of stock.) .

3. Sewage irrigation, by G. W. Rafter. 1897. 8°. 100 pp., 4 pis. (Out of stock.)

4. A reconnoissance in southeastern Washington, by I. C. Russell, 1897. 8°. 96 pp., 

7 pis. (Out of stock.)

5. Irrigation practice on the Great Plains, by E. B. Cowgill. 1897. 8°. 39 pp., 

12 pis. (Out of stock.)

6. Underground waters of southwestern Kansas, by Erasniuth Haworth. 1897. 8°. 

65 pp., 12 pis. (Out of stock.)

7. Seepage waters of northern Utah, by Samuel Fortier. . 1897. 8°. 50 pp., 3 pis. 

(Out of stock.)

8. Windmills for irrigation, by E. C. Murphy. 1897. 8°. 49 pp., 8 pis. (Out of 

stock.)

9. Irrigation near Greeley, Colo., by David Boyd. 1897. 8°. 90 pp., 21 pis. (Out 

of stock.)

10. Irrigation in Mesilla Valley, New Mexico, by F. C. Barker. 1898. 8°. 51 pp., 

11 pis. (Out of stock.)

11. River heights for 1896, by A. P. Davis. 1897. 8°. 100 pp. (Out of stock.)

12. Underground waters of a portion of southeastern Nebraska, by N. H. Darton. 

1898. 8°. 56 pp., 21 pis. (Out of stock.)

13. Irrigation systems in Texas, by W. F. Hutson. 1898. 8°. 68 pp., 10 pis. (Out 

of stock.)

14. New tests of pumps and water lifts used in irrigation, by 0. P. Hood. 1898. 8°. 

91 pp., 1 pi. (Out of stock.)

15. Operations at river stations, 1897, Part I. 1898. 8°. 100 pp.

16. Operations at river stations, 1897, Part II. 1898. 8°. 101-200 pp.

17. Irrigation near Bakersfield, Cal., by C. E. Grunsky. 1898. 8°. 96 pp., 16 pis. 

(Out of stock.)

18. Irrigation near Fresno, Cal., by C. E. Grunsky. 1898. 8°. 94 pp., 14 pis. (Out 

of stock.)

19. Irrigation near Merced, Cal., by C. E. Grunsky. 1899. 8°. 59 pp., 11 pis. 

(X)ut of stock.)

20. Experiments with windmills, by T. 0. Perry. 1899. 8°. 97 pp., 12 pis. (Out 

of stock.)

21. Wells of northern Indiana, by Frank Leverett. 1899. 8°. 82 pp., 2 pis.

22. Sewage irrigation, Part II, by G. W. Rafter. 1899. 8°. 100pp., 7 pis. (Out of 

stock.

23. Water-tight problems of the Bighorn Mountains, by Elwood Mead. 1899. 8°. 

62 pp., 7 pis.

24. Water resources of the State of New York, Part I, by G. W. Rafter. 1899. 8°; 

99pp., 13 pis. (Out of stock.)

25. AVater resources of the State of New York, Part II, by G. W. Rafter. 1899. 8°. 

101-200 pp., 12 pis. (Out of stock.) 

144
PUBLICATIONS: WATEE-SUPPLY PAPERS. 145

26. Wells of southern Indiana (continuation of No. 21), by Frank Leverett. 1899. 

8°. 64pp.

27. Operations at river stations, 1898, Part I. 1899. 8°. 100 pp.

28. Operations at river stations, 1898, Part II. .1899. 8°. 101-200 pp.

29. Wells and windmills in Nebraska, by E. H. Barbour. 1899. 8°. 85 pp., 27 pis. 

(Out of stock.)

30. Water resources of Lower Peninsula of Michigan, by A. C. Lane. 1899. 8°. 97 

pp., 7 pis. (Out of stock.)

31. Lower Michigan mineral waters, by A. C. Lane. 1899. 8°. 97 pp., 4 pis.

32. Water resources of Puerto Eico, by H. M. Wilson. 1899. 8°. 48 pp., 17 pis. 

(Out of stock.) .

33. Storage of water on Gila River, Arizona, by J. B. Lippincott. 1900. 8°. 98 

pp., 33 pis. (Out of stock.)

34. Geology and water resources of southeast South Dakota, by J. E. Todd. 1900. 

8°. 34pp., 10 pis.

35. Operations at river stations, 1899, Part I. 1900. 8°. 100 pp.

36. Operations at river stations, 1899, Tart II. 1900. 8°. 101-198 pp.

37. Operations at river stations, 1899, Part III. 1900. 8°. 199-298 pp.

38. Operations at river stations, 1899, Part IV. 1900. 8°. 200-396 pp.

39. Operations at river stations, 1899, Part V. 1900. 8°. 397-471 pp.

40. The Austin dam, by T. U. Taylor. 1900. 8°. 51 pp., 16 pis. (Out of stock.)

41. The windmill; its efficiency and economic use, Part I, by.E. C. Murphy. 1901. 

8°. 72pp., 14 pis.

42. The windmill; Part II (continuation of No. 41). 1901. 8°. 73-147 pp., 15- 

16 pis.

43. Conveyance of water, by Samuel Fortier. 1901. 8°: 86 pp., 15 pis. (Out of 

stock.)

44. Profiles of rivers, by Henry Gannett. 1901. 8°. 100 pp., 11 pis.

45. Water storage on Cache Creek, California, by A. E. Chandler. 1901. 8°. 48 

pp., 10 pis.

46. Physical characteristics of Kern River, California, by F. H. Olmsted, and Reconnaissance of Yuba River, California, by Marsden Manson. 1901. 8°. 57 pp., 

8 pis.

47. Operations at river stations, 1900, Part I. 1901. 8°. 100 pp.

48. Operations at river stations, 1900, Part II. 1901. 8°. 101-196 pp.

49. Operations at river stations, 1900, Part III. 1901. 8°. 197-292 pp.

50. Operations at river stations, 1900, Part IV. 1901. 8°. 293-388 pp.

51. Operations at river stations, 1900, Part V. 1901. 8°. 389-488 pp.

52. Operations at river stations, 1900, Part VI. 1901. 8°. 489-575 pp.

53. Geology and water resources.of Nez Percea County, Idaho, Part I, by I. C. Russell; 1901. 8°. 86pp., 10 pis.

54. Geology and water resources of Nez Perces County, Idaho,- Part II, by I. C. Russell. 1901. 8°. 87-141 pp.'

55. Geology and water resources of a portion of Yakima County, Wash., by G. 0. 

Smith. 1901. 8°. 68 pp., 7 pis.

56. Methods of stream measurement. 1901. 8°. 51 pp., 12 pis.

57. Preliminary list of deep borings in the United States, Part I, by N. H. Darton. 

1902. 8°. 60 pp. (Out ol stock..)

58. Storage of water on King River, California, by J. B. Lippincott. 1902. 8°. 

100 pp., 32 pis. (Out of stocx)

59. Development and application of water in southern California, Part I, by J. B. 

Lippincott. 1902. 8°. 95 pp., 11 pis. (Out of stock.)

60. Development and application of water in southern California, Part II, by J. B. 

Lippincott. 1902. 8°. 96-140 pp. (Out of stock.) 

Bull. 227 04 10
146 THE UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SUEVEY. [BULL. 227.

61. Preliminary list of deep borings in the United States, Part II, by N. H. Darton. 

1902. 8°. 67pp. (Out of stock.)

62. Hydrography of the Southern Appalachian Mountain region, Part I, by H. A. 

Pressey.. 1902. 8°. 95 pp., 25 pis. (Out of stock.)

63. Hydrography of the Southern Appalachian Mountain region, Part II, by H. A. 

Pressey. 1902. 8°. 96-190 pp., pis. 26-44. (Out of stock.)

64. Accuracy of stream measurements, by E. C. Murphy. 1902. 8°. 99 pp., 4 pis. 

(Out of stock.)

65. Operations at river stations, 1901, Part I. (East of Mississippi Eiver.) 1902. 

8°. 334pp. (Out of stock.)

66. Operations at river stations, 1901, Part II. (West of Mississippi River.) 1902. 

8°. 188pp.

67. The motions of underground waters, by C. S. Slichter. 1902. 8°. 106 pp., 8 pis.

68. Water storage in the Truckee Basin, California-Nevada, by L. H. Taylor. 1902. 

8°. 90 pp., 8 pis.

69. Water powers of the State of Maine, by H. A. Pressey. 1902. 8°. 124pp., 

14 pis.

70. Geology and water resources of the Patrick and Goshen Hole quadrangles, Wyoming, by G. I. Adams. 1902. 8°. 50pp., 11 pis.

71. Irrigation systems of Texas, by T. U. Taylor. 1902. 8°. 137 pp., 9 pis.

72. Sewage pollution in the metropolitan area near New York City and its effect on 

inland water resources, by M. 0. Leigh ton. 1902. 8°. 75 pp., 8 pis.

73. Water storage on Salt River, Arizona, by A. P. Davis. 1902. 8°. 54 pp., 25 pis.

74. Water resources of the State of Colorado, by A. L. Fellows. 1902. 8°. 151 pp., 

14 pis.

75. Report of progress of stream measurements for calendar year 1901, by F. H. 

Newell. 1903. 8°. 246 pp., 13 pis. (Out of stock.)

76. Observations on the flow of rivers in the vicinity of New York City, by H. A. 

Pressey. 1903. 8°. 108 pp., 13 pis.

77. Water resources of Molakai, Hawaiian Islands, by Waldemar Lindgren. 1903. 

8°. 62 pp., 4 pis.

78. Preliminary report on artesian basins in southwestern Idaho and southeastern 

Oregon, by I. C. Russell. 1903.- 8°. 53 pp., 2 pis.

79. Normal and polluted waters in northeastern United States, by M. 0. Leighton. 

1903. 8°. 192pp.

80. Relation of rainfall to run-off, by G. W. Rafter. 1903. 8°. 104 pp.

81. California hydrography, by J. B. Lippincott. 1903. 8°. 448pp., 1 pi. 

82. Report of progress of stream measurements for the calendar year 1902, by F. H. 

Newell. Part I, North Atlantic coast and St. Lawrence River drainage. 19D3. 

8°. 199pp.

83.. Report of progress of stream measurements for the-calendar year 1902, by F. H. 

Newell. Part II, Southern Atlantic, Eastern Gulf, and Great Lakes drainage. 

1903. 8°. 304pp.

84. Report of progress of stream measurements for the calendar year 1902, by F. H. 

Newell. Part III, Western Mississippi River and Western Gulf drainage. 

1903. . 8°. 200 pp.

85. Report of progress of stream measurements for the calendar year 1902, by F. H. 

Newell. Part IV, Interior Basin, Pacific Coast, and Hudson Bay drainage. 

1903. 8°. 250pp.

86. Storage reservoirs of Stony Creek, California, by Burt Cole. 1903. 8°. 62pp., 

16 pis.

87. Irrigation in India (second edition), by H. M. Wilson. 1903. 8°. 238 pp., 27 

pis.

88. The Passaic flood of 1902, by G. B. Hollister and M. 0. Leighton. 1903. 8°. 

56 pp., 15 pis.
PUBLICATIONS: WATER-SUPPLY PAPERS. 147

In preparation:

89. Water resources of Salinas Valley, California, by Horner Hamlin.

90. Geology and water resources of a part of the James Eiver Valley, South 

. Dakota, by J. E. Todd and C. M. Hall.

91. Natural features and economic development of Sandusky, Maumee, Muskingum, and Miami drainage areas in Ohio, by Benjamin H. and Margaret S. 

Flynn.

92. The Passaic flood of 1903, by M. 0. Leighton.

93. Proceedings of first conference of engineers of the Reclamation Service, with

accompanying papers, compiled by F. H. Newell, chief engineer. 

. 94. Hydrographic manual of the United States Geological Survey, by E. C. 

Murphy, J. C. Hoyt, and G. B. Hollister.

95. Accuracy of stream measurements (second edition), by E. C. Murphy.

96. Destructive floods in the United States in 1903, by E. C. Murphy.

97. Report of progress of stream measurements for the calendar year 1903, by 

J. C. Hoyt. Part I, Northern Atlantic and Great Lakes drainage.

98. Report of progress of stream measurements for the calendar year 1903, by 

J. C. Hoyt. Part II, Southern Atlantic, eastern Gulf of Mexico, and eastern Mississippi River drainage.

99. Report of progress of stream measurements for the calendar year 1903, by 

J. C. Hoyt. Part III, Western Mississippi River and western Gulf of 

Mexico drainage.

100. Report of progress of stream measurements for the calendar year 1903, by 

J. C. Hoyt. Part IV, Interior Basin, Pacific, and Hudson Bay drainage.

101. Underground waters of southern Louisiana, by Gilbert D. Harris; with discussions of their uses for water supplies and for rice irrigation, by M. ~L. 

Fuller.

102. Contributions to the hydrology of eastern United States, 1903; M. L. Fuller, 

geologist in charge.

103. A review of the laws forbidding pollution of inland waters in the United 

States, by E. B. Goodell.

104. : The underground waters of Gila Valley, by W. T. Lee.

 Water powers of the State of Alabama, and water supply of Tombigbee, 

Yazoo, Pearl, and other rivers in the State of Mississippi, by B. M. Hall.

 Water resources of the Philadelphia district, by Florence Bascom.

 Water powers of Texas, by T. U. Taylor.

 Strawboard waste, its damage to water resources and its economic disposal, 

by R. L. Sackett; and Disposal of oil wastes at Marion, Ind., by Isaiah 

Bowman.

 Hydro-economics of Susquehanna River drainage basin: Quality of water, by 

M. 0. Leighton; with introductory chapter on physiographic features, by 

G. B. Hollister.

 Hydrography of Susquehanna River drainage basin, by J. C. Hoyt.

 Underflow tests in the drainage basin of Los Angeles River, by Homer 

Hamlin.

 Contributions to the hydrology of eastern United States, 1904; M. L. Fuller, 

geologist in charge.
Classification of Professional Papers, Bulletins, and 

[PP=Professional Paper; B=Bulletin; WS=Water-

[ Series 

number.

1 

2 

3 

4 

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

A. 

Economic 

geology.

B21 

B46 

B65 

Bill 

B132

B138 

B139

B143

B164

B178

B180

B182

B184

B193

B198

PP1

B200

B202

PP2

PP10

PP11

PP12

B212

B213

PP15

B218

B219

PP20

PP21

PP24

PP25

B.

Descriptive 

geology.

B23 

B33 

B39 

B40 

B45

B53 

B57

B58

B67

B104

BIOS

B119

B137

B144

B158

B159

B165

WS70

B199

PP1

PP2

PP3

PP10

PP11

PP12

PP13

B208

B209

' WS78

PP15

PP17

B217

C. 

Systematic 

geology 

and 

paleontology.

B3 

B4 

BIO 

Bll 

B15

B16 

B18

B19

B22

B24

B29

B30

B31

B34

B37

B41

B43

B51

B56

B63

B69

B71

B77

B80

B81

B82

B83

B84

B85

B86

B87

B88

D.

Petrography 

and 

mineralogy.

Bl 

B8 

B12 

B17 

B20

B28 

B38

B59

B61

B62

B66

B74

' B79

B89

B107

B109

B126

B136

B150

B157

PP3

B209

PP14

PP18

B220

B228

PP28

E. 

Chemistry 

and 

physics.

B9 

B14 

B27 

B32 

B35

B36 

B42

B47

B52

B54

B55

B60

B64

B68

B73

B78

B90

B92

B94

B95

B96

B103

B112

B113

B114

B125

B129

B147

B148

B155

B161

B167

F. 

Geography.

B5 

B6 

B13 

B48 

B49

B50 

B70

B72

B76

B115

B116

B117

B118

B122

B123

B154

B160

B166

B169

B170

' B171

B174

B175

B181

B183

' B185

B187

B190

B192

B194

B196

B197

G. Miscellaneous.

B2 

B7 

B25 

B26 

B44

B75 

B91

B99

B100

B127

B130

B131

B135

B140

B146

B149

B156

B162

B172

B177

B188

B189

B203

B215

B221

B222

B227

H. 

Forestry.

PP4 

-PP5 

PP6 

PP7 

PP8

PP9 

PP22

PP23

PP29

PP30

I. 

Irrigation.

WS2 

WS5 

WS9 

WS10. 

WS13

WS17 

WS18

WS19

WS23

WS32

WS43

WS70

WS71

WS74

WS87

WS93

J

Wa

stor

W

W

W

W

W

W

W

W

W

W
PUBLICATIONS: SERIAL CLASSIFICATION. 149

Mpqpq pqpq

CO t^ 00 OrHrH

§

t-GO rHCNiOeOO OrH^OOCO Tf r-l <N 1C rH <N CO CO CO O> rH U7> ^ lO CD

dCs OOOOrH (NC^C^CSCO CO'^'^'^iC U5iC CO I> t^ ffsO>OOO K^>AMA i 1^_^ i p-) ^^ ^_( ^ ,_( ,_( ^ p-t ^ , < ^T^rHrHrH ^^c^(S)<^|

pqpqpqpqpp pqpqpqpqpq cqpqpqp^W PPQWWW

O5 O rH O 

i-IC^M O>

tor-cocno rHC
MINERAL RESOURCES.

Mineral Resources of the United States, 1882, Albert Williams, jr., chief of division.

1883. 8°. xvii, 813pp. Price, 50 cents. (Out of stock.) 

Mineral Resources of the United States, 1883 and 1884, Albert Williams, jr., chief of

division. 1885. 8°. xiv, 1016 pp. Price, 60 cents. (Out of stock.) 

Mineral Resources of the United States, 1885. Division of Mining Statistics and

Technology. 1886. 8°. vii, 576 pp. Price, 40 cents. 

Mineral Resources of the United States, 1886, David T. Day, chief of division. 1887.

8°. viii, 813 pp. Price 50 cents. 

Mineral Resources of the United States, 1887, David T. Day, chief of division. 1888.

8°. vii, 832 pp. Price, 50 cents. (Out of stock.)

Mineral Resources of the United States, 1888, David T. Day, chief of division. 1890. 

, 8°. vii, 652 pp. Price, 50 cents.

Mineral Resources of the United States, 1889 and 1890, David T. Day, chief of division. 1892. 8°. viii, 671 pp. Price, 50 cents. 

Mineral Resources of the United States, 1891, David T. Day, chief of division. 1893.

8°. vii, 630 pp. Price, 50 cents. 

Mineral Resources of the United States, 1892, David T. Day, chief of division. 1893.

8°. vii, 850 pp. Price, 50 cents. 

Mineral Resources of the United States, 1893, David T. Day, chief of division. 1894.

8°. viii, 810 pp. Price, 50 cents.

On March 2,1895, the following provision was included in an act of Congress: 

"Provided, That hereafter the report of the mineral resources of the United States shall be issued as 

a part of the report of the Director of the Geological Survey."

In compliance with this legislation the following reports were published:

Mineral Resources of the United States, 1894, David T. Day, chief of division. 1895. 

8°. xv, 646 pp., 23 pis.; xix, 735 pp., 6 pis. Being Parts III and IV of the Sixteenth Annual Report. (Out of stock.) . Mineral Resources of the United States, 1895, David T. Day, chief of division. 1896. 

8°. xxiii, 542 pp., 8 pis.; iii, 543-1058 pp., 9-13 pis. Being Part III (in 2 vols.) 

of the Seventeenth Annual Report. (Out of stock.)

Mineral Eesources of the United States, 1896, David T. Day, chief of division. 1897. 

8°. xii, 642 pp., 1 pi.; 643-1400 pp. Being Part V (in 2 vols.) of the Eighteenth 

- Annual Report. (Out of stock.)

Mineral Resources of the United States, 1897, David T. Day, chief of division. 1898. 

8°. viii, 651 pp., 11 pis.; viii, 706 pp. Being Part VI (in 2 vols.) of the Nineteenth-Annual Report. (Out of stock.)

Mineral Resources of the United States, 1898, David T. Day, chief of division. 1899. 

8°. viii, 616 pp.; ix, 804pp., 1 pi. Being Part VI (in two vols.) of the Twentieth 

Annual Report. (Out of stock.)

Mineral resources of the United States, 1899, David T. Day, chief of division. 1901. 

8°. viii, 656 pp.; viii, 634 pp. Being Part VI (in 2 vols.) of the Twenty-first 

Annual Report.

By act of Congress approved March 3,1901, the report on mineral resources was again made a distinct publication. In compliance with this legislation the following reports have been published:

Mineral Resources of the United States, 1900, David T. Day, chief of division. 1901.

8°. 927 pp. 

Mineral resources of the United States, 1901, David T. Day, chief of division. 1902.

8°. 996 pp. 

Mineral Resources of the United States, 1902, David T. Day, chief of division. 1904.

8°. 1038pp. . . 

150
ANNUAL REPORTS OF RECLAMATION SERVICE.

First Annual Report of the Reclamation Service, F. H. Newell, Chief Engineer. 1903.

8°. 317 pp., 47 pis. ;

This report is House Document No. 79, Fifty-seventh Congress, second session. Application for it 

should be made to members of Congress.

In preparation:

Second Annual Report of the Reclamation Service, F. H. Newell, Chief Engineer. 

This report is House Document No. 44, Fifty-eighth Congress, second session.

151
GEOLOGIC ATLAS OF THE UNITED STATES.

Under the plan adopted for the preparation of a geologic map of the United States 

the entire area is divided into small quadrangles, bounded by certain meridians and 

parallels, and these quadrangles, which number several thousand, are separately 

surveyed and mapped. The unit of survey is also the unit of publication, and the 

maps and description of each quadrangle are issued in the form of a folio. When 

all the folios are completed they will constitute a Geologic Atlas of the United States.

A folio is designated by the name of the principal town or of a prominent natural 

feature within the quadrangle. It comprises topographic, geologic, economic, and 

structural maps of the quadrangle, and occasionally other illustrations, together with 

a general description.

The general distribution is through sale, at twenty-five cents each, except such as 

contain an unusual amount of matter, which.are priced accordingly. Prepayment 

is required. The published folios are listed herewith.

Folios of the Geologic Atlas of the United States.

No."

1

9,

04

5

d

8

c9

10

11

12

13

14

IS

16

17

18

19

20

Name of folio.

Placervill G

Anthracite-Crested Butte .

Estillville .................

Cleveland. ................

State.

[Tennessee ......

Colorado .......

\ West Virginia . .

California ......

(Virginia ........

[Tennessee ...... 

(Maryland ......

(Virginia ........

[West Virginia . .

[Tennessee ......

JNorth Carolina .

[Tennessee ...... 

Tennessee ......

Limiting 

meridians.

110°-111°. .......

J850-85°30/ ......

120°30'-121° ....

84°30'-85° ......

121°-121° 30' ....

85°-85° 30' ......

105°-105° 30' ....

85°30'-86'.......

106°45'-107°15'.

l77°30'-78°......

120°30'-121°....

[82°30'-83°......

l77°-77°30/ ......

121°-122°........

J83°30'-840 .......

121°30'-122°....

121°-121° 30' ....

[85°30'-860 ......

84°30'-85°......

Limiting 

parallels.

45°-46°......

34°30'-35°..

38°30'-39° ..

35°30'-36°..

38°30'-39°..

35°-35° 30' . .

38°30'-39°..

Qr,o_QKO on'

38° 45'-39° . .

39°-39° 30'..

38°-38°30' ..

36°30'-37°..

38°-38° 30' . .

Oo ~~oo ol/ . .

40°-41°......

35° 30'-36° . .

39°-39° 30' . .

39°-39° 30' . .

34° 30'-35° . .

35°-35° 30! . .

Area.

Sq. miles. 

.3,354

980

932

969

932

976

932

975

465

925

938

957

938

yoo 

3,634

969

925

925

980

975

Priced

Cents. 

25

25

25

25

25

25

25

25

50

25

25

25

25

25

25

25

25

25

25

a Order by number.

6 Postage stamps of checks can not be accepted.

cThe Kingston, Chattanooga, Pikes Peak, and Anthracite-Crested Butte folios are out of stock.

152 '
PUBLICATIONS: GEOLOGIC FOLIOS. 153

Folios of the Geologic Atlas of the United States Continued.

No.

21 

22

23

24 

25

26 

27 

 28 

29

30 

31

32 

33

34

35 

36 

37 

38

39 

40 

41 

42 " 43

44

45 

46 

47 

48

49 

50

51 

52 

53 

54 

55 

56 

57 

58

59 

60 

61 

62 

63 

64

Name of folio.

MIcMinnville

YellowstoneNational Park 

Pyramid Peak ............

BricGvillc

Pueblo...............'.....

Downieville

Tenmile District Special . .

Tacoma ...................

Little Belt Mountains. ....

La Plata ..................

Menominee Special .......

Mother Lode 'District ..... 

Uvalde ....................

State.

XGIIUGSSCG

[West Virginia . .

\West Virginia . .

California ...... 

[Virginia ........ 

j West Virginia ..

W^est Virginia . .

Texas ....:.....

[West Virginia . .

I Massachusetts.. 

^Connecticut....

Washington ....

[Virginia........

West Virginia . .

California ...... 

Texas ..........

 Limiting 

meridians.

85°-85°30' ......

85° 30'-86° ......

J76°30'-77° ......

840-84° 30' ......

J81°-81° 30' ......

l79°-79°30' ......

3 rectangular 

areas .

120°-120°30' .... 

J79°-79°30' ......

84°-84° 30' ......

80°-80°30' ...... 

86°-86°30' ......

104°30'-105°.... 

120° 30'-121° ....

112° 29' 30"-112° 

36' 42".

120°-120° 30' .... 

84°30'-85°......

120°-120°30' .... 

100°-100°30'....

84°-84°30' ......

84° 84° go/

106° 08'-106° 16' 

08".

123°-123° 30' .... 

 72° 30'-73° ......

120°-120° 30' .... 

109° 30'-110° .... 

85° 85° 30' ......

122°-122° 30' ....

110°-111°

107°45'-108°.... 

1040-104°30' ....

82° 82° 30'

108°-108°15' .... 

79° 30'-80° ......

An irregular ar 

miles long.

NW.-SE. rectang 

miles long and

99°30'-100°.....

Limiting 

parallels.

35° 30'-36° . 

35°30'-36°.

38°-38°30'..

35° 30'-36° . . 

37°-37° 30' . .

36°-36°30' .. 

39°-39° 30' ..

440.450

38° 30'-39° . . 

38° 30'-39° . .

36°-36°30' .. 

38° 30'-39° . . 

34°-34° 30' . . 

38°-38° 30' . . 

39° 30MO° . .

45° 59' 28"- 

46° 02' 54".

390-39° 30'.. 

36°-36° 30' . . 

37° 30'-38° . . 

29°30'-30°.. 

39° 30'-40° . .

370-370 30/ _ _

43° 30'-44° . . 

37°30'-38°.. 

370-37° 30' ..

39° 22' 57"- 

37° 30' 25".

43°-43° 30' . . 

420-420 30' . . 

38°-38°30'..

36°-36° 30' . . 

47°-47°30' ..

46°-47°

37°45'-38° .. 

37°-37° 30' . .

36°30'-37° .. 

37°15'-37°30' 

38°-38° 30' . . 

ea about 20

le, about 70 

3 miles wide.

29°-29°30' ..

Area.

Sq. miles. 

969 

969

938

3,354 

969

950 

963 

925 

35.39

3,412 

932

932

963 

932 

986 

938 

919 

22.8

925 

963 

944 

1,035 

919

950

864 

944 

950 

62.2

871

885

938 

1,706 

963 

812 

3,234 

3,295 

236 

950

967 

237 

938 

125 

428 

1.040

Price.

Cents. 

25 

25

25

50 

25

25 

25 

26 

60

75 

25

25

25 

25 

25 

' 50 

25 

50

25 

25 

25 

25 

25

25

25 

25 

25 

25

25 

60

25 

25 

25 

25 

25 

25 

25 

25

25 

25 

26 

25 

60 

25
154 THE UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL.227. 

Folios of the Geologic Atlas of the United States Continued.

No.

65 

66

67

68

69

70

71

72

73

74

75

76

77

78

79

80

81

82

OO

84

85

86

87

88

89

90

91

92

93

94

95

96

97

98

99

100

101

102

103

104

105

106

Name of folio.

Tintic Special ............. 

Colfax ....................

Washington. . .............

 Charleston ................

Norfolk...................

Mason town-Uniontown. . .

Ditney ....................

Scotts Bluff ...............

Port Orford ...............

Hartville .................

Elkland-Tioga ............

Brownsville-Connellsville

Parker ....................

Mitchell ..................

Alexandria ...............

JNampa...... ..............

SilverCity ................

State.

Utah............ 

California ...... 

[Illinois .........

f West Virginia . .

\0hio............

(District of Co- 

. lumbia.

Tennessee

[Virginia ........

[North Carolina .

Pennsylvania . .

JN ew Jersey.....

JSouth Dakota . .

Tennessee

[Pennsylvania ..

[New York ......

Tennessee

fldaho ....-......"

Limiting 

meridians.

111° 55'-112° 10' . 

120°30'-121° ....

J87° 30'-87° 45' ...

104° 30'-105° ....

|82°-620 30' .....

76°45'-77°15'...

104° 30'-105° ....

ftl O Qft'_ft*>O

124°-124° 30'

96° 96°30' ......

QQO QA/ (UO

070 QA/ QQO

CIO 01 O OA/

J85°-85°30' ......

175° 30'-76° 30'

J87° 30'-88° ......

79° 30'-80° ......

J73° 45'-74° 15' ...

87°-87°30'......

120° 30' 121°

1flqp_iflqp on/

103° 30' 104°

124°-124° 30'

ci o qjry 090

104°30'-105°....

1

770 qn/ 770 Af.i

77° 77°30' ......

79° 30'-80°

Q7O G7O OA'

97° 30'-98°

97°-97° 30'

96° 30'-97°

98°-98° 30' ......

97°30'-98° ......

1 9f)O on/ 1 01 o

79°-79° 15'

J116° 30'-117° ....

116°30'-117° ....

J87°30'-88°......

120°30'-121° ....

Limiting 

parallels.

39° 45'-40° . . 

39°-39° 30' . .

40°-40°15' ..

37°30'-38° ..

38°-38° 30' . .

38° 45' 39°..

37°-37°30'..

QQO QQO QA/

43°-43°30' ..

34° 30'-35° . .

qno qno qry

Q7O Qrt/ QftO

34° 34° 30'

39°45'-40°..

OQO QftO QA/

46° 30' 47°

42° 30'-43°

QRO qfiO qn/

42°-42° 30'

41°45'-42°..

41°45'-42°..

40°-40° 15'

35° 30' 36°

43°^43°30' ..

43°-43° 30' . .

34° 34° 30'

dv qn' 440

43O qn'_44O

350 350 go/

 40°30'^0°45'

43°-43°30' ..

38°-38°30' ..

47°-47°30' ..

Area.

Sq. miles. 

229 

925

OOQ

944

938

465

Q3ft

1,030 

944

ii yio

892

458

906

Q3S

fi71

OOA

SQO

QQO

Q7G

QAq

QQfi

ooq

445

457

969

m

'

986

864

Sfi4

07>i

9O7

871

938

805

Price.

Cents. 

25 

25

*)£,

25

25

^n

OK

9^

25

25

25

OK

£-Q

50

25

50

OK

OK

25

^o

oc

OK

25

25

9<i

25

9^

9"i

9fl

25

9^

25

25

9^

25

25

25

25
TOPOGRAPHIC MAPS AND FOLIOS.

TOPOGRAPHIC ATLAS SHEETS.

When, in 1882, the Geological Survey was directed by law to make a geologic map 

of the United States, there was in existence no suitable topographic map to serve as 

a base for the geologic map. The preparation of such a topographic map was therefore immediately begun. About one-third of the area of the country, excluding 

Alaska, has now been thus mapped. The map is published in atlas sheets, each 

sheet representing a small quadrangular district, as explained on page 60. The separate sheets are sold at 5 cents each when fewer than 100 copies are'purchased, but 

when they are ordered in lots of 100 or more copies, whether of the same sheet or of 

different sheets, the price is 2 cents each. The mapped areas are widely scattered, 

nearly every State being represented. About 1,325 sheets have been engraved and 

printed; they are tabulated below, .by States.

Published topographic atlas sheets, arranged by States. a

ALABAMA.

Name of atlas sheet.

Position of SE. 

corner of sheet.

Lat.

o / 

33 30 

33 00 

33 00 

33 30 

33 00 

32 30 

34 00 

34 00 

34 00 

34 30 

33 30 

34 00 

34 30 

33 30 

34 30 

33 00 

33 30 

33 00 

32 30

Long.

0 /

85 30 

85 30 

86 30 

86 30 

87 00 

86 30 

86 30 

85 30 

86 00 

86 30 

87 00 

85 00 

86 00 

86 00 

85 30 

86 00 

85 00 

85 00 

86 00

Areacovered.

J degree .... 

.....do......

.....do......

.....do...... 

.....do......

.....do.....: 

.....do...... 

.....do......

.....do...... 

.....do......

.....do...... 

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do......

Contour 

interval.

Feet. 

50 

100 

100 

100 

50 

50 

lOO 

50 

100 

100 

50 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

50 

50

Scale.

1 : 125000 

1 : 125000 

1:125000 

1 : 125000 

1 : 125000 

1 : 125000 

1 : 125000 

1 : 125000 

1 : 125000 

1:125000 

1 : 125000 

1 : 125000 

1 : 125000 

1 : 125000 

1 : 125000 

1 : 125000 

1': 125000 

1 : 126000 

1:125000

Price.

Cents. 

5 

. 5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5

ALASKA.

Fortymile ........................... 64 00 141 00 50 1:250000 R

a The Survey has issued a sheet of "Conventional signs" used on its topographic maps; price, 5 

cents a single sheet; 2 cents each in lots of 100 or more.

155
156 THE UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 227.

Published topographic atlas sheets, arranged by States Continued. 

' ARIZONA.

Name of atlas sheet.

Camp Mohave ( Ariz.-Nev.-Cal.) .... 

Canyon de Chelly (Ariz.-N. Mex.) . . . 

Chino ...... '. ........................

Clifton ..............;...............

Echo Cliffs ..........................

Fort Defiance ( Ariz.-N. Mex. ).......

Globe. ...............................

St. Johns ( Afiz.-N. Mex.) . ........."..

St. Thomas (Nev.-Ariz.) . ............

Verde ...............................

(See also special maps, p. 196. )

Position of SE. 

corner of sheet.

Lat.

o /

31 15 

34- 00 

35 00 

36 00 

35 00 

33 00 

35 00 

36 00 

33 00 

35 00 

33 15 

34 00 

36 00 

36 00 

36 00 

34 00 

34 00 

36 00 

35 00. 

35 00 

34' 00

Long.

o / 

109 45 

112 00 

114 00 

109 00 

112 00 

109 15 

113 00 

111 00 

111 00 

109 00 

110 45 

110 00 

112 00 

110 00 

113 00 

112 00 

109 00 

114 00 

111 00 

110 00 

111 00

Area covered.

^ degree . . . 

J degree .... 

1 degree .... 

.....do...... 

.....do......

t\r degree . . . 

1 degree .... 

.....do...... 

i degree

1 degree .... 

TV degree . . . 

1 degree .... 

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do...... 

.....do......

.....do......

.....do...... 

.....do......

Contour 

interval.

Feet. 

50 

100 

250 

200 

250 

100 

250 

250 

100 

200 

50 

200 

250 

200 

250 

200 

200 

250 

250 

200 

200

Scale.

1:62500 

1 : 125000 

1:250000 

1:250000 

1:250000 

1:62500 

1:250000 

1:250000 

1:125000 

1:250000 

1:62500 

1:250000 

1:250000 

1:250000 

1:250000 

1:250000 

1:250000 

1:250000 

1:250000 

1:250000 

1:250000

Price.

Cents. 

5 

5 

5 

6 

6 

5 

5 

5 

5 

6 

5 

5 

6 

6 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5

ARKANSAS.

Camden .............................

Eureka Springs ( Ark.-Mo. )..........

Fayetteville (Ark.-Mo. ).............

Fort Smith (Ark.-Ind. T.) ...........

Gurdon. .............................

Magazine Mountain. ................

Poteau Mountain (Ark.-Ind. T.) . . . . 

Siloam Springs (Ind. T.-Ark.) . ......

Tahlequah (Ind. T.-Ark. )...........

Winslow ( Ark.-Ind. T.) .............

Yellville (Ark.-Mo. )..-..............

(See also special maps, p. 196.)

35 30

34 30

33 30

35 00

36 00

35 00

35 00

33 30

34 30

34 30

35 00

35 30

35 00

34 30

36 00

35 30

34 30 

36 00

35 30

35 30

36 00

91 30

92 30

92 30

93 00

93 30

94 00

94 00

93 00

93 00

QO Of)

93 30

92 30

92 30

93 30

92 00

92 00

9i 00 

94 30

94 30

94 00

92 30

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.......do....'..

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do...... 

.....do....:.

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

50

50

50

50

50

50

50

50

50

50

60

50

50

50

50

50.

50 

50

50

50

50

1 : 125000

1:125000

1:125000

1:125000

1:125000

1 : 125000

1:125000

1:125000

1 : 125000

1 : 125003

1:125000

1 : 125000

1:125000

1:125000

1:125000

1 : 125000

1 : 125000 

1 : 125000

1:125000

1:125000

1:125000

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

6

5

5

5

5 

5

5

5

5

aBradshaw Mountains sheet shows part of Prescott quadrangle on larger scale.
PUBLICATIONS: TOPOGKAPHIQ ATLAS SHEETS. 157

Published topographic atlas sheets, arranged by States Continued.

CALIFORNIA.

Name of atlas sheet.

Alturas ...............................

Big Trees

Camp Mohave ( Ariz.-Nev.-Cal. ) ....

Cayucos&..... .......................

Lake Tahoe and Vicinity ( Cal.-Nev. )t

Los Angeles (double sheet) j. .......

Marysville ..........................

Modoc Lava Bed ....................

Mount Diablo .......................

Position of SE. 

corner of sheet.

Lat.

o / 

41 00 

33 45 

35 00 

39 30 

38 00 

34 00 

35 00 

34 00 

33 00 

35 15 

39 30 

39 00 

37 45 

33 30 

34 00 

32 30 

38 00 

34 15 

33 45 

39 30 

32 45 

33 30 

33 00 

38 30 

34 15 

37 30 

34 15 

* 40 00 

34 00 

38 00 

38 00 

32 45 

38 30 

33 30 

40 00 

38 00

38 30 

39 00 

41 00 

37 45

Long.

0 /

120 00 

117 45 

120 60 

121 00 

120 00 

118 30 

114 00 

118 30 

117 30 

120 45 

121 30 

120 30 

122 00 

117 30 

117 30 

116 30 

119 30 

117 00 

118 00 

120 30 

116 45 

117 00 

117 00 

121 15 

118 15 

122 00 

117 15 

120 00 

119 00 

120 30 

122 00 

117 00 

119 30 

118 00 

. 121 00 

121 00

119 30 

121 30 

121 00 

121 45

Arcacovered.

1 degree .... 

TV degree 1 . . 

.....do......

i degree .... 

.....do......

^degree... 

1 degree .... 

£ degree .... 

.....do...... 

T^ degree . . . 

i degree....

.....do...... 

^degree.., 

i degree .... 

TV degree... 

i degree .... 

£ degree .... 

^j degree... 

.....do......

£ degree.... 

TV degree . . . 

^ degree .... 

 fs degree... 

.....do......

.....do......

.....do...... 

.....do......

1 degree .... 

t>s degree . . . 

J degree .... 

TV degree... 

.....do......

1 degree .... 

 fg degree . . . 

1 degree .... 

£ degree .... 

| degree .... 

J degree.... 

.....do......

1 degree .... 

 A, degree . . .

Contour 

interval.

Feet. 

200 

25 

50 

100 

100 

50 

250 

100 

100 

50 

100 

100 

25 

100 

50 

100 

100 

50 

25 

100 

25 

100 

25 

10 

50 

25 

50 

200 

50 

100 

25 

25 

100 

25 

200 

50, 100 

50 

100 

100 

200 

50

Scale.

1:250000 

1:62500 

. 1:62500 

1:125000 

1:125000 

1:62500 

1:250000 

1:125000 

1 : 125000 

1 : 62500 

1:125000

1:125000 

1:62500 

1 : 125000 

1 : 62500 

1 : 125000 

1 : 125000 

1 : 62500 

1 : 62500 

1 : 125000 

1 : 62500 

1 : 125000 

1:62500 

1 : 62500 

1 : 62500 

1 : 62500 

1 : 62500 

1 : 250000 

1 : 62500 

1 : 125000 

1 : 62500 

1 : 62500 

1 : 125000 

1 : 62500 

1 : 250000 

1:125000 

1 : 62500 

1 : 125000 

1 : 125000 

1 : 250000 

1 : 62500

Price.

Cents. 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

6 

5 

5 

5 

5 

 5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

. 5 

20 

5 

5 

5 

10 

5 

5 

5 

5

a Anaheim and Santa Ana sheets, on scale of 1:62500, have been reduced and form parts of Corona 

sheet, on scale of 1:125000.

bArroyo Grande, Cayucos, Port Harford, and San Luis Obispo sheets, on scale of 1:62500, have been 

reduced and form parts of San Luis sheet, on scale of 1:125000.

eCalabasas and Santa Susana sheets, on scale of 1:62500, have been reduced and form parts of Camulos sheet, on scale of 1:125000.

<*Elcajon sheet, on scale of 1:62500, has been reduced and forms part of Cuyamaca sheet, on scale of 

1:125000.

e Riverside sheet, on scale of 1:62500, has been reduced and forms part of Elsinore sheet, on scale of 

1:125000.

/Escondido and Occanside sheets, on scale of 1:62500, have been reduced and form par is of San 

Luis Rey sheet, on scale of 1:125000.

ffFuiroaks sheet shows part of Sacramento quadrangle on larger scale.

AKarquines sheet, on scale of 1:62500, has been reduced and forms part of Napa sheet, on scale of 

1:125000.

-iLake Tahoe and Vicinity includes Carson, Markleeville, Pyramid Peak, and Truckee shee.ts.

./Los Angeles includes Pasadena and Santa Monica sheets.
158 THE UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 227.

Published topographic atlas sheets, arranged by States Continued.

CALIFOBNI A Continued.

Name of atlas sheet.

Palo Al to o . .-. .......................

Placerville ..........................

Pyramid Peak/ .....................

Ramona .............................

Red Bluff a ..........................

Riverside h ..........................

Rock Creek. .........................

San Gorgonio. ........................

San Luise ...........................

San Mateo. ..............

Santa Cruz c .........................

Santa Paula .........................

Santa Susana l .......................

Position of SE. 

corner of sheet.

Lat.

0 /

37 15 

37 30 

34 30 

38 00 

33 00 

37 15 

34 00 

38 30 

34 00 

35 00 

38 30 

33 00 

35 15 

40 00 

40 30 

34 00 

33 45 

33 45 

34 15 

38 30 

34 15 

34 00 

37 45 

. 34 00 

33 30 

37 15 

35 00 

35 15 

33 00 

37 30 

33 30 

33 30 

37 00 

34 00 

34 15 

34 15

Long.

0 /

121 30 

119 00 

119 00 

122 00 

117 15 

122 00 

118 00 

120 30 

117 45 

120 45 

120 00 

116 30 

117 30 

122 00 

122 00 

117 00 

118 15 

117 15 

117 45 

121 00 

117 30 

117 15 

122 15 

116 . 30 

116 SO 

121 45 

120 30 

120 30 

117 00 

122 15 

118 15 

117 45 

122 00 

118 15 

119 00 

118 30

Area covered.

TV degree... 

J degree .... 

.....do...... 

.....do......

& degree . . . 

.....do.'..... 

.....do...... 

£ degree .... 

^ degree . . . 

.....do...... 

£ degree .... 

.....do...... 

T'B degree . . . 

1 degree .... 

£ degree.... 

^degree... 

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

 J degree .... 

.....do...... 

^j degree . . . 

.....do...... 

A degree .... 

.....do...... 

 fa degree... 

J degree .... 

^degree... 

^ degree .... 

A degree . . . 

.....do......

.....do...... 

% degree .... 

TV degree . . . 

.....do......

..'...do......

Contour 

interval.

Fed, 

50 

100 

100 

100 

25 

25 

50 

100 

50 

50 

100 

100 

50 

200 

100 

50 

25 

25 

50 

100 

50 

50 

25 

100 

100 

25 

100 

50 

100 

25 

25 

25 

100 

50 

50 

50

Scale.

1:62500 

1 : 125000 

1 : 125000 

1 : 125000 

1 : 62500 

1 : 62500 

1:62500 

1:125000 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1 : 125000 

1:125000 

1:62500 

1:250000 

1:125000 

1 : 62500 

1 : 62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1 : 125000 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:125000 

1:125000 

1:62500 

1:125000 

1:62500 

1:125000 

1 : 62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1 : 125000 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500

Price.

Cents. 

5 

5 

5 

5 

6 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

6 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

6 

5 

5 

"5 

6 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

6

a Karquines sheet, on scale of 1: C2500, has been reduced and forms part of Napa sheet, on scale of 

1:125000.

6 Escondido and Oceanside sheets, on scale of 1:62500, have been reduced and form parts of San 

Luis Rey sheet, on scale of 1:125000.

o Palo Alto sheet, on scale of 1:62500, has been reduced and forms part of Santa Cruz sheet, on scale 

of 1:125000.

dLos Angeles includes Pasadena and Santa Monica sheets.

e Arroyo Grande, Cayucos, Port Harford, and San Luis Obispo sheets, on scale of 1:62500, have been 

reduced and form parts of San Luis sheet, on scale of 1:125000.

/Lake Tahoe and Vicinity includes Carson, Markleeville, Pyramid Peak, and Truckee sheets.

^Redding sheet shows part of Red Bluff quadrangle on larger scale.

ft Riverside sheet, on scale of 1:62500, has been reduced and forms part of Elsinore sheet, on scale 

of 1:125000.

^Fairoaks sheet shows part of Sacramento quadrangle on larger scale.

/Escondido and Oceanside sheets, on scale of 1:62500, have been reduced and form parts of San 

Luis Rey sheet, on scale of 1:125000.

fcAnaheim and Santa Ana sheets, on scale of 1:62500, have been reduced and form parts of Corona 

sheet, on scale of 1:125000.

I Calabasas and Santa Susana sheets, on scale of 1:62500, have been reduced and form parts of Camulos sheet, on scale of 1:125000. .
PUBLICATIONS: TOPOGRAPHIC ATLAS SHEETS. 159

Published topographic atlas sheets, arranged by States Continued. 

CALIFORNIA Continued.

Name of atlas sheet.

Silver Peak (Nev.-Cal.) .............

(See also combined and special 

maps, pp. 196-196.)

Position of SE. 

corner of sheet.

Lat.

o / 

41 00 

39. 30 

37 30 

39 00 

37 30 

37 45 

34 30 

39 00 

34 15 

34 15 

38 30 

37 30

Long.

O 1

122 00 

120 00 

117 30 

121 00 

120 00 

122 30 

118 30. 

120 00 

118 00 

119 15 

119 00 

119 30

Areacovered.

1 degree .... 

| degree.... 

.....do...... 

.....do......

.....do...... 

TV degree . . . 

J degree .... 

.....do...... 

TV degree . . . 

.....do......

j degree .... 

.....do......

Contour 

interval.

Feet. 

200 

100 

100 

100 

50,100 

25 

100 

100 

50 

20 

100 

.100

Scale.

1:250000 

1:125000 

1:125000 

1:125000 

1:125000 

1:62500 

1:125000 

1:125000 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:125000 

1:125000

Price.

Cents. 

6 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5

COLORADO.

Abajo (Utah-Colo.) ..................

Albany (Colo.-Kans.) ...............

Ashley (Utah-Colo.).................

Catlin ...............................

Cheyenne Wells (Colo.-Kans.) ......

Crested Butte. . ......................

Denver (double sheet) ..............

East Tavaputs (Utahi-Colo.) .........

Engineer Mountain .................

Greeley . .............................

La Plata. . ...........................

La Sal (Utah-Colo.) .......'..........

Las Animas. .........................

Limon ...............................

Needle Mountains. ..................

37 00

37 30

38 45

V7 Qfl

38 30

40 00

39 00

38 30

38 00

39 00

38 00

38 30 

38 30

38 45

39 30

37 15

39 00

37 00

' 37 30

38 00

40 00

37 30

37 30

38 30

37 15

38 00

38 00

38 00

39 00

39 00

37 00

37 00

37 30

109 00

102 00

107 00

104 00

ins' fin

109 00

106 45

104 00

105 00

104 30

103 30

102 00

106 45

104 30

107 45

109 00

104 00

107 45

102 00

104 30

103 00

105 00

102 30

108 00

109 00

102 30

103 00

106 00

103 30

103 30

103 00

107 30

TV degree . . .

JL clG£ji*ftfi

.....do'......

.....do......

.....do'......

.....do......

i degree : . . . 

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do.....:

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

......do......

.....do......

.....do......

T^deeree ...

250

25

100

25

25

250

100

25

25, 50, 100

50, 100

25

25

inn

50, 100

100

250

50

100

25

20

25,50

25, 50, 100

25

100

250

25

25

25, 50, 100

25

100

1:250000

1 : 125000

1:62500

1:125000

1:125000

1:250000

1:62600

1:125000

1:125000

1:125000

1:125000

1:125000 

1:125000

1:62500

1:125000

1:62500

1:250000

1:125000

1:62500

1:125000

1:125000

1:125000

1:125000

1:125000

1:62500

1:250000

1:125000

1:125000

1:125000

1:125000

1 : 125000

1:125000

1:62500

5

5

5

5

5

6

5

6

5

5

5

5 

5

5

10

' 6

5

6

6

5

5

5

5

5

.< 5

5

5

6

5

5

5

5

5

aLake Tahoe and Vicinity includes Carson, Markleeville, Pyramid Peak, and Truckee sheets.
160 THE UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 227.

Published topographic atlas sheets, arranged by States Continued. 

COLORADO Continued.

Name of atlas sheet.

(See also special maps, p. 196.)

Position of SE. 

corner of sheet.

Lat.

o /

38 00 

38 30 

39 00 

38 00 

37 30 

38 30 

37 45 

37 00 

37 00 

37 45 

37 30 

37 30 

37 00 

37 30'

Long.

o / 

104 00 

105 .00 

105 00 

104 30 

108 00 

103 30 

107 30 

104 30 

102 30 

107 45 

103 30 

102 30 

102 00 

104 30

Area covered.

i degree .... 

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

fd degree... 

£ degree .... 

 fs degree... 

£ degree .... 

.....do...... 

 & degree . . . 

£ degree .... 

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

Contour 

interval.

Feet. 

25 

100 

25,50,100 

50 

100 

25 

100 

100 

25,50 

100 

25,50 

25,50 

25 

50

Scale.

1 : 125000 

1:125000 

1 : 125000 

1:125000 

1:62500 

1:125000 

1:62500 

1:125000 

1 : 125000 

1:62500 

1 : 125000 

1 : 125000 

1:125000 

1; 125000

Price.

Cents. 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5

CONNECTICUT.

Brookfleld ( Mass.-Conn. ) ...........

Carmel (N. Y.-Conn.) . . . . ...........

Clove (N. Y.-Conn. ) .................

Cornwall (Conn.-N. Y.).............

Gilead ................................

Granville (Mass.-Conn. )«...........

Guilford.... .........................

Hartford ............................

Housatonic (Mass.-Conn.-N. Y.) &. ..

Millbrook (N. Y.-Conn.) ............

Moosup (Conn.-R. I. )................

Palmer (Mass.-Conn. )...............

Sandisneld ( Mass.-Conn. )&. .........

Sheffield (Mass.-Conn.-N. Y.) &...... 

Springfield (Mass.-Conn. )«. .........

41 00 

42 00 

41 15 

41 30 

41 45 

41 15 

41 15 

41 30 

41 45 

42 00 

41 15 

41 45 

42 00 

42 00 

41 30 

41 30 

41 45 

41 30 

41 15 

41 15 

41 30 

41 00 

41 30 

40 45 

42 00 

41 45 

42 00 

41 15 

42 00 

42 00

73 00 

72 00 

73 30 

73 30 

73 15 

73 15 

73 00 

72 15 

72 45 

72 45 

72 30 

72 30 

72 30 

73 00 

72 45 

72 30 

73 30 

71 45 

72 45 

72 00 

73 15 

73 15 

72 00 

73 30 

72 15 

71 45 

73 00 

72 15 

73 15 

72 30

 r1,, degree... 

.....do......

.....do......

.....do...... 

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do...... 

.....do......

.....do....!.

.....do......

i degree .... 

.....do...... 

A degree . . . 

.....do......

.....do......

.....do...... 

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

......do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do...... 

.....do......

.....do...... 

.....do......

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

40 

40 

20. 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20

1 : 62500 

1 : 62500 

1 : 62500 

1 : 62500 

1 : 62500 

1 : 62500 ' 

1 : 62500 

1:62500 

s 1 : 62500 

1 : 62500 

1:62500 

1 : 62500 

1 : 125000 

1 : 125000 

1 : 62500 

1 : 62500 

1:62500 

1 : 62500 

1 : 62500 

1 : 62500 

1 : 62500 

1 : 62500 

1 : 62500 

1 : 62500 

1 : 62500 

1 : 62500 

1 : 62500 

1 : 62500 

1 : 62500 

1 : 62500

f 

i

\

i 

t

1

I

1 

\ 

J 

I

C 

I

I 

E

1

E 

{

£

E

1

{

1

{

I 

I

f

I

£

E

aGranville and Springfield sheets, on scale of 1: 62500, have been reduced and form parts of Hoiyoke sheet, on scale of 1:126000.

b Sandisfleld and Sheffield sheets, on scale of 1:62500, have been reduced and form parts of Housatonic sheet, on scale of 1:125000.
PUBLICATIONS: TOPOGBAPHIC ATLAS SHEETS. 161

Published topographic atlas sheets, arranged by States Continued.

CONNECTICUT Continued.

Stamford (Conn.-N. Y.) .............

Stonington (Conn.-R. i.-N. Y.) ......

Winsted .............................

iXTnnfl sjt/^plr

(See also general maps, p. 195.)

41 00 

41 15 

41 45 

41 30 

42 00 

41 45 

41 45

73 30 

71 45 

72 15 

73 00 

71 45 

73 00 

72 00

& degree . . . 

.....do......

....'.do......

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do......

.....do......

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20

1 : 62500 

1 : 62500 

1 : 62500 

1 : 62500 

1 : 62500 

1 : 62500 

1 : 62500

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5

DELAWARE.

Cecilton (Md.-Del.) c ................

Chester (Pa.-Del.-N. J.) da ..........

Elkton (Md.-Pa.-Del.) ..............

Philadelphia and Vicinity (Pa.- 

N.J.-Del.). (> 

Pittsville (Md.-Del.) ................

Salem (N.J.-Del.)b..................

Vineland(N.J.-Del.) a.. ............

39 15 

39 30 

39 15 

39 45 

39 00 

39 30 

38 15 

39 45

38 15 

39 30 

38 15 

39 00

75 15 

75 00 

75 45 

75 15 

75 30 

75 45 

75 00 

75 00

75 15 

75 15 

75 30 

75 00

^degree... 

i degree .... 

T'B degree... 

.....do...... 

i degree .... 

iV degree . . . 

.....do...... 

i degree ....

yV degree . . . 

.....do......

.....do......

i degree ....

10 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

10 

20

10 

10 

10 

20

1 : 62500 

1:125000 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:125000 

1 : 62500 

1:62500 

1:62500

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:125000

5 

5 

6 

5 

5 

5 

5 

20

5 

5 

5 

5

DISTRICT OP COLUMBIA.

Mount Vernon (Va.-Md.-D. C.) e . . . . 

Patuxent (Md.-D. C.) /..............

Washington (D.C.-Md.-Va., double 

sheet)./*

38 30 

38 30 

38 45

77 00. 

76 30 

76 45

i degree .... 

.....do......

j degree ....

50 

20 

20

1:125000 

1:125000 

1:62500

5 

5 

10

 FLORIDA.

Williston ............................

29 30 

29 15 

29 00 

2'9 00 

28 45 

28 45 

29 15

'82 15 

82 00 

82 15 

82 00 

82 00 

82 15 

82 15

T'B degree . . . 

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do......

.....do......

.....do...... 

.....do......

10 

10 

10 

10 

10 

10 

10

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1 : 62500 

1:62500

5 

5 

6 

5 

5 

5 

5

aBayside sheet, on scale of 1:62500, has been reduced and forms part of Vin eland sheet, on scale of. 

1:125000.

& Chester and Salem sheets, on scale of 1:62500, have been reduced and form parts of Camden sheet, 

on scale of 1:125000. .' . '

c Cecilton sheet, on scale of 1:62500, has been reduced and forms part of Dover sheet, on scale of 

1:125000. 

1 ^Philadelphia and Vicinity includes Chester, Germantown, Norristown, and Philadelphia sheets.

eThe west half of Washington sheet shows part of Mount Vernon quadrangle on larger scale.

/ East Washington sheet, on scale of 1:62500, has been reduced and. forms part 9! Patuxent sheet, on 

scale of 1:125000. ' ." - '-.

- Bull. 227 04 11
162 THE UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SUEVET. [BULL. 227.

Published topographic atlas sheets, arranged by States Continued. 

GEORGIA.

Name of atlas sheet.

Carnesville (Ga.-S. C. )...............

Dahlonega (Ga.-N. C.) ..............

Dalton (Ga.-Tenn.) .................

Elberton (Ga.-S. C.) .................

Ellijay (Ga.-N. C.-Tenn.) ...........

McCorinick (Ga.-S. C.) ..............

Ringgold (Ga.-Tenn.) - ..............

Tallapoosa (Ga.-Ala.) ...............

Walhalla (Ga.-S. C.-N. C.) ..........

Wedowee (Ala.-Ga.) ................

Position of SE. 

corner of sheet.

Lat.

O / '

33 30 

34 00 

34 00 

34 30 

34 30 

34 00 

34 30 

34 00 

34 00 

33 30 

33 30 

33 30 

34 30 

34 00 

34 30 

34 00 

S3 30 

34 30 

33 00

Long.

O 1

84 00 

83 00 

84 30 

83 30 

84 30 

82 30 

84 00 

85 30 

83 30 

82 00 

Si 30 

83 30. 

85 00 

85 00 

85 30 

84 00 

85 00 

83 00 

85 00

Areacovered.

| degree .... 

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do...... 

.....do......

.....do...... 

.....do......

.....do...... 

.....do......

.....do...... 

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

Contour 

interval.

Feet. 

50 

50 

100 

100 

100 

60 

100 

.50 

100 

50 

50 

50 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

50

Scale.

1:125000 

1:125000 

1:125000 

1:125000 

1 : 125000 

1:125000 

1 : 125000 

1:125000 

1: 125000 

1 : 125000 

1:125000 

1:125000 

' 1:125000 

1:125000 

1:125000 

1:125000 

1:125000 

1:125000 

1:125000

Price.

Cents. 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

6 

5 

5 

5 

6 5' 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

6 

5

IDAHO.

Camas Prairie .......................

Hailey . ..............................

Mountain Home. ....................

Sawtooth ............................

Silver City. ..........................

Weiser (Idaho-Oreg.) ...............

(See also special maps, p. 196.)

44 00

43 00

43 30

43 00

43 30

46 00

43 30

43 00

43 30

47 30

43 30

48 00

43 30

43 00

47 30

44 00

44 00

115 00

116 00

115 00

114 00

115 30

115 30

116 30

116 30

115 00

116 30

114. 30

116 30

117- 00

116 00

116 30

.....do.:....

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do...'...

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

inn

25, 50, 100

100

50, 100

100

100

inn

50,100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

1:125000

1:125000

1:125000

1:125000

1:125000

1:125000

1 -19/10(1(1

1:125000

1:125000

1:125000

1:125000

1:125000

1:125000

1:125000

1:125000

1:125000

1:125000

ILLINOIS.

Calumet(Ill.-Ind.).................. 41 30 .87 30 ^degree... 10 1:62500

Chicago............................. 41 45 87 30 .....do...... 5 1:62500

Clinton (Iowa-Ill.)6................ 41 45 90 00 .....do...... 20 1:62500

Cordova (Iowa-El.) &.............;.. 41 30 90 00 £ degree.... 20 1:125000

Danville (Ill.-Ind.).................. 40 00 87 30 ^degree... 10 1:62500

a Out of stock.

ft Clinton, Goose Lake, and Leclaire sheets on scale of 1; 62500, have been reduced and form parts 

of Cordova sheet, on scale o|
PUBLICATIONS: TOPOGBAPHIO ATLAS SHEETS. 163

Published topographic atlas sheets, arranged by States Continued. 

ILLINOIS Continued.

Name of atlas sheet.

Mineral Point (Wis.-Ill.) . ...........

Morris...............................

O'Fallon (Mo.-Ill.)..................

Ottawa. .............................

Patoka (Ill.-Ind.) c.... :.............

Peosta (Iowa-Ill. )...................

Riverside. ...........................

Rock Island (Iowa-Ill. )« ............

St. Louis (Mo.-Ill.), double sheet.... 

Savanna (Iowa-Ill.) . ................

Wilmington ............... .....

Position of SE. 

corner of sheet.

Lat.

0 /

41 30 

41 30 

40 45 

42 00 

41 45 

41 15 

42 00 

41 30 

40 00 

41 00 

42 30 

41 15 

41 30 

39 00 

-. 41 15 

40 45 

42 30 

41 15 

35-15 

38 00 

38 30 

41 15 

38 00 

42 00 

41 45 

41 30 

38 30 

42 00 

41 15

Long.

o /

90 30 

87 45 

89 30 

87 30 

90 15 

89. 15 

87 45 

88 00 

91 30 

89 15 

90 30 

89 00 

90 15 

91 00 

88 30 

89 15 

90 00 

88 15 

87 45 

87 45 

90 30 

88 45 

87 30 

90 30 

87 45 

90 30 

90 00 

90 00 

88 00

Area covered.

As degree . . . 

.....do......

.....do...... 

.....do......

.....do......

.....do'...... 

.....do......

.....do......

1 £ degree .... 

^u degree . . . 

r degree .... 

T1,, degree . . . 

.....do.....'. 

J degree .... 

T*B degree . . . 

.....do...... 

J degree .... 

 fa degree . . . 

.....do...... 

.....do......

i degree .... 

 fa degree . . ; 

I degree .... 

.....do......

& degree . . . 

i degree ... 

J degree .... 

 fa degree . . . 

.....do:.....

Contour 

interval.

Feet. 

20 

10 

10 

10 

20 

10 

10 

10 

20 

20 

20 

10 

20 

50 

10 

10 

20 

10 

20 

20 

50 

10 

20 '20 

10 

20 

20 

20 

10

Scale.

1:62500 

1:62500 

1 : 62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

. 1:62500 

1 : 125000 

1:62500 

1:125000 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:125000 

1:62500 

1:62600 

1:125000 

1:62500 

1 : 62500 

1:62500 

1:125000 

1:62500 

1 : 125000 

1:125000 

1:62500 

1:125000 

1:62600 

1:62500 

1:62500

Price.

Cents. 

5 

5 

6 

5 

5 

5 

6 

6 

6 

6 

5 

5 

6 

5 

5 

5 

6 

5 

5 

5 

5 

6 

6 

6 

5 

5 

10 

5 

5

INDIAN TERRITORY.

Alikchi.. ............................

Antlers ..........................

Ardmore ........................

Canadian. . ......................

Claremore .......................

Coalgate. ............................

Denison (Tex.-Ind. T.) ..............

Fort Smith ( Ark.-Ind. T.) ...........

Gainesville (Tex.-Ind. T.) ..........

Joplin (Kans.-Mo.-Ind. T.) .........

McAlester ...........................

34 00

34 'OO

34 00

34 00

35 00

36 00

34 30

33 30

35 00

33 30

37 00

34 30

97 30

95 00

95 30

97 00

96 00

95 30

95. 30

96 00

96 30

94 00

97 00

94 30

94 30

95 30

JL (iggrgQ

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

......do:.....

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

50

50 '50

50

50

50

50

50

50

50

50

50

50

50

1:125000

1:125000

1:125000

1:125000

1:125000

1:125000

1:126000

1 : 125000

1:125000

1:125000

1 : 125000

1:125000

1:125000

1:125000.

5

6

6

5

6

5

5

5

5

5

6

5

6

5

a Davenport sheet, on scale of 1:62500, has been reduced and forms part of Rock Island sheet, on 

scale of 1:125000.

b Clinton, Goose Lake, and Leclaire sheets, on scale of 1:62500, have been reduced and form parts 

of Cordova sheet, oh scale of 1:125000.

c Mount Carmel and New Harmony sheets, on scale of 1:62500,.haye been reduced and form parts 

of Patoka sheet, on scale of 1:125000.'
164 THE UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SUEVEY. [BULL. 227.

Published topographic atlas sheets, arranged by States Continued. 

INDIAN TERRITORY Continued.

Name of atlas sheet.

Okmulgee ...........................

Poteau Mountain (Ark.-Ind. T.) ....

Sansbois .............................

Stonewall (Ind. T.). ....... ..........

Tahlequah (Ind. T.-Ark.) .....'......

Tuskahoma .........................

Vinita ...............................

Winding Stair .......................

Winslow (Ark.-Ind. T. ) .............

 (See also general maps, p. 195.)

Position of SE. 

corner of sheet.

Lat.

o / 

35 30 

36 30 

35 30 

35 30 

34 30 

34 30 

36 00 

34 30 

35 00 

.35 00 

36 00 

34 30 

35 30 

34 00 

34 30 

36 30 

35 00 

34 30 

35 30

Long.

0 ;

95 00 

95 30 

96 00 

95 30 

97 00 

94 00 

95 00 

97 '30 

94 30 

95 00 

94 30 

96 30 

94 30 

96 30 

95 00 

95 00 

96 00 

94 30 

94 00

Areacovered.

£ -degree .... 

.....do...... 

.....do......

.....do...... 

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do......

.....do......

.'.-...do...... 

.....do......

.....do...... 

.....do......

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do......

Contour 

interval.

Feet. 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50

Scale.

1:125000 

1:125000 

1:125000 

. 1:125000 

1:125000 

1 : 125000 

1 : 125000 

1:125000 

1:125000 

1 : 125000 

1:125000 

1:125000 

3:125000 

1 : 125000 

1 : 125000 

1:125000 

1 : 125000 

1 : 125000 

1:125000

Price.

Cents. 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

 5 

5 

5 

5

INDIANA.

Calumet (Ill.-Ind. )..................

Danville (Ill.-Ind.) ..................

Haubstadt&. .........................

Mount Carmel (Ill.-Ind.) 6 ..........

New Harmony (Ill.-Ind.) 6 ..........

Patoka (Ill.-Ind. ) 6. .................

Tell City (Ky.-Ind.).................

38 00

41 30

40 00

38 00

38 00

38 00

38 00

37 45

38 00

38 15

38 15

38 00

37 45

41 30

38 15

87 15

87 30

87 30

87 00

87 00

87 30

87 45

87 45

87 00

87 30

87 15

87 30

86 45

86 45

87 15

87 00

i HPPTPP

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

i dpprpp

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

1 Hpfrrpp

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do..:...

.....do......

20.

10

10

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

10

20

1:62500

1:62500

1:62500

1 : 62500

1 : 125000

1:62500

1 : 62500

1:62500

1 : 62500

1:125000

1:62500

1 : 62500

1 : 62500

1:62500

1:62500

1:62500

t

t

E

E

f

£

F

E

E

t

E

£

E

E

£

IOWA.

Anamosad. ..........................

41 45

42 00

91 45

91 15 ..'...do...... 20

1:62500

1:62500

{

{

aBoonville, Degonia Springs, Petersburg, and Velpen sheets, on scale of 1:62500, have been reduced 

and form Ditney sheet, on scale of 1:125000.

ftHaubstadt, Mount Carmel, New Harmony, and Princeton sheets, on scale of 1:62500, have been 

reduced and form Patoka sheet, on scale of 1:125000.

"Amana, Cedar Rapids, Iowa City, and Oxford sheets, on scale of 1: 62500, have been reduced and 

form Fairfax sheet, on scale of 1:125000. dAnamosa'.and.Monticello sheets, on scale of 1:62500, have been reduced and form parts of Farley 

sheet, on scale of 1:125000.
PUBLICATIONS: TOPOGRAPHIC ATLAS SHEETS. 165

Published topographic atlas sheets, arranged by States Continued. 

IOWA Continued.

Name of atlas sheet..

Clinton (Iowa-Ill.) e ................

Elk Point (S. Dak.-Nebr.-Iowa) .....

Omaha and Vicinity (Nebr.-Iowa) . . 

Oxford b.................. '...........

Eock Island (Ill.-Iowa) <*. ...........

Wheatlandd......... ................

Wiltonff. ............................

Winthrop/ ..........................

Position of SE. 

corner of sheet.

Lat.

o / 

42 00 

43 00 

41 45 

41 45 

41 30 

41 30 

41 45 

41 30 

42 30 

42 30 

41 30 

42 00 

41 45 

41 30 

40 00 

42 30 

41 30 

42 00 

. 42 00 

41 45 

42 00 

42 30 

41 00 

41 30 

42 00 

41 30 

42 00 

42 00 

41 30 

41 45 

43 00 

41 30 

41 45 

41 30 

42 00

Long.

o / 

90 45 

96 30 

.91 30 

90 00 

90 00 

90 30 

90 30 

90 45 

96 30 

91 00 

91 30 

91 00 

90 15 

91 30 

91 30 

90 30 

90 15 

90 30 

91 30 

91 15 

91 00 

91 30 

95 45 

91 45 

90 30 

90 30 

90 00 

91 45 

91 00 

91 00 

91 00 

91 15 

90 45 

91 00 

91 30

Area covered.

 fa degree . . . 

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

J degree .... 

^, degree . . . 

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

£ degree .... 

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

fjr degree... 

.....do...... 

A degree .... 

.....do...... 

A degree . . . 

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

| degree .... 

$fc degree . . 

j'g degree . . . 

i degree .... 

.....do......

^ degree . . . 

.....do......

J- degree .... 

TV degree . . . 

£ degree .... 

-fa degree . . . 

......do......

.....do...... 

i degree ....

Contour 

interval.

Feet. 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20

Scale.

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1 : 62500 

1 : 125000 

1 : 62500 

1:62500 

1 : 62500 

1 : 125000 

1 : 1250(10 

1:125000 

1 : 125000 

1 : 62500 

1 : 62500 

1 : 125000 

1 : 125000 

1 : 62500 

1 : 62500 

1:62500 

1 : 62500 

1 : 62500 

1:125000 

1 : 62500 

1 : 62500 

1 : 125000 

1 : 125000 

1 : 62500 

1 : 62500 

1 : 125000 

1 : 62500 

1 : 125000 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1 : 62500 

1 : 125000

Price.

Cents. 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

6 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

6 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

10 

6 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5

KANSAS.

Anthony ...........'.................

Ashland fc. ...........................

38 30 

37 30 

37 00 

40 00 

37 00

97 00 

102 00 

98 00 

99 30 

99 30

i degree .... 

.....do......

.....do...... 

.....do......

.....do......

50 

25 

20 

20 

20

1:125000 

1:125000 

1:1250CO 

1 : 125000 

1 : 125000

5 

5 

5 

5 

6

« Baldwin and Maqnoketa' sheets, on scale of 1:62500, have been reduced and form parts of Peosta 

sheet, on scale of 1:125000.

feAmana, Cedar Rapids, Iowa City, and Oxford sheets, on scale of 1:62500 have been reduced and 

form Fairfax sheet, on scale of 1:125000.

cClinton, Goose Lake, and Leclaire sheets, on scale of 1: 62500, have been reduced and form parts 

of Cordova sheet, on scale of 1:125000.

^Davenport, Devvitt, Durant, and Wheatland sheets, on scale of 1:62500, have been reduced and 

form Rock Island sheet, on scale of 1:125000.

e Auamosa and Monticello sheets, on scale of 1:62500, have been reduced and form parts of Farley 

sheet, on scale of 1:125000.

/Shellsburg and Marion sheets, on scale of 1:62500, have been reduced and form parts of Winthrop 

sheet, on scale of 1: ]25000.

g Mechanicsville, Tipton, West Liberty, and Wilton sheets, on scale of 1:625000, have been reduced 

and form S tan wood sheet, on scale of 1:125000.

ftSitka, on scale of 1:62500, has been reduced and forms part of Ashland sheet, on scale of 1:126000.
166'

THE UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 227.

Published topographic- atlas sheets, arranged by States Continued.

KANSAS Continued.

Niiine of atlas sheet.

Atchison (Kans.-Mo.) ...............

Ellis.......... .......................

Eskridffe

Hill .................................

lola..................................

Ness

Norton ..............................

Position of SE. 

. corner of sheet.

Lat

o / 

39 30 

39 00 

37 00 

38 30 

38 00 

37 00 

37 30 

38 30 

39 00 

37 00 

39 30 

38 00 

37 30 

37- 30 

38 30 

38 30 

38 00 

38 30 

37 30 

37 30 

37 30 

37 30 

38 00 

38 00 

38 00 

38 30 

40 00 

' 39 30

39 00 

40 00 

38 00 

37 00 

37 30 

37 00 

39 00 

39 00 

37 30 

37 30 

37 30 

38 00 

38 30 

38 00 

39 30 

39 30 

37 00 

37 00 

39 00 

38 00 

'38 00 

38 00 

39 30

Long.

O '

95 00 

98 00 

96 30 

95 30 

95 30 

97 30 

97 30 

102 00 

97 00 

99 00 

97 30 

96 30 

00 00 

96 30 

99 30 

98 00 

96 00 

96 00 

96 00 

94 30 

95 30 

100 30 

95 00 

102 00 

98 30 

99 00 

97 30 

95 30

99 30 

' 99 00 

97 30 

95 30 

95 00 

94 30 

96 30. 

94 30 

98 00 

99 00 

101 00 

- 99 00 

95 00 

98 00 

98 00 

96 30 

100 00 

98 -30 

97 30 

94 30 

99 30 

97 00 

99 30

Area covered.

i degree . . ; . 

.....do......

.....do......

.....do!...-..

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do.......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do...... 

.....do......

Contour 

interval.

Feet. 

50 

20 

50 

50 

50 

20 

20 

25 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

50 

2C 

20 

50 

SOSO 

50 

50 

20 

50 

' 25 

20 

20 

20 

50 

20 

20 

20 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

20 

20 

20 

20. 

50 

20 

20 

50 

20 

20 

20 

50 

20 

50 

20

Scale.

1 : 125000 

1:125000 

1 : 125000 

1 : 125000 

1 : 125000 

1 : 125000 

' 1:125000 

1 : 125000 

1:125000 

1:125000 

1 : 125000 

1 : 125000 

1:125000 

1 : 125000 

1:125000 

1 : 125000 

1 : 125000 

1 : 125000 

1 : 125000 

1:125000 

1:125000 

1:125000 

1:125000 

1:125000 

1:125000 

1:125000 

1 : 125000 

1 : 125000 

1; 125000 

1:125000 

1 : 125000 

1:125000 

1:125000 

1 : 125000 

1:125000 

1 : 125000 

1 : 125000 

1:125000 

1:125000 

1:125000 

1:125000 

1 : 125000 

1 : 125000 

1 : 125000 

1:125000 

1:125000 

1 : 125000 

1:125000 

1 : 125000 

1 : 125000 

1:125000

Price.

Cents. 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5
PUBLICATIONS: TOPOGBAPHIC ATLAS SHEETS. . 167

Published topographic atlas sheets, arranged by States Continued. 

KANSAS Continued. .

Name of atlas sheet.

Olathe (Kans.-Mo.) .................

Plainville ...........................

Russell .'........ ~ ...................

Salina. .'...... .....................

Sedan ...............................

Sitkaa..................... '..........

Smith Center. .......................

Wellington ..........................

Wichita. ............................

Position of SE. 

corner of sheet.

Lat.

o / 

38 30 

39 00 

39. 00 

 38 30 

37 00 

39 30 

39 00 

37 30 

40 00 

38 30 

38 30 

37 00 

39 30 

37 00 

39 30 

37 30 

40 00 

37 30 

39 00 

37 00 

39 00 

39 30 

37 OQ 

37 30

Long.

0 /

94 30 

98 30 

95 00 

96 30 

95 00 

99 00 

99 00 

98 30 

98 30 

98 30 

97 30 

96 00 

96 00 

99 30 

98 30 

99 30 

98 00 

101 30 

95 30 

102 00 

96 00 

97 00 

97 00 

97 00

Area covered.

i degree .... 

.....do......

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

^,5 degree... 

£ degree .... 

.....do......

.....do......

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do......

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do......

Contour 

interval.

Feet. 

50 

20 

50 

50 

50 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

50 

50 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

50 

25 

50 

20 

50 

50

Scale.

1:125000 

1 : 125000 

1:125000 

1:125000 

1:125000 

1:125000 

1 : 125000 

1:125000 

1: 125000' 

1:125000 

1 : 125000 

1:125000 

1:125000 

1:62500 

1:125000 

1 : 125000 

1:125000 

1:125000 

1:125000 

1:125000 

. 1:125000 

1:125000 

1:125000 

1:125000

Price.

Cents. 

5 

5 

, 5 

5 

5 

6 

. 5 

5 

5 

5 

6 

5 '5 

5 

5 

5 

6 

5 

6 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5

KENTUCKY.

Beatty ville ..........................

Cincinnati(0hio-Ky.)doublesheet&. 

Cumberland Gap (Ky.-Va.-Tenn.) .. 

East Cincinnati (Ohio-Ky .) '>........

Estillville ( Va.-Ky .-Tenn. ) .........

Ironton (Ohio-Ky.) . .................

Jonesville (Ky.-Va.-Tenn. ).........

Kenova (Ky.-W. Va.-Ohio) ..........

Owensboro (Ind.-Ky.) ..............

Prestonsburg ........................

Tell City (Ky.-Ind. )....... ..........

Warfield ( W. Va.-Ky .-Va.) ..........

Whitesburg (Ky.-Va )...............

Williamsburg (Ky.-Tenn.) ..........

37 30

39 00 

36 30 

39 00

36 30

37 00

37 00

38 00

38 30

36. 30

38 00

37 00

37 00

37 30

37 45

37 30

Q7 3ft

37 30

37 45

37 30,

39 00

37 00

36 30

83. 30

84 15 

83 30 

84 15

82 30

82 00

83 00

82 00

82 30

' 83 00

82 30

84 00

83 30

 81 30

87 00

82 30

84 00

83 00

86 45

82 00

84 30

82 30

84 00

i degree ....

i degree .... 

i degree .... 

^5 degree . . .

A degree ....

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

i degree ....

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

^ degree . . .

f degree ....

.....do......

.....do......

 JL- flf^ffrpft

i degree ....

.....do......

100

20 

100 

20

100

100

100

100

20

100

100

100

100

100

20

100

100

100

20

100

. 20

100

100

1:125000

1:62500 

1 : 125000 

1 : 62500

1:126000

1:125000

1:125000

1:125000

1 : 62500

1:125000

1 :125000

1:125000

1:125000

1:125000

1:62500

. 1:125000

1:125000

1:125000

1:62500

1:125000

1:62500

1:125000

1:125000

5

10 

5 

5

5

5

5

6

5

6

5

5

6

5

5

5

. 5

5

5

5

5

5

5

aSitka, on scale of 1:62500, has been reduced and forms part of Ashland sheet, on scale of 1:125000. 

b Cincinnati (double sheet) includes East Cincinnati and West Cincinnati sheets.
168 THE UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. .[BULL. 227.

Published topographic atlas sheets, arranged by States Continued.

LOUISIANA.

Name of atlas sheet.

Bodreau .............................

Cat Island (La. -Miss. )..............

CutOff ..............................

Shell Beach............ .............

West Delta ..........................

Position of SE.- 

corner of sheet.

Lat.

0 /

29 30 

29 15 

29 45 

30 00 

30 00 

29 45 

30 00 

29 00 

29 15 

. 29 30 

29 30 

30 00 

29 15 

29 00 

29 15 

29 15 

29 30 

29 45 

29 30 

29 30 

29 45 

29 15 

30 00 

29 45 

29 30 

29 15 

30 00 

29 45 

29 45 

30 00 

29 45 

29 00 

30 00 

29 00

Long.

o / 

90 00 

90 45 

89 15 

90 15 

89 00 

89 00 

89 45 

90 00 

90 00 

90 15 

89 30 

90 45 

90 30 

89 00 

89 45 

89 15 

90 45 

90 15 

90 30 

89 15 

90 30 

90 15 

90 30 

90 00 

89 45 

89 30 

89 30 

89 45 

89 30 

90 00 

90 45 

90 15 

89 15 

89 15

Area covered

A degree . . . 

.....do......

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do......

.....do......

.....do...... 

.....do......

.....do......

.....do...... 

.....do......

.....do......

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

Contour 

interval.

Feet. 

5 

 None. 

None. 

, 5 

None. 

None. 

None. 

None. 

None. 

5 

5 

5 

5 

None. 

None. 

None. 

5 

5 

5 

None. 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

.5 

None. 

5 

None. 

None. 

5 

None. 

None. 

None.

Scale.

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1: 62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

 1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500

Price.

Cents. 

6 

5 

6 

6 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

6 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5

MAINE.

Bath.................................

Berwick -(Me.-N. H.) ................

Bluehill....... ......................

Freetort. ............................

44 15'

43 45

45 45

44 15

43 15

43 15

44 15

43 45

44 30

43 30

43 30

44 15

43 00

43 45

69 45

69 45

68 45

68 00

70 45

70 35

68 30

69 30

68 45

70 30

70 00

68 45

70 45

70 00

& degree . . .

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

-20

20

20

20

20

20

1:62500

1:62500

1 : 62500

1:62500

1 : 62500

1:62500

1 : 62500

1:62500

1:62500

1:62500

1:62500

1:62500

1:62500

1:62500
PUBLICATIONS: TOPOGBAPHIC ATLAS SHEETS. 169

Published topographic atlas sheets, arranged by States Continued. 

MAINE Continued.

Name of atlas sheet.

Mount Washington and Vicinity 

(N.H.-Me.)a.

Newfield(Me.-N.H.)... ..............

Norridfircwock

Vftss&lfooro

York(Me.-N.H.)....................

Position of SE. 

corner of sheet.

Lat.

0 /

44 00 

44 15 

43 45 

43 15 

44 15 

44 00

43 30 

44 30 

44. 00 

44 00 

44 30 

44 45' 

44 15 

43 30 

43 45 

43 30 

44 00 

44 15 

44 00 

44 30 

44 00 

43 00

Long.

o /

69 45 

71 00 

70 15 

70 30 

68 15 

71 00

70 45 

69 45 

71 00 

70 30 

68 30 

68 30 

67 45 

70 15 

70 30 

69 45 

68 15 

69 30 

68 45 

69 30 

69 30 

70 30

Area covered.

^ degree . . . 

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do......

J degree ....

& degree . . . 

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do...... 

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do...... 

.....do......

Contour 

interval.

Feet. 

20 

20- 

20 

20 

20 

20

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

. 20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20

Scale.

1 : 62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500

1:62500 

1 : 62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1 : 62500 

1 : 62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1 : 62500 

1 : 62500 

1 : 62500 

1 : 62500

Price.

Cents. 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

20

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

' 5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5

MARYLAND.

Belair (Md.-Pa.) ....................

Cecilton (Md.-Del.) /. ...............

Crisfleld (Md.-Va.) . .................

Dover (Del.-Md.-N. J.)/. ............

Elkton (Md.-Pa. Del.) ..............

Ellicott..............................

Flintstone (W. Va.-Md.-Pa. 1 ........

39 30 

38 45 

39 15 

39 30 

39 15 

38 00 

38 30 

39 15 

38 30 

39 00 

37 45" 

38 00 

39 00 

38 15 

39 30 

39 15 

.39 30

79 15 

76 15 

76 30 

76 15 

76 00 

7G 00 

76 45 

75 45 

76 00 

76 00 

75 45 

75 45 

75 30 

76 15 

75 45 

76 45 

78 30

x'li degree . . . 

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

1 degree .... 

f\ degree . . . 

.....do......

.....do......

i degree .... 

^degree ... 

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

20 

20 

20 

20 

20

20 

20 

20 

20

10 

20 

20 

. 20 

20 

. 20

1:62500 

1 : 62500 

1 : 62500 

l": 62500 

1 : 62500 

1 : 62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:125000 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:125000 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1 : 62500

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

6 

5 

5 

6 

5 

5 

5 

5 

6 

5 

6 

6

a Mount Washington and Vicinity sheet includes Gorham and North Con way sheets, together with 

the Crawford Notch and Mount Washington sheets, New Hampshire.

. b Annapolis, St. Michaels, and Sharps Island sheets show part of Chopstank quadrangle on larger 

scale.

cBetterton, Chestertown, Gunpowder, and North Point sheets, on scale of 1:62500, have been 

reduced and form Tolchester sheet, on scale of 1:125000.

dBloodsworth Island, Drum Point, and Point Lookout sheets, on scale of 1:62500, have been 

reduced and form parts of St. Mary sheet, on scale of 1:125000.

e Brandy wine, East Washington, Owensville, and Prince Frederick sheetsb on scale of 1:62500, have 

been reduced and form Patuxent sheet, on scale of 1:125000.

/Cecilton sheet, on scale of 1:62500, has been reduced and forms part of Dover sheet, on scale of 

1:125000.
170 THE UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 227.

Published topograpJiic atlas sheets, arranged by Stales Co.itinued. 

MARYLAND Continued.

Name of atlas sheet.

Frederick (Md.-Va.) ................

FrcdcrickstouTfir CVii ~~ Mcl )

Harpers Perry (Va.-W. Va.-Md.) ...

Mount Vernon (Va.-Md.-D. C.) «...

Nomini (Md.-Va.) ft .................

North Point a.. :.....................

Oakland (Md.-W. Va. ) c .............

Parkton (Md.-Pa.) ..................

Patuxent(Md.-D.C.)d.. ............

Pawpaw (Md.-W. Va.-Pa. ) .........

Piedmont (W. Va.-Md.) c ...........

Piney Point (Md.-Va. ) 6 ............

Pittsville (Md.-Del.) ................

Romney ( W . Va.-Va.-Md .).........

Salisbury (Md.-Del.)................

St. Mary (Md.-Va.)e ................

St. Michaels/. .......................

Snow Hill (Md.-Va.) . ...............

Tolchester « ..........................

Washington (D. C.-Md.-Va.) (double 

sheet) . d

Position of SE. 

corner of sheet.

Lat.

o / 

39 00 

38 00 

39 30 

39 30 

38 00 

39 15 

39 30 

39 00 

39 30 

39 00 

38 15 

38 00 

38 30 

38 15 

38 00 

39 00 

39 15 

38 15 

38 45 

39 30 

38 30 

39 30 

39 00 

38 00 

38 15 

38 -00 

38 30 

38 00 

39 00 

39 00 

38 15 

38 00 

38 45 

38 30 

38 00 

39 00 

38 45

38 15

Long.

o / 

77 00 

77 00 

78 45 

79 00 

75 00 

76 15 

78 00 

77 30 

76 00 

76 45 

76 30 

7G 45 

77 00 

75 45 

76 30 

76 15 

79 15 

75 00 

76 30 

76 30 

76 30 

78 15 

79 00 

76 30 

75 15 

70 15 

76 30 

75 30 

76 30 

78 30 

75 30 

76 00 

76 00 

70 15 

75 15 

76 00 

76 45

76 45

Area covered.

± degree .... 

....do......

T>B degree... 

....do......

...:do......

....do......

....do......

i degree .... 

-i'0 degree . . . 

....do......

....do......

....do......

J degree .... 

T's degree... 

£ degree .... 

 h degree . : . 

.....do...... 

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

i degree .... 

^degree... 

i degree .... 

^degree... 

.....do......

.....do......

.....do'...... 

.....do......

.....do...... 

} degree ....

TV degree... 

~ degree .... 

TV degree . . . 

...].do...... 

.....do...... 

i degree .... 

i degree ....

T^J degree . . .

Contour 

interval.

Feet. 

50 

50 

20 

20 

10 

20 

20 

. .. 100 

20 

20 

20 

20 

50 

10 

20 

20 

20 

10 

20 

20 

20 

20 

100 

20 

10 

20 

20 

10 

20 

100 

10 

20 

20 

None. 

10 

20 

20

20

Scale.

1:125000 

1:125000 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1 : 62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:125000 

1 : 62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1 : 125000 

1:62500 

1:125000 

1:62500 

1 : 62500 

1:62500 

1 : 62500 

1:62500 

1 : 125000 

1:62500 

1:125000 

1 : 62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1 : 62500 

1:62500 

1:125000 

1:62500 

1 : 125000 

1 : 62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1 : 125000 

1:62500

1 : 62500

Price.

Cents. 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

10

5

MASSACHUSETTS.

Barre ................................

42 00 

41 32 

42 15

70 45 

70 15 

72 00

& degree . . . 

.....do......

.....do......

20 

20 

20

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500

5 

5 

5

aJBetterton, Chestertown, Gunpowder, and North Point sheets, on scale of 1:62500, have been 

reduced and form Tolchester sheet, on scale of 1:125000.

6 Leonard town, Montross, Piney Point, and Wicomico sheets, on scale of 1:62500, have been reduced 

and form Nomini sheet, on scale of 1:125000.

c The west half of Washington sheet shows part of Mount Vernon quadrangle on larger scale; Oakland sheet shows part of Piedmont quadrangle on larger scale. '

dBrandywine, East Washington, Owensville, and Prince Frederick sheets, on scale of 1:62500, have 

been reduced and form Patuxent sheet, on scale of 1:125000.

e Bloodsworth Island, Drum Point, and Point Lookout sheets, on scale of 1: C2500, have been reduced 

and form parts of St. Mary sheet, on scale of 1:125000.

/Annapolis, St. Michaels, and Sharps Island sheets show parts of Choptank quadrangle on larger 

scale.
PUBLICATIONS: TOPOGRAPHIC ATLAS SHEETS. 171

Published topographic atlas sheets, arranged by Slate* Continued. 

MASSACHUSETTS Continued.

Name of atlas sheet.

Becket <i .............................

Berlin (N. Y.-Mass.-Vt.) *>. : .........

Boston. . .............................

Boston and Vicinity (double sheet).

Dedham ........^.. ..................

Fall River (Mass.-R. I.) .............

Fitchburg (Mass.-N. H.) ............

Greenfleld (Mass Vt )

Housatonic (Mass.-Conn.-N. Y. )" . . .

Lowell (Mass.-N. H.) ................

Pittsfield (Mass.-N. Y.) a ............

Sheffield (Mass.-Conn.-N. Y.) a. . . . ... 

Springfield ( Mass.-Conn .) c ..........

Position of SE. 

corner of sheet.

Lat.

o / 

42' 15 

42 15 

42 30 

42 00 

42 15 

42 15 

42 15 

42 00 

41 30 

42 15 

42 00 

42 00 

41 30 

41 30 

42 30 

42 15 

42 00 

41 15 

 42 30 

42 00 

42 30 

42 30 

42 30 

42 45 

42 30 

42 00 

42 00 

42 30 

42 30 

42. 15 

41 15 

41 45 

41 15 

41 13 

41 30 

41 30 

42 45 

42 15 

42 00 

42 15 

41 45 

41 45 

42 00 

41 15 

42 30 

'. 42 00 

42 00 

42 00

Long.

o /

73 00 

72 15 

. 73 15 

71 30 

71 00 

70 45 

70 45 

72 00 

69 45 

72 45 

71 00 

70 30 

71 00 

70 30 

71 45 

71 15 

71 15 

70 42 

70 30 

72 45 

72 30 

73 00 

71 30 

71 00 

.72 45 

72 30 

73 00 

71 00 

71 15 

71 30 

70 27 

70 45 

70 12 

C9 57 

71 15 

70 45 

70 45 

72 30 

72 15 

73 15 

70 30 

71 15 

70 00 

71 00 

70 45 

73 00 

73 15 

72 30

Areacovered

 fa degree .. 

.....do......

.....do......

:....do......

.....do...... 

£ degree ....

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

......do......

.....do......

.....do...... 

.....do......

.....do......

.....do...... 

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

....do......

J- degree .... 

.....do......

-& degree... 

....do.:....

....do...... 

....do......

....do......

....do......

....do...... 

....do......

..J.do......

....do......

....do......

....do...... 

....do...... 

....do...... 

....do......

..:.do......

....do......

....do......

....do...... 

....do.......

....do......

Contour 

interval.

Feet. 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

40 

40 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

' 20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

.20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

. 20 

20 

20

Scale.

1 : 62500 

1:62500 

- 1:62500 

1 : 62500 

1:62500 

1 : 62500 

1 : G2500 

1:62500 

1 : 62500 

1 : 62500

1:62500

1 : 62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

- 1:62500 

1 : 62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1 : 125000 

1:125000 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1 : 62500 

1:62500- 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1 : 62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500

Price.

Cents. 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

10 

5 

 5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

6 

5 

5 

5

a Becket, Pittsfield, Sandisfield, and Sheffield sheets, on scale of 1:62500, have been reduced and form 

Housatonic sheet, on scale of 1:125000.

b Berlin and Greylock sheets, on scale of 1:6250.0, have been reduced and form parts of Taconic 

sheet, on scale of 1:125000.

c Chesterfield, Granyille, Northampton, and Springfield sheets, on scale of 1:62500, have been reduced 

and form Holyoke sheet, on scale of 1:125000.
172 THE UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL STTEVEY. [BULL. 227.

Published topographic atlas sheets, arranged by States Continued. 

MASSACHUSETTS Continued.

Name of atlas sheet.

Taconic (N. Y.-Mass.-Vt. ) a. .........

Warwick (Mass.-N. H.-Vt.) .........

Wellfleet ............................

(See also general maps, p. 195.)

Position of SE. 

corner of sheet.

Lat.

0 /

42 30 

41 45 

42 30 

42 00 

41 45 

42 30 

42' 15 

41 30

Long.

0 /

"73 00 

71 00 

72 15 

71 45 

69 55 

72 00 

71 45 

70 00

Areacovered.

J degree .... 

TV degree . . . 

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do...... 

.....do......

.....do......

Contour 

interval.

. Feet. 

40 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20

Scale.

1:125000 

1:02500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

. 1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1 : 62500

Price.

Cents. 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5

MICHIGAN.

Crystal Falls. ........................

Toledo (O.-Mich.)...................

Witbeck .............................

(See also special maps, p. 196.)

46 00 

46 00 

41 30 

46 15 

48 00 

46 15 

46 00 

41 30 

46 15

88 15 

88 30 

83 15 

88 15 

88 15 

88 30 

88 00 

83 30 

88 00

^ degree . . . 

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do......

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20

1 : 62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1 : 62500

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5

MINNESOTA.

Fargo (N. Dak.-Minn. j ..............

St. Croix-Dalles (Wis.-Minn. )....... 

St. Paul .............................

White Bear..........................

45 00

46 45

46 30

44 45

45 15 

44 45

45 00

93 15

. 92 00

96 30

93 15

92 30 

93 00

93 00

.....do......

.1 f\ pnrrpp

.....do...... 

.....do......

.....do......

20

20

20

20

20 

20

20

1:62500

1:62500

1:125000

1:62500

1:62500 

1:62500

1:62500

5

5

5

5

5 

5

5

MISSISSIPPI.

Cat Island (La.-Miss. )............... 30 00

30 00

30 00

89 00

89 30

89 .15

J. f\ pfrrpP

.....do......

.....do......

None.

None.

None.

1 : 62500

1:62500

1:62500

f

f

F

MISSOURI.

Clinton ..............................

39 30

37 30

38 30

38 00

37 00

38 00

95 00

93 00

92 30

94 00

94 00

93 30

^ degree ....

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

50

50

50

50

50

60

1:125000

1:125000

1 : 125000

1:125000

1 : 125000

1 : 125000

a Berlin and Greylock sheets, on scale of 1:62500, have been reduced and form parts of Taconic sheet, 

on scale of 1:125000.
PUBLICATIONS: TOPOGRAPHIC ATLAS SHEETS.

Published topographic atlas sheets, arranged by States Continued. 

MISSOURI Continued.

173

Name of atlas sheet.

Kansas City (Kans.-Mo. )............

Mound City ( Kans.-Mo. )............

0' Fallen (Mo.-Ill.). ....... ..........

Olathe (Kans.-Mo.) .................

St. Louis (Mo.-Ill.) (double sheet) ..

Yellville (Ark.-Mo.) ...............

(See also special maps, p. 196. )

Position of SK. 

corner of sheet.

Lat.

0 /

38 00 

40 00 

36 00 

36 00 

37 30 

38 30 

39 00 

37 00 

38 30 

38 30 

39 00 

38 30 

37 00 

40 00 

39 00 

39 00 

39 00 

.39 00 

39 00 

39 00 

38 00 

36 00 

37 30 

38 30 

38 30 

39 00 

39 30 

38 30 

38 30 

37 00 

37 30 

38 00 

38 00 

38 00 

38 30 

38 00 

36 00

Long.

o /

93 30 

92' 00 

93 30 

94 00 

94 30 

91 30 

92 30 

93 30 

94 00 

91 00 

94 00 

92 00 

94 30 

91 30 

94 30 

93 30 

91 00 

93 00 

91 30 

92 00 

94 30 

92 00 

94 00 

90 30 

94 30 

95 00 

91 30 

90 00 

93 00 

93 00 

93 30 

91 00 

92- 00 

92 30 

93 30 

93 00 

92 30

Areacovered

A degree 

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do......

.....do......

.....do...... 

.....do......

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do......

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

...'..do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do......

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

....do...... 

....do...... 

....do...... 

....do...... 

....do...... 

£ degree .... 

J degree .... 

....do...... 

....do...... 

....do...... 

....do...... 

....do...... 

....do......

....do...... 

....do......

Contour 

interval.

Feet. 

50 

20 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

20 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

20 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50 

50

Scale.

1 : 125000 

1:125000 

1 : 125000 

1 : 125000 

1 : 125000 

1:125000 

1:125000 

1 : 125000 

1:125000' 

1:125000 

1:125000 

1 : 125000 

1:125000 

1:125000 

1:125000 

1:125000 

1:125000 

1:125000 

1:125000 

1 : 125000 

1:125000 

1:125000 

1 : 125000 

1:125000 

1:125000 

1:125000 

1:125000 

1:62500 

1:125000 

1:125000 

1:125000 

1:125000 

1:125000 

1:125000 

1:125000 

1:125000 

1 : 125000

Price.

Cents. 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

6 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5. 

5 

6 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

10 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5

MONTANA.

Aladdin (Wyo.-S. Dak.-Mont.) . .....

Dillon. ...... ........................

Fort Benton .........................

44 30 

46 00 

45 30 

46 00 

46 30 

48 30 

47 00 

45 00 

47 00

104 00 

109 00 

109 30 

112 00 

113 30 

113 00 

112 30 

112 00 

110 00

J degree .... 

1 degree .... 

i degree .... 

.....do......

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

1 degree .... 

.....do.......

50 

200 

50 

100 

100 

100 

100 

200 

200

1:125000 

1:250000 

1:125000 

1:125000 

1:125000 

1:125000 

1:125000 

1:250000 

1:250000

6 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

6
174 THE UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SUEVEY. [BULL.227.

Published topographic atlas sheets, arranged by States Continued. 

MONTANA Continued.

Name of atlas sheet.

Livingston (Mont.-YelJowstone Nat. 

Park).

Threef orks (Mont.-Y ellow stone 

Nat. Park).

(See also combined and special 

maps, pp. 195-196.)

Position of SE. 

comer of sheet.

Lat.

o / 

45 30 

46 00 

47 00 

46 00 

46 00 

45 30 

46 00 

45 00

45 00 

45 00 

47 30 

45 30 

45 00

Long.

0 /

107 30 

111 00 

111 00 

114 00 

112 00 

108 00 

110 00 

110 00

107 00 

107 30 

112 30 

109 00 

111 00

Area covered.

| degree .... 

1 degree .... 

.....do...... 

i degree .... 

1 degree .... 

J degree .... 

1 degree .... 

.....do.......

i degree .... 

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

1 degree ....

Contour 

interval.

Feet. 

50 

200 

200 

100 

200 

50 

- 200 

200

50 

50, 100 

. 100 

50 

200

Scale.

1:125000 

1:250000 

1:250000 

1 : 125000 

1 : 250000 

1 : 125000 

1:250000 

1:260000

1 : 125000 

1 : 125000 

1 : 125000 

1 : 125000 

1:250000

Price.

Cents. 

6 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5

5 

^5 N 5 

5 

5

NEBKASKA.

Arapahoe ( Nebr.-Kans. )............

David City ..........................

Elk Point (S. Dak.-Nebr.-Iowa) ....

Grand Island a ......................

Grand Island « ......................

Kearney 6 ...........................

Minden c ;;. ;.................;....

North Platte ........................

Oelrichs (S..Dak.-Nebr.) ............

Omaha and Vicinity (Nebr.-Iowa) . .

40 00

41 '30

41 30

41 00

41 Of)

42 30

41 00

41 30

40 30

40 30

40 45

40 00

40 00

40 30

40 30

40 30

40 30

40 30

41 00

' 40 30

41 00

43 00

41 00

41 00

99 30

102 30

103 00

102 00

07 nn

96 30

96 00

104 00

100 00

98 00

98 15

97 30

99 00

99 00

99 00

98 30

99 30

96 30

98 30

98 45

100 30

103 00

101 30

95 45

A degree ....

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

A degree...

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

^ degree....

i degree ....

.....do......

.....do......

t& degree..

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

50

20

20

1 : 125000

1 : 125000

1 : 125000

i iQFiflnn

1 : 125000

1 : 125000

1 : 125000

1 : 125000

1 ' 125000

1 : 125000

1 : 62500

1 : 125000

1.: 125000

1 : 125000

1:62500

1 : 62500

1 : 125000

1 : 125000

1 : 125000

1 : 62500

1 : 125000

1 : 125000

1 : 125000

1 : 62500

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

6

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

10

o Grand Island sheet, on scale of J : 62500, has been reduced and forms part of Grand Island sheet, 

on scale of 1:125000.

& Kearney sheet, on scale of 1:62500, has been reduced and forms part of Kearney sheet, on scale of 

1:125000.

o Kenesaw, Minden, and Wood River sheets, on scale of 1: 62500, have been reduced and form parts 

of Wood River sheet, on scale of 1:125000.
PUBLICATIONS: TOPOGRAPHIC ATLAS SHEETS. 175

Published topographic atlas, sheets, arranged by States Continued. 

NEBRASKA Continued. 

Name of atlas sheet.

Patrick (Wyo.-Nebr.) ...............

Red Cloud (Nebr. Kans.) ...........

St. Paul .............................

Wall oo

\Veenin£r \Vater

York ................................

Position of SE.- 

corner of sheet.

Lat.

o /

42 00 

41 00 

40 00 

41 00 

41 30 

41 00 

41 00 

41 00 

41 00 

40 30 

42 00 

40 30 

40 45 

40 30

Long.

0 /

104 00 

101 00 

98 30 

98 00 

103 30 

102 30 

97 30 

98 00 

96 30 

96 00 

103 30 

98 30 

98 30 

97 30

Areacovered.

i degree .... 

.....do.:....

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do...... 

.....do......

^degree... 

i degree ....

Contour 

interval.

Feet. 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20

Scale.

1 125000 

1 125000 

1 125000 

1 125000 

1 125000 

1 125000 

1 125000 

1 125000 

1 125000 

1 125000 

1 125000 

1 125000 

1 02500 

 1 125000

Price.

Cents. 

5 

5 

6 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5

NEVADA.

Camp Mohave (Ariz.-Nev.-Cal.)....

Pioche (Nev.-Utah) .................

St. Thomas (Nev.-Ariz.) ............

Silver Peak (Nev.-Cal.) .............

(See also special maps, p. 196.)

35 00

41 00

40 00

38 30

41 00

38 30

41 00

07 nn

39 30

36 00

37 30

39 00

39 30

38 30

114 00 

119 30

118 00

119 00

119 30

119 00

119 30

117 00

114 00

119 30

114 00

117 30

119 00

119 00

119 00

1 degree....

1 degree ....

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

250 

100

200

200

100

200

100

200

250

100

250

100

100

100

100

1 : 250000 

1 : 125000

1 : 250000

1 : 250000

1 : 125000

1 : 250000

1 : 125000

1 : 250000

1 : 250000

1 : 125000

1 : 250000

1 : 125000

1 : 125000

1 : 125000

1 : 125000

5 

5

5

5

20

6

5

5

5

6

5

5

5

5

5

NEW HAMPSHIRE.

Berwick (Me.-N. H.) ................

Brattleboro (Vt.-N.H.) .............

Dover (N. H.-Me.) ..................

Gorham (N. H.-Me.) c ...............

Haverhill (Mass.-N.H.) ............

Keene (N.H.-Vt.) ..................

Lowell (Mass.-N.H.) ................

Monadnock .........................

43 15

42 45

44 00

43 00

42 30

44 15

49 Q(\

42 45

42 45

42 30

 42 30

42 45

70 45-

72 30

71 15

70 45

71 45

71 00

71 30

71 00

72 15

71 00

71 15

72 00

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

1 : 62500

1 : 62500

1 : 62500

1 : 62500

1 : 62500

1:62500

1 : 62500

1 : 62500

1 : 62500

1 : 62500

1 : 62500

1:62500

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

6

5

5

5

a Kenesaw, Minden, and Wood River sheets, on scale of 1 : 62500, have been reduced and form parts 

of Wood River on scale of 1:125000.

i> Lake Tahoe and Vicinity includes Carson, Markleeville, Pyramid Peak, and Truckee sheets.

o Mount Washington and Vicinity includes Crawford Notch, Gorham, Mount Washington, and 

North Conway sheets.
176 THE TTNTTED STATES GEOLOGICAL SUEVEY. [BULL. 227.

Published topographic atlas sheets, arranged by States Continued. 

NEW HAMPSHIRE Continued.

Name of atlas sheet

Mount Washington and Vicinity 

(N.H.-Me.)« 

Newburvport (Mass.-N. H.) .........

Newfield (Me.-N.H.).. ............

North Conway (N. H.-Me. )«..... ...

Peterboro.. ___ .............. ..

Warwick (Mass.-N. H.-Vt.K.... ..

Whitefield (N. H.-Vt. )...............

Winchendon (Mass.-N. H.)..........

York (Me.-N.H.)... .................

Position of SE. 

corner of sheet.

Lat.

o / 

44 15 

44 00

42 45 

43 30 

44 (10 

42 45

42 30 

44 15 

42 30 

43 00

Long.

0 /

71. 15 

71 00

70 45 

. 70 45 

71 00 

71 45 

72 15 

71 30 

72 00 

70 30

Area covered.

TV degree . . . 

i degree....

^ degree . . . 

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do......

Contour 

interval.

Feet. 

20 

20

20 

20 

20 

20 

20. 

20 

20 

20

Scale.

1 : 62600 

1 : 62500

1 : 62500 

1 : 62500 

1 : 62500 

1 : 62500 

1 : 62500 

1 : 62500 

1 : 62500 

1 : 62500

Price.

Cents. 

6 

20

£

I

f

£

6 

5 

5

6

NEW JERSEY.

Asbury Park 6 .......................

Atlantic City ........................

Bordentown (N. J.-Pa. ).............

Camden (N. J.-Pa.-Del. ) d. ..........

Cape May..... .......................

Chester (Pa.-Del.-N.J.) <* e ..........

Delaware Water Gap (Pa.-N. J. ).....

Dover (Del.-Md.-N. J.) ..............

Doylestown (Pa.-N. J. )..............

Easton (Pa.-N. J.)............. ......

Franklin ............................

Harlem (N.Y. N. J.) ft...............

High Bridge/.............. .........

Lambertville (Pa.-N. J. ).............

Little Eefff Harbor ...................

40 00

39 15

39 45

39 15

40 00

39 15

40 00

39 30

38 45

40 00

39 45

40 45 

39 00

39 00

40 15

40 30

41 00

40 00

39 30

39 15

41 00

40 45

39 30

40 45

40 30

40 45

40 15

39 30

74 00

74 15

74 00

75 15

74 30

75 00

74 45

75 00

74 45

74 15

75 15

75 00 

74 45

75 30

75 00

75 00

74 30

75 00

75 00

74 30

74 15

74 45

74 45

73 45

74 45

74 30

74 45

74 15

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

1 dPPTPP

T'B degree . . .

.....do......

.....do...... 

.....do......

i_ decree -

JL dperpp

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

10

10

10

10

10

10

20

20

10

10

20

20 

10

20

20

20

20

20

10

10

20

20

10

20

20

20

20

10

1 fi9Rrtfi

1 fi9^flft

1 fi9*ifin

1 £9*^011

i fio^n

1

. cot^flft

i * i9P\nftfl

i . £9Kftn

1 : 62500

1

. C9t^nn

1 : 62500 

i A9Pinn

1 1 9 VlfiA

1

. coKnn

1 : 62500

1

. fi9Kflfi

1 : 62500

1 : 62500

1 : 62500

1 : 62500

1 : 62500

1 : 62500

1 : 62500

1 : 62500

1 : 62500

1 : 62500

1 : 62500

5

5

6

6

5

6

6

5

B 

G.

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

6

5

5

5

5

5

a Mount Washington and Vicinity includes Crawford Notch, Gorham, Mount Washington, and 

North Conway sheets.

ftAsbury Park, Cassville, New Brunswick, and Sandy Hook sheets, on scale of 1:62500, have been 

reduced and form Navesink sheet, on scale of 1:125000.

o Bayside, Bridgeton, and Maurice Cove sheets, on scale of 1:62500, have been reduced and form 

parts of Vineland sheet, on scale of 1:125000.

d Chester, Glassboro, Philadelphia, and Salern sheets, on scale of 1:62500, have been reduced and form 

Camden sheet, on scale of 1:125000.

e Philadelphia and Vicinity includes Chester, Germantown, Norristown, and Philadelphia sheets.

/Hackettstown, High Bridge, Lake Hopatcong, and Soinerville sheets, on scale of 1:62500, have been 

reduced and form Raritan sheet, on scale of 1:125000.

a Hammonton, MountHolly, Mullica, and PeinbertOn sheets, on scale of 1:62500, have been reduced 

and form Rancocas sheet, on scale of 1:125000. ft New York City and Vicinity includes Brooklyn, Harlem, Paterson, Staten Island, and parts of 

Hempstead, Oyster Bay, and Sandy Hook sheets. . , .
PUBLICATIONS: TOPOGBAPHIC ATLAS SHEETS. 177

Published topographic atlas sheets, arranged by States Continued. 

NEW JERSEY Continued.

Name of atlas sheet.

Mullica c ................... ........

Navesink (N. J.-N. Y. ) d .............

New York City and Vicinity 

(N.Y.-N.J.).e 

Passaic (N.J.-N. Y.)& ...............

Paterson (N. J.-N. Y.)be .............

Philadelphia and Vicinity (Pa.- 

N.J.-Del.).3 

Plainfield 6 ..........................

Princctou

Eamapo (N. J.-N. Y. )................

Kancocas » ..........................

Salem (N.J.-Del. )/.........:........

Sandy Hook (N. J.-N. Y.) de .........

Sea Isle, .............................

Staten Island (N. J.-N.Y.) &e........

Tarry town (N. Y.-N. J. ).............

Vineland (N. J.-Del.) a ..............

Wallpack (N.J.-Pa.) ................

(See also special maps, p. 196.)

Position of SE. 

corner of sheet.

Lat.

o / 

39 30 

39 00 

40 45 

39 45 

39 30 

40 00 

40 15 

40 22

40 30 

40 45 

39 45 

39 45 

39 45

40 30 

40 15 

41 00 

39 30 

40 30 

39 30 

40 15 

39 00 

40 30 

40 30 

41 00 

39 15 

39 00 

41 00 

39 45

Long.

O 1

74 00 

75 00 

74 15 

74 45 

74 3Q 

74 00 

74 15 

73 40

74 00 

74 00 

74 30 

75 00 

75 00

74 15 

74 30 

74 00 

74 30 

74 30 

75 . 15 

74 00 

74 30 

74 30. 

74 00 

73 45 

74 45 

75 00 

74 45 

74 15

Areacovered

T>B degree... 

.....do...... 

.....do......

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

i degree .... 

T\5 degree . . . 

H degree...

\ degree .... 

T^ degree... 

....do......

.....do...... 

J degree ....

 fg degree . . . 

.....do......

.....do...... 

i degree .... 

.....do...... 

^ degree . . . 

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

....do...... 

....do...... 

....do......

....do...... 

} degree .... 

 iV degree . . . 

....do......

Contour 

interval.

Feet. 

10 

10 

20 

10 

10 

20 

10 

20

20 

20 

10 

20 

20

20 

10 

20 

10 

20 

10 

10 

10 

20 

20 

20 

10 

20. 

20 

10

Scale.

1 : 62500 

1 : 62500 

1 : 62500 

1:62500 

1 : 62500 

1 : 125000 

1 : 62500 

1 : 62500

1 : 125000 

1 : 62500 

1:62500 

.1 : 62500 

1 : 62500

1 : 62500 

1 : 62500 

1 : 62500 

1 : 125000 

1 : 125000 

1 : 62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1 : 62500 

1 : 62500 

1 : 62500 

1 : 125000 

1 : 62500 

1 : 62500 

Price.

Cents. 

. 5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

25

5 

5 

5 

5 

20

5 

5 

5 

6. 

5 

5 

5 

5 

6 

5 

 5 

5 

5 

5 

5

NEW MEXICO.

Canyon de Chelly (Ariz.-N.Mex.) ..

Fort Defiance (Ariz.-N. Mex.) ......

35 00 

35 00 

36 CO 

36 00 

35 00 

"32 00 

35 00

106 30 

105 00 

109 00 

108 00 

104 30 

107 30 

109 00

i degree .... 

.....do...... 

1 degree .... 

.....do...... 

| degree .... 

.....do...... 

1 degree ....

50 

50 

200 

200 

50 

100 

200

1 : 125000 

1 : 125000 

1 : 250000 

. 1:250000 

1:125000 

1:125000 

- 1:250000

5 

5 

6 

. 6 

5 

5 

5

aBayside, Bridgeton, and Maurice Cove sheets, on scale of 1:62500, have been reduced and form 

parts of Vineland sheet, on scale of 1:125000.

'ft Morristown, Paterson, Plainfield, and Staten Island sheets, on scale of 1:62500, have been reduced 

and form Passaic sheet, on scale of 1:125000.

c Hammonton, Mount Holly, Mullica, and Pemberton sheets, on scale of 1:62500 have been reduced 

and form Rancocas sheet, on scale of 1:125000.

dAsbury Park, Cassville, New Brunswick, and Sandy Hook sheets, on scale of 1:62500, have been 

reduced and form Navesink sheet, on scale of 1 -.125000.

eNew York City and Vicinity includes Brooklyn, Harlem, Paterson, Staten Island, and parts of 

Hempstead, Oyster Bay, and Sandy Hook sheets.

/ Chester, Glassboro, Philadelphia, and Salem sheets, on scale of 1:62500, have been reduced and 

form Camden sheet, on scale of 1:125000.

(/Philadelphia and Vicinity includes Chester, Germantown, Norristown, and Philadelphia sheets.

A Hackettstown, High Bridge, Lake Hopatcong, and Somerville sheets, on scale of 1:62500, have 

been reduced and form Raritan sheet, on scale of 1:125000.

Bull. 227 04 12
178 THE UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 227.

Published topographic atlas sheets, arranged by States Continued. 

NEW MEXICO Continued.

Name of atlas sheet.

Position >f SE. 

corner of sheet.

Lat.

0 /

35 30 

35 00 

36 00 

32 00 

35 30 

35 00 

34 00 

35 00 

35 30 

35 30 

35 30 

35 00

Long.

o / 

106 30 

105 30 

107 00 

. 106 30 

105 00 

107 00 

109 00 

106 00 

106 00 

105 30 

104 30 

108 00

Areacovered.

I degree .... 

.....do......

1 degree .... 

A degree .... 

.....do...... 

1 degree .... 

.....do......

i degree .... 

.....do......

.....do......

.....do...... 

1 degree ....

Contour 

interval.

Feet. 

100 

50, 100 

200 

25, 50 

50 

200 

200 

50, 100 

100 

100 

50 

200

Scale.

1:125000 

1:125000 

1:250000 

1:125000 

1 : 125000 

1 : 250000 

1:250000 

1 : 125000 

1 : 125000 

1:125000 

1 : 125000 

] : 250000

Price.

Cents. 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5

NEW YORK.

Berlin (N. Y.-Mass.-Vt.) c ...........

Blue Mountain................

Buffalo (N.Y.). ......................

Castleton ( Vt.-N. Y. )................

Catskill. . ............................

Clayton. ..........'...................

42 30 

42 30 

43 00 

44 15 

42 45 

42 00 

42 45 

44 15 

40 30 

43 00 

42 30 

42 30 

43 45 

- 42 00 

43 45 

43 30 

43 00 

43 00 

42 30 

42 45 

43 00 

' 42 45 

42 45 

44 00 

41 15 

43 30 

42 00 

42 45 

42 15 

43 00 

44 00

73 45 

73 30 

78 00 

75 45 

74 00 

76 00 

76 30 

73 30 

73 15 

76 13 

73 15 

74 00 

74 45 

75 45 

74 15 

73 30 

74 00 

77 45 

73 45 

78 45 

73 15 

77 15 

74 30 

76 15 

73 30 

73 00 

73 45 

75 45 

79 00 

75 45 

76 00

 fa degree . . . 

i degree . . . 

T'O degree . . . 

.....do......

.....do......

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do......

.....do...... 

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do....!.

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do...... 

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do......

.....do......

.....do.....!

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

20 

20 

20 

. 20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20. 

20 

20

1:62500 

1 : 62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1 : 62500 

1 : 62500 

1 : 62500 

1 : 62500 

1:62500 

1 : 62500 

1:62500 

1 : 62500 

1 : 62500 

1:62500 

1 : 62500 

1 : 62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1 : 62500 

1:62500 

1 : 62500 

1 : 62500 

1 : 62500 

1 : 62500 

1 : 62500 

1 : 62500 

1:62500 

1 : 62500 

1 : 62500 

1 : 62500

1

2( 

{

f 

{ 

E

.

f 

f 

(

, 

,i

f

1 

f

,

a Albany and Vicinity includes Albany, Cohoes, Schenectady, and Troy sheets.

b Babylon, Fire Island, Northport, and Seatauket, on scale of 1:62500, have been reduced and form 

Islip sheet, on scale of 1:125000.

c Berlin and Hoosick sheets, on scale of 1:62500, have been reduced and form parts of Taconic 

sheet, on scale of 1:125000.

dNew York City and Vicinity includes Brooklyn, Harlem, Paterson, Staten Island, and parts of 

Hempstead, Oyster Bay, and Sandy Hook sheets.

e Cambridge, Fort Ann, and Pawlet sheets, on scale of 1:62500, have been reduced and form parts 

of Mettawee sheet, on scale of 1:125000.
PUBLICATIONS: TOPOGRAPHIC ATLAS SHEETS. 179

Published topographic atlas sheets,.arranged by States Continued. 

NEW YORK Continued.

Name of atlas sheet.

Clove (N.Y.-Conn.) .................

Clyde................................

Dunkirk. ............................

Wlml'ra CN V Pa \

Fort Ann (N.Y.-Vt.)c...............

GloYcrsvillo

Greenwood Lake (N.J.-N.Y. ).......

Harlem (N. Y.-N. J.) d. ..............

Hoosick (N.'Y.-Vt.) e. ...............

Housatonic (Mass.-Conn.-N. Y.)/...

Little Falls ..........................

Mettawee (N. Y.-Vt.)c. ..............

Millbrook (N. Y.-Conn.) . ............

Position of SE. 

corner of sheet.

Lat.

o / 

41 30 

43 00 

42 45 

41 45 

. 42- 30 

42 15 

42 15 

42 15 

42 15 

44 00 

42 00 

40 30 

42 45 

43 15 

43 15 

42 45 

42 30 

43 15 

43 00 

41 00 

44 15 

43 15 

42 15 

42 15 

40 45 

40 30 

42 45 

42 45 

42 00 

43 30 

40 30 

42 15 

42 00 

42 15 

44 15 

43 00 

43 00 

43 00 

43 15 

43 00 

42 00 

43 00 

43 00 

- 41 45

Long.

o / 

73 30 

76 45 

73 30 

73 15 

76 00 

73 45 

76 15 

79 15 

74 00 

73 30 

76 45 

73 00 

74 15 

73 15 

76 15 

76 45 

76 30 

73 30 

74 15 

74 15 

76 00 

77 45 

77 00 

76 00 

73 45 

73 30 

77 30 

73 15 

73 00 

74 15 

73 00 

.76 30 

74 00 

73 30 

73 45 

74 30 

74 45 

78 30 

73 45 

77 15 

74 30 

78 15 

73 00 

73 30

Areacovered

-fs degree . . . 

.....do...... 

.....do......

......do......

.....do......

.....do...... 

.....do......

.....do...... 

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do...... 

.....do......

.....do......

.....do...... 

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

J degree .... 

 fy degree . . . 

A degree .... 

T»5 degree . . . 

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do...... 

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

£ degree .... 

 A, degree . . .

Contour 

interval.

Feet. . 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

40 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

40 

20

Scale.

1:62500 

1 : 62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1 : 62500 

1 : 62500 

1:62500 

1 : 62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1 : 62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1 : 62500 

1 : 62500 

1 : 62500 

1:62500 

1 : 62500 

1:62500 

1 : 125000 

1:62500 

1:325000 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1 : 62500 

. 1 : 62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1.62500 

1:62500 

1:125000 

1:62500

Price.

Cents. 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

.5 

5 

6 

5 

6 

6 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 "5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

6 

5 

5 

5

a Albany and Vicinity includes Albany, Cohoes, Schenectady, and Troy sheets.

b Babylon, Fire Island, Northport, and Setauket have been reduced and form Islip sheet, on scale 

of 1:125000.

cCambridge, Fort Ann, and Pawlet sheets, on scale of 1:62500, have been reduced and form parts 

of Mattawee sheet, on scale of 1:125000.

<*New York City and Vicinity includes Brooklyn, Harlem, Paterson, Staten Island, and parts of 

Hempstead, Oyster Bay, and Sandy Hook sheets.

e Berlin and Hoosick sheets, on scale of 1:62500, have been reduced and form parts of Taconic sheet, 

on scale of 1:125000. .

/ Pittsfield and Sheffield sheets, on scale of 1:62500, have been reduced and form parts of Housatonic sheet, on scale of 1:125000.

f/Lockport, Niagara Falls, Olcott, Tonawanda, and Wilson sheets, on scale of 1:62500, have been 

reduced and form parts of Niagara sheet, on scale of 1:125000.
180 THE UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 227.

Published topographic atlas sheets, arranged by States Continued. 

NEW YORK Continued.

Name of atlas sheet.

Afooers

Nnvp<sinlr If} T -N Y '\

New York City and Vicinity (N. Y.- 

N. J.).a

Niagara Falls (N. Y.-Canada) & c. ....

Norwalk (Conn.-N. Y.) ..............

Old Forge...........................

Oneida ..............................

Paterson (N. J.-N. Y.)a«. ............

Pawlet ( Vt.-N. Y.) /.................

Phelps

Pitcher

Pittsfleld (Mass.-N. Y. )a. ............

Plattsburg (N. Y.-Vt. )...............

Port Henry (N.Y.-Vt.).. ............

Pultnevville .........................

Position of SE. 

corner of sheet.

Lat.

o / 

44 45 

42 30 

42 45 

44 00 

42 30 

40 00 

40 15 

41 15 

40 22

41 30 

43 45 

43 00 

43 00 

43 00 

43 30 

40 45 

41 00 

42 30 

43 15 

43 15 

43 30 

42 00 

43 00 

43 15 

.43 00 

43 15 

42 00 

40 45 

43 45 

. 40 30 

40 45 

43 15 

42 30 

42 45 

42 00 

42 30 

42 15 

44 30 

44 00 

41 30 

43 30 

43 15

Long.

o / 

70 30 

76 15 

75 30 

73 45 

77 15 

74 00 

74 15 

73 00 

73 40

74 00 

74 00 

78 30 

79 00 

78 45 

73 45 

73 15 

73 15 

75 30 

78 00 

78 30 

74 45 

78 15 

75 30 

77 30 

75 15 

76 30 

76 15 

73 30 

73 30 

74 00 

74 00 

73 00 

77 00 

77 00 

74 15 

75 45 

73 15 

73 15 

73 15 

73 45 

76 00 

77 00

Area covered.

 & degree... 

.....do...... 

.....do......

.....do.....

& degree . . . 

.....do...... 

iff degree . . .

A degree . . . 

.....do...... 

i degree .... 

^5 degree . . . 

& degree . . . 

^ degree . . , 

.....do......

.....do...... 

.....do......

.....do......

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do......

.....do......

} degree ....

 fs degree . . . 

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do...... 

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do......

Contour 

interval.

Feet. 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

10 

20 

.20

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

. 20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

, 20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20

Scale.

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1 : 62500 

1:62500 

1:125000 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500

1:62500 

1:62500 

1 : 125000 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1 : 62500 

1 : 62500 

1 : 62500 . 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1 : 62500 

' 1:62500 

1:125000 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1 : 62500 

1 : 62500 

1:62500 

1 : 62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1 : 62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500

Price.

Cents. 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

25

5 

5 

5 

5 

10 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

 5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5

«New York City and Vicinity includes Brooklyn, Harlem, Paterson, Staten Island, and parts of 

Hempstead. Oyster Bay, and Sandy Hook sheets.

&Lockport, Niagara Falls, Olcott, Tonawanda, and Wilson sheets, on scale of 1:62500, have been 

reduced and form parts of Niagara sheet, on scale of 1:125000.

o Niagara Falls and Vicinity includes Niagara Falls, Tonawanda, and Wilson sheets.

dfiabylon, Fire Island, Northport, and Setauket, on scale of 1:62500 have been reduced and form 

Islip sheet, on scale of 1:125000.

e Paterson and Staten Island sheets, on scale of 1:62500, have been reduced and form parts of Passaic sheet, on scale of 1:125000.

/Cambridge, Fort Ann, and Pawlet sheets, on scale of 1:62500 have been reduced and form parts 

of-Mettawee sheet, on scale of 1:125000.

a Pittsfield and Sheffield sheets, on scale of 1:62500, have been reduced and form parts of Housatonic sheet, on scale of 1:125000.
PUBLICATIONS: TOPOGRAPHIC ATLAS SHEETS. 181

Published topographic atlas sheets, arranged by States Continued. 

NEW YORK Continued.

Names of atlas sheet.

Ramapo(N.J.-N.Y.). ...............

Richfield Springs. ...................

Rosendale ...........................

Rouse Point (N. Y.-Vt.) .............

Sandy Hook (N. J.-N. Y. ) a ..........

Schenectady « .......................

Setauket & ........................:..

Sheffield (Mass.-Conn.-N. Y.) .......

Silver Creek ........................ 1

Stamford (Conn.-N. Y.) .............

Staten Island (N. J.-N. Y.) de. .......

Stonington (Conn.-R. I.-N .Y.) ......

Taconic (N. Y.-Mass.-Vt.)/. .........

Tarrytown (N. Y.-N. J. )..............

Thirteenth Lake. ....................

Ticonderoga (N. Y.-Vt. )........'.....

Tonawanda gh. ......................

Tully.... ............................

Watkins ....................

Waverly .............................

Weedsport. ..........................

West Canada Lakes .................

Position of SE. 

corner of sheet.

Lat.

0 /

41 00 

43 45 

43 15 

41 45 

42. 45 

43 15 

43 00 

41 45 

44 45 

43 45 

42 00 

40 15 

44 00 

43 00 

42 45 

42 30 

43 45 

41 15 

43 00 

40 45 

42 00 

42 30 

42 45 

43 15 

41 00 

40 30 

41 15 

43 45 

43 00 

42 30 

41 00 

44 00 

43 30 

43 45 

43 00 

42 30 

42 45 

43 00 

43 45 

42 15 

42 00 

43 00 

43 30

Long.

o / 

74 00 

74 30 

75 00 

73 45 

74 45 

78 15 

77 30 

74 00 

73 15 

7G 00 

78 30 

74 00 

74 00 

73 45 

73 45 

74 15 

73 45 

74 00 

73 30 

73 00 

73- 15 

79 00 

76 15 

76 45 

73 30 

74 00 

71 45 

76 15 

76 00 

73 00 

73 45 

75 45 

74 00 

73 15 

78 45 

73 30 

76 00 

75 00 

75 45 

76 45 

76 30 

76 30 

x 74 -30

Area covered

 jJjs degree... 

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do......

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do.....

.....do......

.....do......

.....do....:. 

.....do......

.....do...... 

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do...... 

.....do......

.:...do......

.....do......

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

J degree .... 

& degree... 

..'...do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do......

......do...... 

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do...... 

.....do......

Contour 

interval.

Feet. 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

10 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

40 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20

Scale.

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:125000 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1 : 62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1 : 62500 

1 : 62500

Price.

Cents. 

.5 

5 

.5 

.. 5 

.5 

6 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

B

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

6 

5 

B

. 6 

5 

5 

5 

B 

6 

B 

5 

B 

6 

B 

6 

B 

5 

6 

B 

6 

6 

6 

5

a Albany and Vicinity includes Albany, Cohoes, Schenectady, and Troy sheets.

b Baby Ion, Fire Island, Northport and Setauket, on scale of 1:62500, have been reduced and form 

Islip sheet, on scale of 1:12500.

ePittsfield and Sheffield sheets, on scale of 1:62500, have been reduced and form parts of Housatonic 

sheet, on scale of 1:125000.

dPaterson and Staten Island sheets, on scale of 1:62500, have been reduced and form parts of Passaic sheet, on scale of 1:125000.

«New York City and Vicinity includes Brooklyn, Harlem, Patersoii, Staten Island, and parts of 

Hampstead, Oyster Bay, and Sandy Hook.sheets.

/Berlin and Hoosick sheets, on scale of 1:62500, have been reduced and form parts of Taconic 

sheet, on scale of 1:12oOOO.

a Lockport, Niagara Falls, Olcott, Tonawanda, and Wilson sheets, on scale of 1:62500, have been 

reduced and form parts of Niagara sheet, on scale of 1:125000.

A Niagara Falls and Vicinity includes Niagara Falls, Tonawanda, and Wilson sheets.
182 THE UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 227.

Published topographic atlas sheets, arranged by States Continued. 

NEW YORK Continued.

Name of atlas sheet.

West Point ..........................

Westfield ............................

Whitehall (N. Y.-Vt.) ...............

Willsboro (N. Y.-Vt.) ................

Wilmurt .............................

(See also combined sheets, p. 195.)

Position of SE. 

corner of sheet.

Lat.

o / 

41 15 

42 15 

43 30 

44 15 

43 15 

43 15

Long.

0 /

73 45 

79 30 

73 15 

73 15 

74 45 

78 45 .

Area covered.

A degree . . . 

.....do......

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do......

Contour 

interval.

Feet. 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20

Scale.

1 : 62500 

1 : 62500 

 1 : 62500 

 1:62500 

1 : 62500 

1 : 62500

Price.

Cents. 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5

NORTH CAROLINA.

Abingdon (Tenn.-Va.-N. C.) - - 

Asheville (N. C.-Tenn.) .............

A yden ...............................

Cowee (N. C.-S. C.)...... ............

Cranberry (N. C.-Tenn.) ............

Dahlonega (Ga.-N. C. )..............

Ellijay (Ga.-N. C.-Tenn. )...........

Greeneville (Tenn.-N. C.)...........

Hickory .............................

Hillsville ( Va.-N. C.) ................

Kenly ...............................

Knoxville (Tenn.-N. C. ).........

Morganton ..........................

Mount Guyot (Tenn.-N. C.) ..........

Mount Mitchell (N. C.-Tenn.).......

Murphy (Tenn.-N. C.)-. .............

Nantahala (N. C.-Tenn.)............

Norfolk (Va.-N. C.) ...............:..

Parmele .............................

Pisgah (N. C.-S. C. )..................

Roan Mountain (Tenn.-N. C.) .......

Saluda (N. C.-S. C.).... ..............

Walhalla(Ga.-S. C.-N. C.).. ..........

Wy theville (Va.-N. C. )..............

Yadkin ville .........................

36 30 

35 30 

35 15 

35 00 

36 00 

34 30 

34 30 

36 00 

35 30 

36 30 

35 30 

35 30 

35 30 

35 30 

35 30 

35 00 

35 00 

35 00 

36 30 

35 45 

35 00 

36 00 

35 00 

35 30 

35 45 

34 30 

36 00 

35 45 

36 30 

36 00

81 30 

82 30 

77 15 

83 00 

81 30 

83 30 

84 00 

82 30 

81 00' 

80 30 

78 00 

83 30 

81 '30 

83 00 

82 00 

84 00 

83 30 

77 00 

75 45 

77 15 

82 30 

82 00 

82 00 

80 30 

77 30 

83 00 

81 00 

77 00 

81 00 

80 30

i degree .... 

.....do...... 

Tfo degree . . .

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do......

i^ degree . . . 

i degree .... 

.....do......

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

 fu degree . . . 

3 degree .... 

J5 degree... 

i degree .... 

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

T'B degree . . . 

i degree .... 

.....do......

TV degree . . . 

i degree .... 

.....do......

100 

100 

10 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

50 

100 

20 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

10 

5 

10 

100 

100 

100 

50 

10 

100 

100 

10 

100 

100

1:125000 

1 : 122000 

1:62500 

1 : 125000 

1:125000 

1 : 125000 

1 : 1 25000 

1 : 125000 

1 : 125000 

1 : 125000 

1 : 62500 

1 : 125000 

1 : 125000 

1 : 125000 

1:125000 

1:125000 

1 : 125000 

1 : 62500 

1:125000 

1:62500 

1 : 125000 

1:125000 

1:125000 

1 : 125000 

1 : 62500 

1 : 125000 

1.: 125000 

1 : 62500 

1 : 125000 

1:125000

5 

5

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

10 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5

NORTH DAKOTA.

Casselton ............................

Columbia (S. Dak.-N. Dak.) c. .......

Eckelson ............................

E<ige}cyrl..... .......................

46 30 

45 30 

46 30 

46-00

97 00 

98 .00 

98 00 

98 30

~ degree .... 

......do...... 

.....do......

.....do......

20 

20 

20 

20

1 : 125000 

1:125000 

1 : 125000 

1:125000

5 

5 

5 

5

aLockport, Niagara Falls, Olcott, Tonawanda, and Wilson sheets, on scale of 1:62500, have been 

reduced and form parts of Niagara sheet, on scale of 1:12500.

^Niagara, Falls and Vicinity includes Niagara Falls, Tonawanda, and Wilson sheets.

o Hecla and Savo sheets, on scale of 1:62500, have been reduced and form parts of Columbia sheet, 

on scale of 1:125000.

it Monango sheet, on scale of 1 : 62500, has been reduced and forms part of Edgeley sheet on scale 

of 1:125000.
PUBLICATIONS: TOPOGRAPHIC ATLAS SHEETS. 183

Published topographic atlas sheets, arranged by States Continued. 

NORTH DAKOTA Continued:

Name of atlas sheet.

Ellendale (S. Dak.-N. Dak. ) a .......

Ellendale (S. Dak.-N. Dak.) a .......

Fargo (N. Dak.-Minn.l ..............

Fullerton b ..........................

Hecla (S. Dak.-N. Dak.) c.. .........

Oakes ^> ..............................

Savo (S. Dak.-N. Dak.) c ............

Position of SE. 

corner of sheet.

Lat.

o / 

45 30 

45 45 

46 30 

46 00 

45 45 

46 30 

46 00 

46 15 

46 00 

46 00 

47 00 

45 45 

46 30

Long.

0 /

98 30 

98 30 

..96 30 

98 15 

98 00 

98 30 

98 00 

98 15 

98 30 

98 00 

98 30 

98 15 

97 30

Areacovered.

i degree .... 

,'n degree . . . 

J degree .... 

& degree . . . 

.....do...... 

J degree . . . : 

.....do...... 

i>jj degree . . . 

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

£ degree .... 

^ degree . . . 

J degree ....

Contour 

interval.

. Feet. 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20

Scale.

1:125000 

1:62500 

1:125000 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:125000 

1:125000 

1:62500 

1 : 62500 

1:62500 

1:125000 

. 1:62500 

1 : 125000

Price.

Cents. 

5 

5 

5 

. 5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

B 

5 

5 

5

OHIO.

Bellevue ............................

Cincinnati (Ohic-Ky . ) , double sheet «

Euclid ...............................

Guvandot (W. Va.-Ohio)/. ..........

Huntington (W. Va.-Ohio-Ky. )/....

West Cincinnati ( Ohio-Kv.1 e. . ......

41 15

41 15

40 15

40 45

39 00 

41 15

40 15

40 00

39 00

39 45

41 15

41 30

41 00

41 15

41 00

38 15

38 00 

38 30

38 00

40 45

41 30

41 30

41 15

41 30

41 15

41 30

41 15

?o 00

82 45

83 30"

80 45

81 15

84 15 

81 30

83 00

83 00

84 15

82 45

83 15

81 30

83 30

83 00

83 1.5

82 15

82 00 

82 30

82 30

81 30

83 15

83 00

82 45

82 30

83 30

82 15

84 30

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

| degree .... 

h degree . . .

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

£ degree ....

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

10

10

20

20

20 

20

10

10

20

20

10

20

10

10

10

20

100 

20

100

2020'

20

10

10

10

20

10

20

1:62500

1:62500

1 : 62500

1:62500

1:62500 

1:62500

1:62500

1:62500

1:62500

1 : 62500

1:62500

1:62500

1 : 62500

1 : 62500

1:62500

1:62500

1:125000 

1 : 62500

1:125000

1:62500

1 : 62500

1 : 62500

1 : 62500

1 : 62500

1:62500

1:62500.

'l : 62500

1:62500

5

5

5

5

10

5

5

5

6

6

6

5

5

5

B

 B

5 

5

5

5

5

5

5

B

5

B

5

5

a Ellendale sheet, on scale of 1:62500, has been reduced and forms part of Ellendale sheet, on scale 

of 1:125000. . .

l> Oakes, Fullerton, and Lamoure sheets, on scale of 1:62500, have been reduced and form parts of 

Lamoure sheet, on scale of 1:125000.

c Hecla and Savo sheets, on scale of 1:62500, have been reduced and form parts of Columbia sheet, 

on scale of 1:125000. . ,

dMonango sheet, on scale of 1 -.62500, has been reduced and forms part of Edgeley sheet, on scale 

ofl:125000.

e Cincinnati (double sheet) includes East Cincinnati and West Cincinnati sheets.

/Guyandot sheet shows partof Huntington quadrangle on largerscale. 
184 THE UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SUEVEY. [BULL. 227.

Published topographic atlas sheets, arranged by States Continued. 

OHIO Continued.

West Columbus. .....................

Wheeling (W. Va.-Ohio-Pa.) . .......

39 45 

40 00 

40 45

83 00 

80 30 

81 45 .

 fa degree... 

.....do......

.....do......

20 

20 

20

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500

6 

5 

5

OKLAHOMA.

35 30 97 30 £ degree . . . . 20 1:125000

: " OREGON.

Port Orf ord ..........................

Portland (Oreg.T-Wash.) .............

Roseburg ............................

Weiser (Idaho-Oreg.) ................

(See also special maps, p. 196.)

42 '00 

44 30 

43 00 

. 42 00 

43 30 

42 30 

45 30 

43 00 

44 30 

44 00

122 00 

117 30 

124 00 

121 00 

116 30 

124 00 

122 30 

123 00 

118 00 

116 30

1 degree .... 

£ degree .... 

.....do...... 

1 degree .... 

J degree .... 

.....do......

 fa degree . . . 

| degree .... 

.....do..:... 

.....do......

200 

100 

100 

200 

100 

100 

25 

100 

100 

100

1:250000 

1:125000 

1:125000 

1:250000 

1:125000 

1:125000 

1:62500 

1:125000 

1:126000 

1:125000

5

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5

PENNSYLVANIA.

Accident (Md.-Pa.-W. Va.) .........

Beaver

Camden (N. J.-Pa.-Del. )«....:......

f^Vmatnr fT*a T^pl "W T \ ft b

Coundlsvil 1 6

Curwcnsvillc

Delaware Water Gap (Pa.-N. J.) ....

Easton (Pa.-N. J.) ...................

a Chester and Philadelphia sheets, 

den sheet, on scale of 1 : 125000. 

b Philadelphia and Vicinity includ

39 30 

40 30 

40 30 

40 30 

39 30 

41 00 

40 00 

40 15 

40 00 

40 00 

40 00 

39 30 

40 45 

39 45 

39 45 

40 00 

40 45 

40 45 

40 15 

41 30 

40 30 

40 15 

on scale o 

es Cheste

79 15 

75 15 

78 45 

80 15 

76 15 

76 15 

74 30 

75 30 

79 45 

74 45 

77 00 

75 00 

76 15 

77 30 

75 15 

79 30 

78' 30 

75 00 

75 00 

75 30 

75 00 

78 30 

f 1 : 62500, 

r, German

TV. degree... 

.....do...... 

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do...... 

.....do......

... .do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do......

.....do......

J degree .... 

 fa degree ... 

.....do....'..

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do......

.....do......

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

10 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

- 20. 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20

have been reduced and 

town, Norristown, and P

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:125000 

1:62500 

1:62600 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

form parts 

hiladelphia

5 

6 

5 

5 

6 

6 

5 

5 

5 

5 

' 5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

jf Camsheets.
PUBLICATIONS: TOPOGEAPHIC ATLAS SHEETS.

Published topographic atlas sheets, arranged by States Continued. 

PENNSYLVANIA Continued.

185

Name of atlas sheet.

Elkland ............................

Elkton (Md.-Pa.-Del.) .............

Elmira (N. Y. Pa.) ..................

Flintstone (Md.-W. Va.-Pa. ).......

Frostburg (Md. W.Va. Pa.) ........

Hancock (W. Va. Md. Pa.) .........

I'lonesdale

Lvkens

Parkton (Md.-Pa.) ..................

Pawpaw (Md.-VV. Va.-Pa. )..........

Philadelphia (Pa.-N. J.) a b ..........

Philadelphia and Vicinity (Pa.- 

N.J.-Del.)*>

Potts vil 1 G

Rural Valley ........................

Sunburv. ............................

Position of SE. 

corner of sheet.

Lat.'

o / 

41 45 

39 30 

42 00 

42 00 

40 00 

42 00 

39 30 

39 30 

41 45 

40 00 

41 45 

39 30 

39 30 

40 15 

41 15 

39 30 

40 45 

40 15 

41 30 

40 15 

40 15 

40 30 

40 45 

40 15 

40 15 

40 15 

40 30 

40 45 

39 45 

39 45 

40 30 

39 30 

40 00 

39 30 

40 30' 

39 30 

39 45 

39 45

40 30 

41 15 

40 30 

40 15 

40 15 

40 45 

41 15 

40 45 

41 00 

40 30 

40 45

Long.

o /

77 15 

75 45 

76 45 

80 00 

78 15 

80 15 

78 30 

78 45 

77 30 

75'00 

80 15 

79 00 

78 00 

76 46 

76 00 

76 00 

75 45 

78 . 15 

75 15 

76 30 

78 00 

79 00 

79 30 

74 15 

79 15 

76 15 

76 30 

76 00 

79 45 

77 45 

76 45 

79 45 

75 15" 

76 30 

.78 30 

78 15 

75 00 

75 00

76 15 

75 45 

76 00 

75 15 

75 45 

79 15 

75 30 

76 30 

76 00 

75 30 

76 45

Areacovered

 rV degree . . 

.....do..... 

.....do.....

.....do..... 

.....do.....

.....do...... 

.....do.....

.....do......

.....do...... 

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do...... 

.....do......

.....do......

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do......

.....do...... 

.....do......

.....do......

.....do...... 

.....do......

.....do...... 

....do......

....do...... 

....do......

....do...... 

....do.:....

....do.'..... 

....do...... 

i degree ....

T>U degree . . . 

....do...... 

....do...... 

....do...... 

....do...... 

....do...... 

....do...... 

....do...... 

....do......

....do...... 

....do......

Contour 

interval.

Feet. 

20 

20 

20 

20 

. 20 

20 

20 

20 

- 20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

- 20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

. 20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20

20. 

20 

 20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20

Scale.

1 : 62500 

1 : 62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1 : 62500 

1:62500 

1 : 62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

 1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

'1:62500 

1:62500 

1:02500 

 1:62500 

' 1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1 : 62200 

1 : 62500 

. 1 : 62500 

1:62500 

1 : 62500 

1 : 62500 

1 : 62500 

1 : 62500 

1 : 62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500

1 : 62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500

Price.

Cents. 

5 

5 

5 

5 

 5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

6 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

6 

5 

5 ' 5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

20

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5

aphiladelphia and Vicinity includes Chester, Germantown, Norristown, and Philadelphia sheets. 

b Chester and Philadelphia sheets, on scale of 1:62500, have been reduced and form parts of Camden sheet, on scale of 1:125000.
186 THE UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SUEVEY. [BULL. 227.

Published topographic atlas sheets, arranged by States Continued. 

PENNSYLVANIA Con tin ued.

Name of atlas sheet.

Tioga. . ..............................

Wallpack (N. J.-Pa. )................

Wheeling (W. Va.-Ohio-Pa.) ........

^^ilkesbarre

Position of SE. 

corner of sheet.

Lat.

o / 

41 45 

39 45 

41 00 

S9 45 

40 15 

40^ 00 

41° 00

Long.

0 /

77 00 

79 30 

74 45 

80 00 

70 00 

80 30 

75 45

Area covered.

T'n degree . . . 

.....do......

.....do......

.....do...... 

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

Contour 

interval.

Feet. 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20

Scale.

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1 : 62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500

Price.

Cents. 

6 

5 

6 

5 

5 

5 

5

KHODE ISLAND.

Kent ................................

42 00

41 00

41 45

41 15

41 30

42 00

41 30

41 30

41 30

41 15

41 45

41 45

41 15

41 15

42 00

71 30

71 30

71 30

71 30

71 00

71 15

71 30

71 45

71 15

.71 15

71 15

71 45

71 00

71 45

71 45

 fs degree . . .

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

1:62500

1:62500

1:62500

1 : 62500

1 : 62500

1:62500

1:62500

1:62500

1:62500

1 : 62500

1:62500

1 : 62500

1 : 62500

1 : 62500

1:62500

SOUTH CAROLINA.

Carnesville (Ga.-S. C.). ..............

Cowee'(N.C. S.C.) ..................

Elberton (Ga.-S. C. ).................

McCormick (Ga.-S. C.) ..............

Pisgah(N.C.-S.C.1..................

Saluda (N. C.-S. C. )..................

Walhalla (Ga.-S. C.-N. C. )...........

34 00 

34 00 

35 00 

34 00 

33 30 

34 30 

35 00 

35 00 

34 30

82 00 

83 00 

83 00 

82 30 

82 00 

82 30 

82 30 

82 00 

83 00

| degree .... 

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

50 

50 

100 

50 

50 

100 

100 

100 

100

1:125000 

1 : 125000 

1 : 125000 

1 : 125000 

1 : 125000 

1 : 125000 

1:125000 

1:125000 

1:325000

SOUTH DAKOTA.

Aladdin (Wyo.-S.Dak.-Mont.) .....

Conde a. .............................

45 00 

44 30 

43 30 

44 30 

43 00 

45 30 

45 30 

45 00

98 00 

104 00 

97 30 

98 00 

96 30 

98 00 

98 15 

98 00

i degree .... 

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

,V degree . . . 

.....do......

20 

50 

20 

- 20 

20 

20 

20 

20

1 : 125000 

1:125000 

1:125000 

1 : 125000 

1 : 125000 

1:125000 

. 1 : 62500 

1 : 62500

a Conde sheet, on scale of 1:62500, has been reduced and forms part of Aberdeen sheet, on scale of 

1:125000.

6 Columbia, Hecla, and Savo sheets, on scale of 1:62500, have been reduced and form parts of Columbia sheet, on scale of 1:125000. ' '
PUBLICATIONS: TOPOGBAPHIC ATLAS SHEETS. 187

Published topographic atlas sheets, arranged by States Continued. 

SOUTH DAKOTA Continued.

Name of atlas sheet.

Elk Point (S. Dak.-Nebr.-Iowa) ..... 

Ellendale (S. Dak.-N. Dak.) l>. .......

Ellendale (S. Dak.-N. Dak. ) h ........

Hecla (S. Dak.-N. Dak.) c. ...........

Mitchell .............................

Newcastle (Wyo.-S. Dak.) . ..........

North ville . ..........................

Olivet...............................

Redfield .............................

Savo (S. Dak.-N. Dak.) c. ............

Position of SE. 

corner of sheet.

Lat.

o / 

44 00 

44 00 

43 00 

42 30 

45 30 

45 45 

43 30 

45 45 

43 30 

44 00 

43 30 

43 30 

45 00 

43 00 

43 00 

43 00 

44 00 

44 30 

45 45 

44 15 

44 15 

44 00

Long.

o / 

97 30 

103 30 

103 30 

96 30 

98 30 

98 30 

103 30 

98 00 

103 00 

98 00 

98 00 

104 00 

98 30 

103 00 

97 30 

97 00 

103 00 

98 30 

98 15 

103 45 

103 30 

104 00

Area covered.

i degree .... 

.....do......

.....do......

.....do...... 

.....do......

 fa degree . . . 

i degree .... 

fa degree . . . 

i degree .... 

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do...... 

......do...... 

.,...do......

.....do...... 

.....do......

.....do......

 fa degree . . . 

.....do...... 

.....do......

-J degree ....

Contour 

interval.

Feet. 

20 

100 

50 

. 20 

20 

20 

' 100 

20 

100 

20 

20 

50 

20 

50 

20 

20 

50 

20 

20 

50 

' 50 

50

Scale.

1 : 125000 

1:125000 

1:125000 

1:125000 

1:125000 

1 : 62500 

1:125000 

1 : 62500 

1:125000 

1:125000 

1:125000 

1:125000 

1:125000 

1:125000 

1:125000 

1 : 125000 

1:125000 

1:125000 

1 : 62500 

1:62500 

1 : 62500 

1:125000

Price.

Cents. 

5 

6 

6 

5 

5 

5 

5 

6 

6 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 '5 

5 

6 

5

TENNESSEE.

^

Abingdon (Tenn.-Va.-N. C.) ........

Ellijay (Ga.-N. C.-Tenn. )...........

Estillville (Va.-Kv.-Tenn.) .........

Greeneville (Tenn.-N. C. )...........

Mount Guyot (Tenn.-N. C.) .........

Mount Mitchell (N. C.-Tenn. 1 ......

36 30

35 30

36 00

36 30

35 00

35 00

35 30

36 00

36 30

34 30

34 30

36 30

36 00

34 30

36 30

35 30

35 30

35 30

35 30

36 00

36 00

35 30

35 30

81 30

82 30

84 00

82 00

85 00

84 30

87 00

81 30

83 30

84 30

84 00

82 30

86 30

83 00

84 30

83 30

84 00

85 30

83 30

83 00

83 00

82 00

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

......do......

.....do......

.....do...!..

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

....do......

100

100

100

100

100

100

'in

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

100

1 : 125000

J : 125000

1:125000

1:125000-

1 : 125000

1: 125000'

1:125000

1:125000

1:125000

1:125000

1:125000

1:125000

1:125000

1 : 125000

1:125000

1 : 125000

1:125000

1:125000

1 : 125000

1:125000

1:125000

1 : 125000

1:125000

5

5

'5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

6

'5

'5

5

5

5

5

5

5

aSpearfish and Sturgis sheets, on scale of 1:02500, have been reduced and form parts of Deadwood 

sheet, on scale of 1:125000.

b Ellendale sheet, on scale of 1:62500, has been reduced and forms part of Ellendale sheet, on scale 

of 1:125000.

c Columbia, Hecla, and Savo sheets, on scale of 1: 62500, have been reduced and form parts of Columbia sheet, on scale of 1:125000.
188 THE UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 227,

Published topographic atlas sheets, arranged by States Continued. 

TENNESSEE Continued.

Name of atlas sheet.

Ringgold (Ga.-Tenn. )...............

Position of SE. 

corner of sheet.

Lat.

o / 

35 00 

35 00 

36 00 

35 30 

34 30 

36 00 

34 30 

35 00 

36 00 

34 30 

36 00 

36 30

Long.

o / 

84 00 

83 30 

86 30 

85 00 

85 00 

82 00 

86 00 

85 30 

85 00 

85 30 

84 30 

84 00

Area covered.

J degree .... 

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do...... 

.....do......

Contour 

interval.

Feet. 

100 

100 

50 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100

Scale.

1:125000 

1:125000 

1:125000 

1:125000 

1; 125000 

1:125000 

1:125000 

1 : 125000 

1:125000 

1:125000 

1 : 125000 

1:125000

Price.

Cents. 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5

OorrA A Itn

Denison (Tex.-Ind. T.) ..............

Fort Worth ..........................

Gainesville (Tex.-Ind. T.) ...........

Gfl/tc^villc

Lamoasas ...........................

32 00

32 30

30 00

' 32 30

30 00

31. 30

30 00

30 00

29 00

31 00

32 30

31 3d

30 30

31 30

30 30

32 00

31 30

32 30

33' 30

30 30

32 '00

31 00

31 30

29 30

30 30

31 00

30 30

32 30

30 00

33 30

31 00

30 30

32 00

31 30

31 30

30 00

31 00

TEXAS.

99 30

99 00

103 30

99 30

97 30

99 30

97 00

98 00

100 00

99 00

98 30

98 30

98 00

105 30

104 30

97 00

99 00

96 30

96 30

105 00

98 30

99 30

106 00

97 00

103 30

105 30

100 00

97 00

98 30

x 97 00

97 30

97 30

97 30

98 00

100 00

99 00

98 00

.....do .....

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

... .do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

....do......

.....do......

....do......

....do......

....do......

....do......

....do......

....do......

....do......

....do......

....do......

....do......

....do......

....do......

50

. 50

50

50

25

50

50

50

50

50

50

50

50

50

50

50

50

50

50

100

in

50

58

25

100

50

25

50

50

50

50

60

50

50

50

50

50

1 : 125000

1:125000

1 : 125000

1 : 125000

1:125000

1:125000

1:125000

1:125000

1:125000

1:125000

1:125000

1:125000

1 : 125000

1:125000

1:125000

1:125000

1 : 125000

1:125000

1:125000

1:125000

1:125000

1:125000

1 : 125000

1:125000

1:125000

1:125000

1:125000

1:125000

1:125000

1:125000

1:125000

1 :-125000

1:125000

1:125000

1:125000

1:125000

.'1:125000

5

c

5

5

5

5

6

6

5

5

5

 6

5

5

6

5

5

5

5

6

' 5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5
PUBLICATIONS: TOPOGBAPHIC ATLAS SHEETS. 189

Published topographic atlas sheets, arranged by States Continued. 

TEXAS Continued.

Name of atlas sheet.

Palo Pinto. ..........................

Rio Grande. .........................

Salt Basin.... .......................

Terlingua

\V&co

(See also special maps, p. 196.)

Position of SE. 

corner of sheet.

Lat.

o / 

30 30 

30 00 

30 30 

31 30 

29 30 

32 30 

29 00 

.31 00 

32 30 

30 00 

29 30

31 30 

31 00 

30 00 

31 00 

. 29 30 

31 00 

31 00 

32 00 

32 00 

30 30 

31 00 

40 30 

29 00 

30 30 

31 30 

32 30

Long.

o /

98 30 

104 00 

99 00 

97 30 

100 00 

98- 00 

104 00 

106 00 

100 00 

100 00 

104 30

105 00 

100 00 

104 30 

98 30 

104 00 

100 30 

105 00 

98 00 

100 00 

97 00 

97 00 

110 30 

99 30 

104 00 

97 00 

97 30

Area covered.

i degree .... 

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do...... 

.....do......

.....do.....'. 

.....do......

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do......

.....do...... 

.....do......

.....do......

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do......

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do.....'. 

.....do......

.....do......

Contour 

interval.

Feet. 

50 

50 

50. 

50 

50 

50 

100 

50 

25 

25 

100 

50 

50 

100 

50 

100 

25 

50 

50 

25 

50 

50 

100 

25 

100 

50 

50

Scale.

1 : 125000 

1:125000 

1:125000. 

1 : 125000 

1:125000 

1 :125000 

1:125000 

1 : 125000 

1 : 125000 

1 : 125000 

1:125000

1:125000 

1:125000 

1:125000 

1:125000 

1:125000 

1:125000 

1 : 125000 

1:125000 

1 : 125000 

1:125000 

1:125000 

1 : 125000 

1:125000 

1 : 125000 

1:125000 

1:125000

Price.

Cents. 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5. 

5 

6 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5

UTAH.

Ashley (Utah-Colo.) ................

La Sal (Utah-Colo.).. ...............

Pioche (Nev.-Utah) .................

Salt Lake ............................

Uinta...................... ; .........

(See also special maps, p. 196. )

37 00

40 00

38 00

40 30

39 00

37 00

38 00

40 30

37 00

37 00

38 00

' 39 00

37 00

39 00

37 00

40 00

38 00

39 00

40 00

40 00

109 00

109 00

112 00

111 00

109 00

111 00

111 00

110 30

110 00

112 00

109 00

111 00

114 00

110 00

113 00

111 00

110 00

112 00

112 00

110 00

1. decree

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do'......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

250

250

260

100

250

250

250

100

250

250

250

 250

9*>n

250

250

250

250

250

250

250

1 : 250000

1 : 250000

1 : 250000

1:125000

1-: 250000

1:250000

1 : 250000

1:125000

1 : 250000

1 : 250000

1 : 250000

1:250000

1 : 250000

1 : 250000

1 : 250000

1:250000

1 : 250000

1 : 250000

1 : 250000

1 : 250000

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

6

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

6

5

5
190 THE UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SUEVEY. [BULL.227. 

Published topographic atlas sheets, arranged by States Continued.

VERMONT.

Name of atlas sheet.

Berlin (N. Y.-Mass.-Vt.) a...........

Brattleboro (Vt.-N. H. ).............

Cambridge (N. Y.-Vt.) ft.............

Castleton (Vt.-N. Y.)........ ........

Fort Ann (N. Y.-Vt. )b.... ...........

Greenfleld (Mass.-Vt.) ..............

Hawley (Mass.-Vt.) ................. 

Hoosick (N. Y.-Vt.) a ...............

Keene (N. H.-Vt.) ..................

Mettawee (N. Y.-Vt. ) ft. .............

Pawlet (Vt.-N. Y. ) 6. ................

Plattsburg (N. Y.-Vt.) ..............

Port Henry (N. Y.-Vt.) ..............

Rouse Point (N. Y.-Vt.) . ............

Taconic (N. Y.-Mass.-Vt. ) a. .........

Wallingford .........................

Warwick (Mass.-N. H.-Vt. ).........

Whitefield (N. H.-Vt.) ..............

Whitehall (N. Y.-Vt.) ...............

Willsboro (N. Y.-Vt.) ...............

Position of SE. 

corner of sheet.

Lat.

0 /

42 45 

42 30 

42 45 

43 00 

43 30 

43 00 

43 15 

42 30 

42 30 

42 30 

42 45 

42 45 

43 00 

43 00 

43 15 

44 30 

44 00 

44 45 

43 30 

43 45 

42 30 

43 45 

43 15 

42 30 

44 15 

43 30 

44 15 

42 45

Long.

o / 

73 00 

73 15 

72 30 

73 15 

73 00 

73 00 

73 15 

72 30 

73 00 

72 45 

73 15 

72 15 

72 45 

73 00 

73 00 

73- 15 

73 15 

73 15 

72 45 

72 15 

73 00 

73 15 

t 72 45 

' 72 15 

71 30 

73 15 

73 15 

72 45

Area covered.

T'B degree . . . 

.....do......

.....do;.....

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do......

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

i degree .... 

T»g degree . . . 

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do......

.....do...... 

£ degree .... 

T*B degree... 

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do......

.....do......

Contour 

interval.

Feet. 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

40 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

40 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20

Scale.

1 : 62500 

1 : 62500 

] : 62500 

. 1 : 62500 

1 : 62500 

1 : 62500 . 

1:62500 ' 

1 : 62500 

1 : 62500 

1 : 62500 

1 : 62500 

1 : 62500 

1 : 62500 

1 : 125000 

1 : 62500 

1 : 62500 

1 : 62500 

1 : 62500 

1 : 62500 

1 : 62500 

1 : 125000 

1 : 62500 

1 : 62500 

1 : 62500 

1 : 62500 

1 : 62500 

1 : 62500 

1 : 62500

Price.

Cents. 

5 

6 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5

VIRGINIA.

Abingdon (Tenn.-Va.-N. C.) ........

Crisfleld (Md.-Va.) ..................

Cumberland Gap (Ky.-Va.-Tenn.).. 

Dublin (Va.-W.Va.).................

Estill ville ( Va.-Ky.-Tenn.) ..........

Franklin (W.Va. Va.)...............

Frederick(Md.-Va.).................

aBennington, Berlin, Greylock, an 

form Taconic sheet, on scale of 1 : 12< 

& Cambridge, Equinox, Fort Ann; i 

form Mettawee sheet, on a scale of 1

39 30 

37 00 

37 00 

37 15 

38 30 

36 30 

37 30 

37 00 

 37 45 

36 30 

37 00 

36 30 

37 00 

38 30 

39 00 

38 00 

37 30 

38 00

d Hoosick 

3000. 

md Pawle 

: 125000.

81 30 

77 30 

78 30 

77 15 

79 30 

82 00 

78-30 

80 00 

75 45 

83 30 

80 30 

82 30 

78 00 

79 00 

77 00 

77 00 

77 30 

78 00 

sheets, o 

t sheets, c

T degree .... 

.....do......

.....do...... 

T'B degree . . . 

i degree .... 

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

TJB degree . . .

| degree .... 

.....do......

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do......

.....do......

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

n scale of 1 : 

>n scale of 1 :

100 

50 

50 

20 

100 

100 

100 

100

100 

100 

100 

50 

100 

50 

50 

50 

100 

52500, have 

62500, have

1 : 125000 

' 1 : 125000 

1 : 125000 

1 : 62500 . 

1 : 125000 

1 : 125000 

1 : 125000 

1 : 125000 

1 : 62500 

1 : 125000 

1 : 125000 

1 : 125000 

1 : 125000 

1 : 125000 

1:125000 

1 : 125000 

1 : 125000 

1 : 125000 

been reduc 

been reduc

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 ' 5 

5 

5 

5 

;ed and 

ed and
PUBLICATIONS: TOPOGKAPHIC ATLAS SHEETS. 191

Published topographic atlas sheets, arranged by States Continued. 

VIRGINIA Continued.

Name of atlas sheet.

Grundy (Va.-Ky.)... ................

Harpers Ferry (Vn.-W. Va.-Md.) . . . .

Hillaville ( Va. N. C.) ................

Mount Vernon ( Va.-Md.-l). C.)'>. . . . .

Noraini (Md.-Va.)«. .................

Norfolk (Va.-N. C.) ..................

St. Mary (Md.-Va. )e. .... . ...........

Snow Hill (Md.-Va.) . ...............

Staunton ( Va. W. Va. )..............

Tazewell ( Va.-W. Va. )...............

Warfield (W. Va. Ky.-Va.) ..........

Washington(D.C.-Md.-Va.) (double 

sheet), b

Whitesburg (Ky.-Va.) ...............

Winchester (Va.-W. Va. )............

Wnnd«tnr>V tVa W Vn ^

Wytheville (Va.-N. C) ...............

Position of SE. 

corner of sheet.

Lat.

o / 

38 00 

37 00 

39 00 

38 00 

36 30 

36 30 

37 30 

37 30 

38 30 

37 00 

38 00 

38 00 

38 30 

37 30 

38 00 

36 30 

37 30 

37 30 

37 00 

38 00 

37 00 

38 00 

38 00 

37 30 

37 00 

39 00 

38 00 

37 00 

38 00 

38 00 

37 00 

37 30 

38 30 

38 45

37 00 

38 15 

39 00 

38 30 

36 30

Long.

o / 

75 00 

82 00 

77 30 

78 30 

80 30 

83 00 

80 00 

79 00 

78 00 

79 00 

79 30 

76 45 

77 00 

79 30 

76 30 

75 45 

81 30 

78 00 

77 15 

76 30 

81 00 

76 15 

75 30 

77 15 

79 30 

78 30 

76 00 

75 15 

77 30 

79 00 

81 30. 

82 00 

77 30 

76 45

82 30 

76 45 

78 00 

78 30 

81 00

Area covered.

i', degree . . . 

\ degree .... 

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do......

. f'B degree . . . 

{ degree .... 

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

5 degree .... 

i degree .... 

.....do......

iV degree . . . 

.....do......

T degree .... 

i\j degree... 

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

i degree .... 

.....do.....'. 

.....do...... 

t's degree... 

} degree .... 

.....do......

.....do...... 

.....do......

.....do......

i degree ....

i degree .... 

& degree . . . 

i degree .... 

.....do......

.....do......

Contour 

interval..

Feet. 

10 

100 

100 

100 

300 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

20 

50 

100 

20 

5 

100 

50 

20 

20 

100 

20 

10 

20 

100 

100 

20 

10 

50 

100 

100 

100 

50 

20

100 

20 

100 

100 

100

. Scale.

1 : 62500 

1 : 125000 

1 : 125000 

1 : 125000 

1 : 125000 

1 : 125000 

1 : 125000 

1 : 125000 

1 : 125000 

1 : 125000

] : 125000 

1 : 62500 

1 : 125000 

1 : 125000 

1 : 125000 

1 : 125000 

1:125000 

1:125000 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1 : 125000 

1 : 62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1 : 125000 

1 : 125000 

 1:125000 

1:62500 

1:125000 

1:125000 

1:125000 

1:125000 

1:125000 

1:62500

1:125000 

1:62500 

1:125000 

1:125000 

1 : 125000

Price.

Cents. 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

10 

5 

5 

5 

 5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

-5 

5 

5 

10

5 

5 

5 

5 

5

WASHINGTON.

Mount Stuart. .......................

47 30 

.47 30 

46 30 

48 00 

48 00 

47 00

120 00 

120 30 

120 30 

121 00 

120 00 

120 30

A degree .... 

.....do......

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do......

.....do......

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100

1:125000 

1:125000 

1:125000 

1 : 125000 

1:125000 

1:125000

5 

5

 , 5 

5

5 

5

aMontross, Piney Point, and Wicomico sheets, on scale of 1:62500, have been reduced and form 

parts ot Nomini sheet, on scale of 1:125000.

ft The west half of Washington sheet shows part of Mount Vernon quadrangle on larger scale.

c Point Lookout sheet, on scale of 1:62500, has been reduced and forms part of St. Mary sheet, on 

scale of 1:125000.
192 THE UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 227.

Published topographic atlas sheets, arranged by States Continued. 

WASHINGTON Continued.

Name of atlas sheet.

Portland (Oreg.-Wash.) . ............

Position of SE. 

corner of sheet.

Lat.

o /

45 30 

48 30 

47 30 

47 30 

47 00 

47 SO 

48 00 

47. 00

Long.

o / 

122 30 

118 30 

122 00 

122 15 

121 00 

117 00 

121 30 

122 00

Area covered.

^a degree... 

i degree .... 

.....do...... 

^6 degree... 

£ degree .... 

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do......

Contour 

interval.

Feet. 

25 

100 

50 

25 

100 

100 

. 100 

50

Scale.

1:62500 

1:125000 

1 : 125000 

1 : 62500 

1:125000 

1 : 125000 

1:125000 

1:125000

Price.

Cents. 

5 

6 

5 

5 

5 

5 

6 

5

WEST VIRGINIA.

Accident (Md.-Pa.-W. Va. ).........

Beverly (W. Va.-Va.) . ...............

Dublin (Va.-W. Va. ).................

Flintstone (Md.-W. Va.-Pa.) ........

Franklin (W. Va.-Va.) ..............

Frostburg (Md.-W. Va.-Pa. ).........

Guyandot ( W. Va.-Ohio) b. ..........

TTarif»nr»lr fW Vn Mr? Pn ^

Harpers Ferry (Va.-W. Va.-Md. ) . . . .

Huntington (W. Va.-Ohio-Ky.) b....

Kenova (Ky.-W. Va.-Ohio) .........

Monterey (Va.-W. Va.) ..............

Oakland (Md.-W. Va. )..............

Oceana (W. Va.-Va.-Ky.) ...........

Pawpaw (Md.-W. Va.-Pa.) ..........

Piedmont (W. Va.-Md.) .............

Staunton (Va.-W. Va.) ..............

Tazewell ( Va.-W. Va.) ..............

Warfleld ( W. Va.-Ky.-Va. )......:...

Wheeling (W. Va.-Ohio-Pa.) ........

Winchester (Va.-W. Va. )............

Woodstock (Va.-W. Va.) ............

39 30 

38 30 

38 30 

38 00 

37 00 

39 15 

37 00 

39 15 

39 30 

38 30 

39 30 

38 15 

39 30 

39 00 

37 30 

38 00 

38 00 

38 00 

38 00 

37 30 

38 15 

38 00 

39 30 

38 00 

39 15 

37 30 

39 30 

39 00 

37 00 

37 30 

39 00 

39 00 

38 GO38 30 

37 00 

37 30 

40 00 

39 00 

38 30

79 15 

79 30 

80 00 

81 30 

80 00 

80 15 

80 30 

80 00 

78 30 

79 00 

78 45 

82 15 

78 00 

77 30 

80 30 

80 00 

82 00 

81 00 

82 30 

80 00 

82 00 

79 30 

79 45 

80 30 

79 15 

81 30 

78 15 

79 00 

81 00 

81 00 

78 30 

79 30 

79 00 

80 30 

81 30 

82 00 

80 30 

, 78 00 

- 78 30

£, degree . . . 

j degree .... 

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do......

A degree . . . 

$ degree .... 

TV degree . . . 

.....do...... 

£ degree .... 

^degree... 

.....do......

.....do......

I degree .... 

.....do...... 

.....do......

.....do......

.....do...... 

.....do......

.....do......

& degree . . . 

£ degree .... 

^ degree . . . 

i degree .... 

T-V degree . . . 

J degree .... 

 h degree . . . 

i degree .... 

.....do......

.....do......

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do......

.....do...... 

TV degree . . . 

£ degree .... 

.....do......

20 

100 

100 

100 

100 

20 

100 

20 

20 

100 

20 

20 

20 

100 

100 

100 

100

 100

100 

100 

20 

100 

20 

100 

20 

100 

20 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

20 

100 

100

1 : 62500 

1 : 125000 

1 : 125000 

1 : 125000 

1 : 125000 

1 : 62500 

1 : 125000 

1 : 62500 

1 : 62500 

1 : 125000 

1 : 62500 

1 : 62500 

1 : C2500 

1 : 125000 

1 : 125000 

1:125000- 

1:125000 

1 : 125000 

1 1 125000 

1 : 125000 

1:62500 

1 : 125000 

1 : 62500 

1 : 125000 

1 : 62500 

1 : 125000 

1 : 62500 

1 : 125000 

1 : 125000 

1 : 125000 

1 : 125000 

1:125000 

1:125000 

1 : 125000 

1 : 125000 

1:125000 

1 : 62500 

1 : 125000 

1 : 125000

5 

5 

5 

5 

6 

5 

6 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

6 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5

aseattlesheeton scale of 1:62500 has been reduced and forms partof Seattle sheeton scaleof 1:125000. 

6 Guyandot and Milton sheets show parts of Huntington quadrangle on larger scale.
PUBLICATIONS: TOPOGKAPHIC ATLAS SHEETS. 193

Published topographic atlas sheets, arranged by States Continued. 

WISCONSIN.

Name of atlas sheet.

Elkader (lowa-Wis.) ................

Geneva ..............................

Mineral Point (Wis.-Ill.) . ...........

West Bend ...........................

(See also special maps, p. 196.)

Position of SE. 

corner of sheet.

Lat.

o / 

43 15 

42 45 

43 30 

42 30 

42 30 

.43 15 

42 45 

42 30 

42 45 

42 30 

43 15 

46 00 

42 30 

42 45 

42 30 

43 00 

43 00 

42 30 

42 45 

43 00 

43 15 

43 30 

43 15 

42 30 

45 15 

42 30 

42 30 

42 45 

43 00 

43 30 

43 00 

43 00 

43 00 

43 00 

45 15 

42 45

Long.

o / 

89 30 

87 45 

89 30 

89 15 

88- 30 

89 45 

88 15 

91 00 

89 15 

88 15

88 15 

88 30 

89 00 

88 45 

90 30 

89 15 

87 45 

90 00 

88 00 

88 15 

87 45 

89 15 

89 15 

87 45 

92 30 

88 45 

88 00 

89 00 

89 00 

89 45 

88 45 

88 30 

.88 00 ' 

91 00 

88 00 

88 30

Area covered.

& degree . . . 

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do......

.....do......

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

i degree .... 

T'B degree . . . 

.....do...... 

.....do......

.....do...... 

.....do......

.....do...... 

^ degree .... 

TV degree... 

.....do......

i degree.... 

 & degree . . . 

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do......

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do...... 

.....dp...... 

.....do......

.....do......

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

J degree .... 

& degree . . . 

.....do......

Contour 

interval.

. Feet. 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

' 20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20 

20

Scale.

1 : 62500 

1 : 62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1 : 62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:125000 

1:62500 

1:62500

1:62500

1 : G2500 

1:62500 

1:62500, 

1 : 125000 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:125000 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1 : 62500 

1 : 62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1 : 62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:125000 

1:62500 

1:62500

Price.

Cents. 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

.5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

6 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 '5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5

WYOMING.

Aladdin (Wyo.-S. Dak.-Mont.) ......

Canyon ( Yellowstone National 

Park-Wyo.).a

Fort Steele ..........................

44 30 

44 30

44 30 

44 00

44 30

44 30

44 00

41 30

104 00 

107 30

110 00 

107 00

109 30

107 00

106 30

106 30

£ degree.... 

.....do......

.....do...... 

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

50 

100

100 

100

100

100

100

25.50

1 : 125000 

1 : 125000

1 : 125000 

1 : 125000

1:125000

1 : 125000

1 : 125000

1 : 125000

5 

5

5

5

5

5

5

a Yellowstone National Park sheet includes Canyon, Gallatin, Lake, and Shoshone sheets. 

Bull. 227 04 13
194 THE UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SUKVEY. [BULL. 227.

Published topographic atlas sheets, arranged by States Continued. 

WYOMING Continued.

Name of atlas sheet.

Gallatin (Yellowstone National 

Park-Wyo.).«

Lake (Yellowstone National ParkWyo.).«

Patrick (Wyo -Nebr )

Shoshone (Yellowstone National 

Park- Wyo.). a

Sundance ( Wyo.-S. Dak. )............

Yellowstone National Park (Y. N. 

P.-Wyo.).a

(See also special maps, p. 196.)

Position of SE. 

corner of sheet.

Lat.

o / 

44 30

41 30 

43 30 

42 00 

40 30 

44 00 

44 00

41 00 

43 30 

43 30 

42 00 

44 00

44 00 

44 00

Long.

o / 

110 30

104 00 

110 30 

.104 30 

110 30 

109 30 

110 00

105 30 

110 00 

104 00 

104 00 

110 30

104 00 

110 00

Areacovered.

i degree ....

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do......

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do......

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do......

.....do...... 

1 degree....

Contour 

interval.

Feet. 

100

20 

100 

50 

100 

100 

100

50 

100 

50 

20 

100

50 

100

Scale.

1 : 125000

1 : 125000 

1 : 125000 

1 : 125000 

1 : 125000 

1 : 125000 

1 : 125000

1 : 125000 

1 : 125000 

1 : 125000 

1 : 125000 

1 : 125000

1:125000 

1 : 125000

Price.

Cents. 

5

5 

6 

5 

5 

5 

5

5 

5 

5 

5 

5

5 

20

YELLOWSTONE NATIONAL PARK.

Canyon (Yellowstone National 

Park, Wyo.). a

Gallatin (Yellowstone National 

Park, Wyo.). a

Lake (Yellowstone National ParkWyo.).«

Livingston (Mont.-Yellowstone National Park) .

Shoshone (Yellowstone National 

Park- Wyo. ).«

THreeforks (Mont.-Yellowstone Na- tional Park).

Yellowstone National Park (Y. N. 

.P.-Wyo.).«

44 30

44 30

44 00

45 00

44 00

45 00

44 00

110 00

110 30

110 00

110 00

110 30

111 00

110 00

£ degree....

.;...do.....:

.....do......

1 degree....

i degree....

1 degree....

.....do......

100

100

100

200

100

200

100

1 : 125000

1 : 125000

1 : 125000

1 : 250000

1 : 125000

1 : 250000

1 : 125000

5

. 5

5

5

5

5

20

a Yellowstone National Park sheet includes Canyon, Gallatin, Lake, and Shoshone sheets.
PUBLICATIONS: MAPS.

GENERAL, COMBINED, SPECIAL, AND FORESTRY MAIS.

195

In addition to the topographic atlas sheets, the Survey has prepared and printed 

certain general maps needed in its work; maps made by.combining certain topographic 

atlas sheets; special maps covering areas of peculiar economic importance; forestry maps.

General maps.

Locality.

Colorado:"

Connecticut:

Indian Territory:

Massachusetts:

Texas:

United States:

Number of 

sheets.

2 

2 

1

4 

1

3

1 

1 

3 

1 

1

Size.

Inches. 

30x47

43x54 

30x33

32x50 

31X34

49x76 

18X28 

11X16 

49x76 

18x28 

18x28

Scale.

Fractional.

1:380160 

1 : 125000 

1:500000

1:250000 

1 : 1584000

1:2500000 

1 : 7033000 

1 : 12925000 

1:2500000 

1:7033000 

1 : 7033000

Miles' 

tol 

inch.

6 

2 

8

4 

25

40 

111 

204 

40 

111 

111

Price.

Single.

Cents. 

30

30 

10

30 

15

60 

10 

5 

60 

10 

10

100 or 

more.

Cents. 

12

12 

4 

12 

6

24 

4 

2 

24 

4 

4

"Out of stock. 

Sheets formed by combination of atlas sheets.

Locality.

California:

California-Nevada: 

Lake Tahoe and vicinity" ......... ....

Massachusetts:

Missouri-Illinois: 

St. Louis ....................................................

Nebraska-Iowa: 

Omaha and vicinity ..............................

New Hampshire-Maine: 

Mount Washington and vicinity ". ................ .

New York: 

Albany and vicinity ..............................

Niagara River and vicinity .................

Oswego ...........................................

Rochester «.......................;............ .

Niagara Falls and vicinity. ................. .

New York-New Jersey: 

New York City and vicinity. .......

Ohio Kentucky: 

Cincinnati................................. . .

Pennsylvania-New Jersey-Delaware : 

Philadelphia and vicinity. ......................

Wyoming-Montana: 

Yellbwstone National Park a. ....................

Scale.

1:62500 

1:125000 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1 : 62500

1:62500 

1:62500 

1:62500 

1 : 125000

Contour 

interval.

Feet. 

50

100 

20 

20 

20 

20

20 

20 

20 

20 

20

20 

20 

20 

100

Price.

Single.

Cents. 

10

20 

10 

10 

10 

20

L'O 

10 

5 

.5 

10

25 

10 

20 

20

100 or 

more.

Cents. 

4

8 

4 

4 

4 

8

8 

4 

2 

2 

4

10 

4 

8 

8

Out of stock.
196 THE UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL. 227.

Special maps of exceptional economic importance. «

Locality.

Arizona:

Arkansas:

California:

TftvlorsvillG

Colorado:

Idaho-Montana:

Michigan:

Missouri-Kansas:

Montana:

Marysville .................................................

Nevada:

New, Jersey:

Oregon:

Texas:

Utah: 

Bingham (mining map) ...................................

Wisconsin:

Wyoming-Colorado:

Scale.

1:12000 

1:12000

1:62600

1:14400 

1 : 31680 

1 : 62500 

1 : 14400 

1:65500 

1 : 125000 

1 : 63360 

1:63360' 

1 : 14400 

1 : 62500 

1:62500 

1:250000 

1:250000 

1:31680

1 : 9600 

1 : 25000 

1:23600 

1 : 31680

1:62500 

1:62500 

1 : 62500

1 : 15000 

1 : 62500 

1:31250

1 : 12000 

1 : 14400 

1:62500 

1 : 50000

1:20000 

1:25000 

1:62500 

1:9600

1 : 125000 

1 : 125000

1:90000

Contour 

interval.

Feet. 

20 

20

20

20 

50 

50 

20 

100 

100 

100 

100 

20 

50 

100 

250 

250 

50

25 

50 

50 

100

50 

20 

10

20 

50 

50

20 

10 

100 

25

50 

50 

50 

20

20 

20

100

Price.

Single.

Cents.

5 

5

5

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

10 

10 

5

5 

5 

. 5 

5

10 

5 

10

10 

5 

5

5 

5 

5 

5

5 

5 

5 

10

5 

5

5

100 or 

more.

Cents. 

2 

2

2

2 

. 2 

2 

2 

2 

2 

2 

2 

2 

2 

2 

. 4 

4 

2

2 

2 

2 

2

4 

2 

4

4 

2 

2

2 

2 

65 

2

2 

2 

2

4

2 

2

2

"The Survey has issued a sheet of "conventional signs" used on its topographic maps; price, 5 

cents a single sheet; 2 cents each in lots of 100 or more. 

6 No wholesale rate for Crater Lake sheet.
PUBLICATIONS: MAPS AND TOPOGRAPHIC FOLIOS.

Forestry maps.

197

Locality. Scale. Contour 

interval.

Price.

Single. 100 or 

more.

New York:

Mount Marcy and vicinitya. 

Washington:

Seattle ......................

Tacoma .....................

Feet.

1:62500

1:125000 

1:125000

20

Cents. 

20

Cents.

Out of stock. i> No wholesale rate for forestry maps.

TOPOGRAPHIC FOLIOS.

The map sheets represent a great variety of topographic features, and with the aid 

of descriptive text they can be used to illustrate topographic forrns. This has led to 

the projection of an educational series of topographic folios, for use wherever 

geography is taught in high schools, academies, and colleges. Of this series three 

folios have been issued, viz:

Folios Nos. 1 and 2, each entitled "Physiographic Types," by Henry Gannett, and 

Folio No. 3, entitled " Physical Geography of the Texas Region," by Robert T. 

Hill. The prices of the three published folios are as follows: Folio No. 1, tiventyfive cents; Folio No. 2, twenty-five cents; Folio NCT. 3, fifty cents.

Contents of Topographic Folio No. 1:

A Region in Youth............................. Fargo, North Dakota-Minnesota.

A Region in Maturity......................... .Charleston, West Virginia.

A Region in Old Age...........................Caldwell, Kansas.

A Rejuvenated Region .............. ............Palmyra, Virginia.

A Young Volcanic Mountain ..................Mount Shasta, California.

Moraines.....'.................................. .Eagle, Wisconsin.

Drumlins.......................................Sun Prairie, Wisconsin.

.River Flood Plains............................ .Donaldsonville, Louisiana.

A Fiord Coast.................................. Boothbay, Maine.

A Barrier-Beach Coast .........................Atlantic City,New Jersey.

Contents of Topographic Folio No. %:

A Coast Swamp ................................Norfolk, Virginia-North Carolina.

A Graded River...............................'.Marshall, Missouri.

An Overloaded Stream........................ .Lexington, Nebraska.

Appalachian Ridges........................... .Harrisburg, Pennsylvania.

Ozark Ridges...................................PoteauMountain, Arkansas-Indian Territory.

Ozark Plateau.................................. Marshall, Arkansas.

Hogbacks ...................................... West Denver, Colorado. 

Volcanic Peaks, Plateaus, and Necks......... .Mount Taylor, New Mexico.

Alluvial Cones ................................ .Cucamonga, California.

A Crater........................................ Crater Lake Special, Oregon.

Contents of Topographic Folio No. 3:

Descriptive Text...............................:................................... .Pages 1-12.

Illustrations of Topographic Forms ................................................ Sheets I-V.

Maps Showing Types of Mountains ................................................Sheet VI.

Maps Showing Types of Plains and Scarps........................................ .Sheets VII-IX.

Maps Showing Types of Rivers and Canyons ..................................... .Sheet X.

Map of Texas aud Parts of Adjoining Territories................................. .Sheet XI.
GEOLOGICAL SURVEY PUBLICATIONS ON ALASKA. 

CHRONOLOGIC LIST OF PAPERS ON ALASKA.

1891.

RUSSELL, I. CV Account of an expedition to the Yukon Valley in 1889. In Eleventh 

Ann. Rept. U. S. Geol. Survey, pt. 1,1891, pp. 57-58. Extract from Professor 

Russell's complete report in Bull. Geol. Soc. America, vol. 1, 1890, pp. 

99-162.

 Account of an expedition to the vicinity of Mount St. Elias in 1890. In 

Twelfth Ann. Rept. U. S. Geol. Survey, pt. 1, 1891, pp. 59-61. A full report 

of this expedition was published in Nat. Geog. Mag., vol. 3, 1892, pp. 

53-203.

1892. "

DALL, W. H., arid HARRIS, G. D. Summary of knowledge of Neocene geology of 

Alaska. In Correlation Papers Neocene: Bull. U. S. Geol. Survey No. 84, 

1892, pp. 232-268.

HAYES, C. W. Account of an expedition through the Yukon district. In Thirteenth 

Ann. Rept. U. S. Geol. Survey, pt. 1, 1892, pp. 91-94. A complete report 

was published in Nat. Geog. Mag., vol. 4, 1892, pp. 117-162.

1893.

RUSSELL, I. C. Second expedition to Mount St. Elias, in 1891. In Thirteenth Ann. 

Rept. U. S. Geol. Survey, pt. 2, 1893, pp. 1-91.

1896.

DALL, W. H. Report on coal and lignite of Alaska. In Seventeenth Ann. Rept.

U. S. Geol. Survey, pt. 1, 1896, pp. 763-906. , 

REID, H. F. Glacier Bay and its glaciers. In Sixteenth Ann. Rept. U. S. Geol.

Survey, pt. 1, 1896, pp. 415-461. 

WALCOTT, C. D., Director. Account of an investigation of the gold and coal deposits

of southern Alaska. In Seventeenth Ann. Rept. U. S. Geol. Survey, pt. 1,

1896, pp. 56-59.

1897.

WALCOTT, C. D., Director. Account of a reconnaissance of the gold district of the 

Yukon region. In Eighteenth Ann. Rept. U. S. Geol. Survey, pt. 1, 1897, 

pp. 52-54.

1898.

BECKER, G. F. Reconnaissance of the gold fields of southern Alaska, with some 

notes on general geology. In Eighteenth Ann. Rept. U. S. Geol. Survey, 

pt. 3, 1898, pp. 1-86.

SPURR, J. E., and GOODRICH, H. B. Geology of the Yukon gold district, Alaska, 

by Josiah Edward Spurr; with an introductory chapter on the history and 

condition of the district to 1897, by Harold Beach Goodrich. In Eighteenth 

Ann. Rept. U. S. Geol. Survey, pt. 3, 1898, pp. 87-392. 

198
PUBLICATIONS ON ALASKA. 199

WALCOTT, C. D., Director. Account of operations in Alaska in 1898. In Nineteenth 

Ann. Kept. U. S. Geol. Survey, pt. 2, 1898, pp. 20, 53, 116-117.

Map .of Alaska, showing known gold-bearing rocks, with descriptive text containing 

sketches of the geography, geology, and gold deposits and routes to the gold 

fields. Prepared in accordance with Public Resolution No. 3 of the Fiftyfifth Congress, second session, approved January 20, 1898. Printed in the 

engraving and printing division of the United States Geological Survey, 

 Washington, D. C., 1898. 44 pp., 1 map. A special publication. The data 

were brought together by S. F. Emmons, aided by W. H. Dall and F. C. 

Schrader. (Out of stock.)

1899.

WALCOTT, C. D., Director. Account of operations in Alaska in 1899. In Twentieth 

Ann. Kept. U. S. Geol. Survey, pt. 1,1899, pp. 12, 52-53, 97,126-134.

Maps and descriptions of routes of exploration in Alaska in 1898, with general information concerning the Territory. (Ten maps in accompanying envelope.) 

Prepared in accordance Avith Public Resolution No. 25'of the Fifty-fifth 

Congress, third session, approved March 1, 1899. Printed in the engraving

and printing division of the United States Geological Survey, Washington, 

B.C., 1899: 138 pp., 10 maps in accompanying envelope. A special publication. Contributors: G. H. Eldridge, Robert Muldrow, J. E. Spurr, W. S. 

Post, W. C. Mendenhall, F. C. Schrader, W. J. Peters, A. H. Brooks, and 

E. C. Barnard. (Out of stock.)

1900.

BAKER, MARCUS. . Alaskan geographic names. In Twenty-first Ann. Rept. U. S. 

. Geol. Survey, pt. 2, 1900, pp. 487-509.

BROOKS, A. H. A reconnaissance from Pyramid Harbor to Eagle City, Alaska, 

including a description of the copper deposits of the upper White and Tanana 

rivers. In Twenty-first Ann. Rept. U. S. Geol. Survey, pt. 2, 1900, pp. 

331-391.

 A reconnaissance in the Tanana and White river basins, Alaska, in 1898.

In Twentieth Ann. Rept. U. S. Geol. Survey, pt. 7, 1900, pp. '425-494. 

ELDRIDGE, G. H. A reconnaissance in the Sushitna Basin and adjacent territory,

Alaska, in 1898. In Twentieth Ann. Rept. U. S. Geol. Survey, pt. 7, 1900,

pp. 1-29. 

GANNETT, HENRY. Altitudes in Alaska. Bull. U. S. Geol. Survey No. 169, 1900,

13 pp. 

MENDENHALL, W. C. A reconnaissance from Resurrection Bay to the Tanana River,

Alaska, in 1898. In Twentieth Ann. Rept. U. S. Geol. Survey, pt. 7, 1900,

pp. 265-340. 

ROHN, OSCAR. A reconnaissance of the Chitina River and the Skolai Mountains,

Alaska. In Twenty-first Ann. Rept. U. S. Geol. Survey, pt. 2, 1900, pp.

393-440. 

SCHRADER, F. C. A reconnaissance of a part of Prince William Sound and the Copper

River district, Alaska, in 1898. In Twentieth Ann. Rept. U. S. Geol. Survey,

pt. 7, 1900, pp. 341-423.

 Preliminary report on a reconnaissance along the Chandlar and Koyukuk 

rivers, Alaska, in 1899. In Twenty-first Ann. Rept. U. S. Geol. Survey, pt. 2, 

1900, pp. 441^86.

 and BROOKS, A. H. Preliminary report on the Cape Nome gold region, 

Alaska; with maps and illustrations. Washington, Government Printing 

Office, 1900. 56 pp., 3 maps, and 19 pis. A special publication of the United 

States Geological Survey.
200 THE UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SUEVEY. [BULL. 227.

SPURR, J. E. A reconnaissance in southwestern Alaska in 1898. In Twentieth Ann. 

Kept. U. S. Geol. Survey, pt. 7, 1900, pp. 31-264.

WALCOTT, C- D-, Director. Account of operations in Alaska in 1900. In Twenty-first 

Ann. Rept. U. £. Geol. Survey, pt. 1, 1900, pp. 17-18, 86, 145-149.

1901.

BROOKS, A. H. An occurrence of stream tin in the York region, Alaska. In Mineral 

Eesources of the U. S. for 1900, U. S. Geol. Survey, 1901, pp. 267-271. 

Published also as a separate, Washington, Government Printing Office, 1901, 

cover and pp. 1-5.

 The coal resources of Alaska. In Twenty-second Ann. Kept. U. S. Geol. Survey, pt. 3, 1901, pp. 515-571.

 RICHARDSON, G. B., and COLLIER, A. J. A reconnaissance of the Cape Nome 

and adjacent gold fields of Seward Peninsula, Alaska, in 1900. In a special 

publication of the United States Geological Survey, entitled "Reconnaissances in the Cape Nome and Norton Bay regions, Alaska, in 1900," Washington, Government Printing Office, 1901, pp. 1-180.

MENDENHALL, W. C. A reconnaissance in the Norton Bay region, Alaska, in 1900. 

In a special publication of the United States Geological Survey, entitled, 

"Reconnaissances in the Cape Nome and Norton Bay regions, Alaska, in

1900." Washington, Government Printing Office, 1901, pp. 181-218. 

SCHRADER, F. C., and SPENCER, A. C. The geology and mineral resources of a 

 portion of the Copper River district, Alaska. A special publication of the 

United States Geological Survey, Washington, Government Printing Office,

1901. pp. 1-94.

WALCOTT, C. LX, Director. Account of operations in Alaska in 1901. In Twentysecond Ann. Rept. U. S. Geol. Survey, pt. 1, 1901, pp. 35, 95-99, 144, 

166-170.

' 1902.

BROOKS, A. H. Preliminary report on the Ketchikan mining district, Alaska, with 

an introductory sketch of the geology of southeastern Alaska. Professional 

. Paper U. S. Geol. Survey No. 1, 1902, pp. 1-120.

COLLIER, A. J. A reconnaissance of the northwestern portion of Seward Peninsula, 

Alaska. Professional Paper U. S. Geol. Survey No. 2, 1902, pp. 1-70.

MENDENHALL, W. C. A reconnaissance from Fort Hamlin to Kotzebue Sound, 

Alaska, by way of Ball, Kanuti, Alien, and Kowak rivers. Professional 

Paper U. S. Geol. Survey No. 10, 1902, pp. 1-68.

WALCOTT, C. D., Director. Account of operations in Alaska in 1902. In Twentythird Ann. Rept. U. S. Geol. Survey, 1902, pp. 20, 21, 57, 71-82, 161.

1903.

BAKER, MARCUS. Geographic dictionary of Alaska. Bull. U. S. Geol. Survey No.

187, 1902, pp. 1-446. 

BROOKS, A. H. Placer gold mining in Alaska in 1902. In Contributions to economic

geology, 1902: Bull. U. S. Geol. Survey No. 213,1903, pp. 41-48.

 Stream tin in Alaska. In Contributions to economic geology, 1902: Bull.

U. S. Geol. Survey No. 213,1903, pp. 92-93. 

COLLIER, A. J. Coal resources of the Yukon Basin, Alaska. In Contributions to

economic geology, 1902: Bull. U. S. Geol. Survey No. 213, 1903, pp.'276-283.

 The coal resources of the Yukon, Alaska. Bull. U. S. Geol. Survey No. 218, 

1903, pp. 1-71.
PUBLICATIONS ON ALASKA. 201

COLLIER, A. J. The Glenn Creek gold mining district, Alaska. In Contributions to 

economic geology, 1902: Bull. U. S. Geol. Survey No. 213,1903, pp. 49-56.

MENDENHALL, W. C. The Chistochina gold field, Alaska. In Contributions to 

economic geology, 1902: Bull. TJ. S. Geol. Survey No. 213,1903, pp. 71-75.

 and SCHRADER, F. C. Copper deposits of the Mount Wrangell region, Alaska. 

In Contributions to economic geology, 1902: Bull. U. S. Geol. Survey No. 213,

1903. pp. 141-148.

 The mineral resources of the Mount Wrangell district, Alaska. Professional 

Paper U. S. Geol. Survey No. 15, 1903, pp. 1-71.

WALCOTT, C. D.,.Director. Account of operations in Alaska in 1903. In Twentyfourth Ann. Kept. U. S. Geol, Survey, 1903, pp. 78-107, 167, 256.

1904.

BROOKS, A. H. Placer gold mining in Alaska in 1903. In Contributions to economic 

geology, 1903: Bull. U. S. Geol. Survey No. 225, 1904, pp. 43-59.

COLLIER, A. J. Tin deposits of the York region, Alaska. In Contributions to economic geology, 1903: Bull. U. S. Geol, Survey No. 225, 1904, pp. 154-167.

MARTIN, G. C. Petroleum fields of Alaska, and the Bering Elver coal field.. In 

Contributions to economic geology, 1903: Bull. U. .S: Geol. Survey No. 225,

1904. pp. 365-382.

MOFFIT, F. H. The Kotzebue placer-gold field of Seward Peninsula,. Alaska. In 

Contributions to economic geology, 1903: Bull. U. S. Geol. Survey No. 225, 

' 1904, pp. 74-80.

PRINDLE, L. M. Gold placers of the Fairbanks district, Alaska. In Contributions to 

economic geology, 1903: Bull. U. S. Geol. Survey No. 225, 1904, pp. 64-73.

SCHRADER, F. C., and PETERS, W. J. A reconnaissance in northern Alaska across 

the Kocky Mountains, along the Koyukuk, John, Anaktuvuk, and Colville 

rivers, and the Arctic coast to Cape Lisburne, in 1901. Professional Paper 

U. S. Geol. Survey No. 20, 1904, pp. 1-139.

SPENCER, A. C. The Juneau gold belt, Alaska. In Contributions to economic geology, 1903: Bull. U. S; Geol. Survey No. 225, 1904, pp. 28-42.

WRIGHT, C. W. The Porcupine placer mining district, Alaska. In Contributions 

to economic geology, 1903: Bull. U. S. Geol. Survey No. 225,1904, pp. 60-63.

PAPERS ON ALASKA-IN PREPARATION.

BROOKS, A. H. A reconnaissance in the Mount McKinley region, Alaska.

 Geography of Alaska.

COLLIER, A. J. Placer mines of the Nome region, Alaska.

 Tin ores of the York region, Alaska.

 and HOLLICK, C. A. The geology of the Yukon.

MENDENHALL, W. C. The geology of the central Copper River Basin.

MOFFIT, F. H. A reconnaissance of the northwestern portion of Seward Peninsula.

PRINDLE, L. M. A reconnaissance of the Fortymile, Birch Creek, and Fairbanks

gold placer districts, Alaska.

SCHRADER, F. C. The geology of the upper Copper and Tanana rivers. 

SPENCER, A. C. The geology of the Treadwell mines, Alaska.

 The Juneau gold belt, Alaska.
202 THE UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY. [BULL.227.

TOPOGRAPHIC MAPS OF ALASKA.

Cape Nome and adjacent gold fields; scale 1:250000. E. C. Barnard.

Chitinaand lower Copper River region; scale 1:250000. T. G. Gerdine and D. C.

Witherspoon. 

Cook Inlet, head of, to the Tanana via Matanuska and Delta rivers, also part of Kenai

Peninsula; scale 1:625000. W. C. Mendenhall. 

Cook Inlet, region from head of, to Kuskokwirn River and down the Kuskokwim

to Bering Sea, Bristol Bay, and a part of Alaska Peninsula; scale 1:625000.

W. S. Post. 

Copper River region; scale 1:376000. Lieut. P. G. Lowe, Emil Mahlo, and F. C.

Schrader.

Copper, upper, and Chistochina rivers; scale 1:250000. T. G. Gerdine. 

Copper, Nabesna, and Chisana rivers, headwaters of; scale 1:250000. D. C.

Witherspoon.

Fort Yukon to Kotzebue Sound, including Dall, Alatna, and Koyuk rivers and Old 

Man Creek; scale, 1:625000. D. L. Reaburn.

Fortymile quadrangle; scale, 1:250000. E. C. Barnard.

Koyukuk River to mouth of Colville River, including John River; scale, 1:625000.

W. J. Peters. .

Koyukuk and Chandlar rivers, portions of; scale, 1:625000. T. G. Gerdine. 

Lynn Canal, routes from, via headwaters of White and Tanana rivers to Eagle City;

scale, 1:625000. W. J. Peters. 

Norton Bay region; scale, 1:625000. W. J. Peters. 

Prince William Sound, sketch map of. Emil Mahlo. 

Prince William Sound and vicinity; scale, about 1:376000. Emil Mahlo. 

Seward Peninsula, northwestern part of; scale, 1:250000. T. G. Gerdine. 

Sushitna River and adjacent territory; scale, 1:625000. Robert Muldrow. 

Tanana and White rivers, portions of; scale, 1:625000. W. J. Peters. 

York and Kugruk regions, sketch maps of. A. H. Brooks.

TOPOGRAPHIC MAPS OP ALASKA IN PREPARATION.

General map of Alaska; scale, 1:2500000. R. U. Goode. 

Eagle-Goodpaster region, Alaska; scale, 1:250000. T. G. Gerdine. 

Fairbanks-.Birch Creek region, Alaska; scale, 1:250000. T. G. Gerdine. 

Mount McKinley region; scale, 1:625000. D. L. Reaburn. 

Juneau Special district; scale, 1:62500. - W. J. Peters.

Seward Peninsula, northeastern portion of, topographic reconnaissance of; scale, 

1:250000. D. C. Witherspoon.
INDEX.

Page. 

Accounts, division of disbursements and

accounts, workof............... 19-21

Administrative branch, organization and

work of......................... 16-24

Alaska, climate, vegetation, and resources

of............................... 39

coast line and islands of ............... 38-39

field work in, methods of............... 41

geography of ........................... 33-39

investigations in, history of ............ 31-33

map showing progress of........... 46

results of........................... 43^18

location, area, and boundaries of...... 33-34

mountains of........................... 34-36

rivers of................................ 36-38

Alaskan mineral resources, division of,

work of ........................ 39-48

Alaskan Range, Alaska, features of........ 35

Aleutian Range, Alaska, features of........ 35

Anoka, Minn., gaging station at, plate

showing........................ 82

Appalachian region, work in, value of...... 16

Appointments, record of ................... 17

Appropriations, amoun t of................. 11

Astronomic location,' condition of primary

control and, map showing...... 70

Base lines, measurement of................ 65

Bench marks, description of............... 07-68

Books. See Library; Publications. 

Bridge gaging station, view of, plate showing ............................. 82

Cable gaging station, view of, plate showing ............................. 82

Chemical laboratory, work of.............. 14

Chemical and physical researches, division

of, work of...................... 50-55

Chemistry, section of, work of ............. 50-53

Chevy Chase, Md., rating current meters at,

plate showing apparatus for.... 84

Classification of rocksystems, tab! e showing. 29 

Coast Range, Alaska, width and altitude of. 34 

Coast and Geodetic Survey, work of........ 9

Computing, section of triangulation and,

work of......................... 64-70

Contour lines,definition andexplanation of. 58-59 

Contour map, figure showing ideal view

and............................. 58

See also Topographic map. 

Cooperation in topographic mapping ....'.. 60

Copperplate engraving, method of......... 114

Correspondence, filing and reference of.. . . 17 

Correspondence, record, supplies, and shipments, section of, organization 

and work of..................... 16-17

Page. 

Cripple Greek-, Colo., work at............... 31

Current meters, apparatus for rating, plate.

showing........................ 84

description and use of.................. 83-84

view of, plate showing................. 84

Director, duties of.......................... 10

Disbursements and accounts, division of,

work of......................... 19-21

Disbursing agents, duties of................ 20

Discharge measurements, methods of making ............................. 83

Documents, division of, work of ........... 117

Editorial division, work of................ 93-113

Electric current meter, view of, plate showing ............................. 84

Engraving and printing, division of, work 

. of.......................... 14,113-117

Exchanges of publications, method of..... 22-23

Executive division, organization and work

of............................... 16-19

Folios. Sec Geologic folios.

Forestry, division of geography and, work

of............................ 15,71-74

Formations, method of representing, map

showing........................ 39

symbols used on geologic maps to represent ........................ 100-101

Fortieth Parallel Survey, area surveyed by. 9

Gaging stations, location of, maps showing. 80,81

views of, plates showing ............... 82,84

work at. ................................ 82-83

Geographic Names, cooperation with United

States Board on .............. 106-107

Geographical Survey west of the One Hundredth Meridian, area surveyed 

by.............................. 9

Geographical and Geological Survey of the 

Rocky Mountain Region, area 

surveyed by.................... 9-10

Geography and forestry, division of, work

of.................................. 15,71-74

Geologic branch, economic value of work

of............................... 16

organization and work of .............. 24-55

Geologic field parties, location of, map

showing........................ 28

Geologic folios, contents of................ 99-100

number printed........................ 116

Geologic formations, method of representing, map showing.............. 30

Geologic maps, editorial work on ......... 98-103

engraving of, method of................. 115

symbols used on, to represent rocks.. 100-101 

uses, scale, method of making, etc..... 27-29

203
204 INDEX.

Page. 

Geologic mapping, progress of............. 14

Geological Exploration of Fortieth Parallel,

area surveyed by............... 9

Geological Survey, appropriation for....... 11

creation of, date of..................... 9

functions of ............................ 10-11

general results achieved by ............ 14-16

organization of......................... 12-13

Geological and Geographical Survey of the

Territories, area surveyed by... 9 

Geology and paleontology, division of, organization and work of................. 24-31

Half-tone process, use of ................... 109

Havre, Mont., gaging station at, plate

showing........................ 82

Hayden, F. V., area surveyed under direction of.......................... 9

Hayden Survey, area surveyed by.......... 9

Hydro-economics, division of, work of ..... 88-90

Hydrographic branch, work of.......... 15,74-93

Hydrography, division of, work of.......... 75-84

Hydrology, division of, work of............ 84-88

Igneous rocks, symbols representing, on

geologic maps................ 100-101

Illustrations, section of, work of ......... 108-110

Indexes, preparation of.................... 95

Inspection of surveying and mapping, section of, work of..................70-71

Instruments, section of, work of............ 18

Irrigation projects,location of.mapshowing 80 

King, Clarence, area surveyed under direc-

 tion of.......................... 9

King Survey, area surveyed by ............ 9

Lake Superior region, work in, value of.... 16

Leadville, Colo., work at................... 16,31

Letters, filing and reference of............. 17

Library, work of.......:.................... 21-24

Mail, filing and reference of................ 17

Manuscript, preparation of................. 94

Maps, engraving of, method of............. 114

See also Geologic maps; Topographic 

maps.

Metamorphic rocks, symbols representing,

on geologic maps............. 100-101

Milk River, Mont., gaging station on, plateshowing........................ 82

Mineral resources, division of mining and,

organization and work of...... 48-50

Mineral statistics, collection of............. '48-49

Mineralogy, work in ....................... 51

Mining and mineral resources, division of,

organization and work of...... 48-50

Miscellaneous division, work of............ 16

Mississippi River, gaging station on, plate

showing........................ ' 82

One HundredthMeridian,Geographical Survey west of, area surveyed by.. 9 

Organization, units of...................... 12-13

Paleontologic section, work of............. 14

Paleontology, division of geology and, organization and work of ........ 24-31

Persons employed, number of.............. 12,13

Petrographic-laboratory, work of .......... 14

Photographic laboratory, equipment of.... Ill

Photography, section of, work of......... 110-] 13

Page 

Physical laboratory, work of............... 14

Physical and chemical researches, division

Of, work of...................... 50-55

Physics, section of, work of................ 53-55

Powell, J. W., area surveyed under direction of.......................... 9-10

Powell Survey, area surveyed by .......... 9rlO

Price current meter, description of ........ 83-84

view of, plate showing................. 84

Primary control, condition of astronomic

location and, map showing..... 70

Primary traverse, office work on........... 70

use of................................... 66

Printing. See Engraving and printing.

Proof, treatment of......................... 95

Publication branch, work of .............. 93-118

Publications, exchange of.................. 22-23

summary of, by years .................. 95-98

Purchases, record of, method of keeping... 17 

Rating current meters, apparatus for, plate

showing........................ 84

Reclamation service, work of.............. 91-93

Records. See Correspondence, records, supplies, and shipments. 

Reservoir sites, surveys for................. 77-78

River stations, location of, maps showing.. 80,81

See also Gaging stations. 

Rizer, H. C., letter of transmittal by ....... 7

Rock systems and series, table showing.... 29

Rocks, symbols used on geologic maps to

represent ...................... 100-101

Rocky Mountain Region, Geographical and 

Geological Survey of, area surveyed by ....................... 9-10

St. Elias Range, Alaska, features of........ 34-35

Scale of topographic maps.................. 50,60

Sedimentary rocks, symbols representing,

on maps........................ 100

Shipments. See Correspondence, records,

supplies, and shipments. 

Spirit leveling, work in .................... 66-69

Statistics of mineral production, collection

of............................... 48-49

Stream measurements, location of, maps

showing........................ 80,81

work on ................................ 79-84

Supplies. Sec Correspondence, records, supplies, and shipments. 

Surveys, classes of.......................... 56

Telluride, Colo., geologic map and section

of region near.................. 30

Territories, Geological and Geographical

Survey of, area surveyed by.... 9

Texts, editorial work on.................... 94-98

Topographic branch, organization and work

of............................... 55-74

Topographic field parties, location of, map

showing........................ 62

Topographic mapping, cooperation with

' Statesin....'.................... 60

Topographic maps, editorial work on.... 104-108

features shown on...................... 57-59

method of engraving .................. 114

number printed........................ 116

number of and area represented by.... 14
INDEX, 205

Page. 

Topographic maps, scale of ................ 56,60

.uses of.................................. 14,59

Topographic records, method of keeping.. 19 

Topographic surveys, areas covered by, map

showing........................ 64

cost of.................................. 63

 field work in, method of ............... 61-63

Topographic work, increase in............. 12

results of............................... 63

Topography, division of, work of.......... 65-71

Traverse, primary, use of.................. 66

Triangulation, instruments used in........ 65

office work in .......................... 69

Page. 

Triangulation and computing, section of,

work of......................... 64-70

Underground waters, study of............. 84-88

work on, maps showing progress of .... 86,87

Vouchers, preparation and disposal of..... 20-21

Waters, analyses of, work on............... 51

Weir gaging station, plate showing........ 84

Wheeler, G. M., area surveyed under direction of... 1...................... 9

Wheeler Survey, area surveyed by......... 9

Yukon Plateau, Alaska, features of........ 35

Yukon River, Alaska, course and character of......................... 37-38

o

44. Bibliography of North American geology for 1886, by Nelson Horatio Darton. 1887._ 35 pp. 

75. Record of North American geology for 1887-1889, - - -

PUBLICATIONS OF UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

[Bulletin No. 227.]

The serial publications of the United States Geological Survey consist of (1) Annual 

Reports, (2) Monographs, (3) Professional Papers, (4) Bulletins, (5) Mineral Kesources, (6) Water-Supply and Irrigation Papers, (7) Topographic Atlas of United 

States folios and separate sheets thereof, (8) Geologic Atlas of United States 

folios thereof. The classes numbered 2, 7, and 8 are sold at cost of publication; the 

others are distributed free. A circular giving complete lists may be had on application.

The Bulletins, Professional Papers, and AVater-Supply Papers treat of a variety of 

subjects, and the total number issued is large. They have therefore been classified 

into the following series: A, Economic geology; B, Descriptive geology; C, Systematic 

geology and paleontology; D, Petrography and mineralogy; E, Chemistry and physics; F, Geography; G, Miscellaneous; H, Forestry; I, Irrigation; J, Water storage; 

K, Pumping water; L, Quality of water; M, General hydrographic investigations; 

N, Water power; 0, Underground waters; P, Hydrographic progress reports. This 

bulletin is the twenty-seventh in Series G, the complete list of which follows (all are 

bulletins thus far):

BULLETINS, SERIES G, MISCELLANEOUS.

2. Gold and silver conversion tables, giving the coining values of troy ounces of fine metal, etc.

computed by Albert Williams, jr. 1883. 8 pp.. 

7. Mapoteca geologica Americana: A catalogue of geological maps of America (North and South),

1752-1881, in geographic and chronologic order, by Jules Marcou and John Belknap Marcou.

1884. 184pp.

25. The present technical condition of the steel industry of the United States, by Phineas Barnes.

1885. 85pp.

26. Cppper smelting, _by Henry M. Howe. 1885. 107pp.

"iy'_ -_.-___-_....._ ... _.... .. fr.

inclusive, by Nelson Horatio Barton. 1891.

91. Record of North American geology for 1890, by Nelson Horatio Carton. 1891. 88 pp. 

99. Record of North American geology for 1891, by Nelson Horatio Darton. 1892. 73 pp. 

' 100. Bibliography and index of the publications of the U. S. Geological Survey, 1879-1892, by Philip

Creveling Warman. 1893. 495 pp.

127. Catalogue and index of contributions to North American geology, 1732-1891, by Nelson Horatio 

Darton. 1896. 1,045 pp.

130. Bibliography and index of North American geology, paleontology, petrology, and mineralogy 

for 1892 and 1893, by Fred B9ughton Weeks. 1896. 210 pp.

131. Report of progress of the division of hydrography for the .calendar years 1893 and 1894, by

Frederick Haynes Newell. 1895. 126pp. 

135. Bibliography and index of North American geology, paleontology, petrology, and mineralogy

for the year 1894, by Fred Boughton Weeks. 1896. 141 pp. 

140. Report of progress of the division of hydrography for the calendar year 1895, by Frederick

Haynes Newell. 1896. 356 pp. 

146. Bibliography and index of North American geology, paleontology, petrology, and mineralogy

for the year 1895, by Fred Boughton Weeks. 1896. 130 pp. 

149. Bibliography and index of North American geology, paleontology, petrology, and mineralogy

for the year 1896, by Fred Boughton Weeks. 1897. 152 pp. 

156. Bibliography and index of North American geology, paleontology, petrology, and mineralogy

for the year 1897, by Fred Boughton Weeks. 1898. 130 pp. 

162. Bibliography and index of North American geology, paleontology, petrology, and mineralogy

for the year 1898, by Fred Boughton Weeks. 1899. 163 pp. 

172. Bibliography and index of North American geology, paleontology, petrology, and mineralogy

for the year 1899, by Fred Boughton Weeks. 1900. 141 pp. 

177. Catalogue and index of the publications of the United States Geological Survey, 1880-1901, by

Philip Creveling Warman. 1901. 858 pp.

188. Bibliography of North American geology, paleontology, petrology, and mineralogy for the 

years 1892-1900, inclusive, by Fred Boughton Weeks. 1902. 717 pp.

189. Index to North American geology, paleontology, petrology, and mineralogy for the years

1892-1900, inclusive, by Fred Boughton Weeks. 1902. 337pp. 

203. Bibliography and index of North American geology, paleontology, petrology, and mineralogy

for the year 1901, by Fred Boughton Weeks. 1902. 144 pp. 

215. Catalogue and index of the publications of the United States Geological Survey, 1901 to 1903j

by Philip Creveling Warman. 1903. 234 pp.

221. Bibliography and index of North American geology, paleontology, petrology, and mineralogy 

for the year 1902, by Fred Boughton Weeks. 1903. 200 pp.

222. Catalogue and index of the publications of the Hayden, King, Powell, and Wheeler surveys, by

L. F. Schmeckebier. 1904. 208 pp. 

227. The United States Geological Survey, its origin, development, organization, and operations.

1904. 205pp.

Correspondence should be addressed to

The DIRECTOR,

UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY, 

APRIL, 1904. WASHINGTON, D. C.

173 pp. 

ord o

LIBRARY CATALOGUE SLIPS.

[Mount each slip upon a separate card, placing the subject at the top of the 

second slip. The name of the series should not be repeated on the series 

card, but the additional numbers- should be added, as received, to the first 

entry.]

U. S. Geological survey.

. . . The United States Geological survey, its origin, 

development, organization, and operations. Washington, Gov't print, off., 1904.

205, III p. illus., 9 pi. (incl. maps). 23£cm. (Bulletin no. 227.) 

Subject series G, Miscellaneous, 27. 

"Publications of the U. S. Geological survey:" p. 119-197. 

"Geological survey publications on Alaska:" p. 198-202.

U. S. Geological survey.

. . . The United States Geological survey, its origin, 

development, organization, and operations. Washington, Gov't print, off., 1904.

205, III p. illus., 9 pi. (incl. maps). 23icm . (Bulletin no. 227.) 

Subject series G, Miscellaneous, 27.

"Publications of the U. S. Geological survey:" p. 119-197. 

"Geological survey publications on Alaska:" p. 198-202.

U. S. Geological survey.

£ Bulletins «

« no. 227. The U. S. Geological Survey, its origin, development, organization, and operations. 1904.

U. S. Dept. of the Interior.

a>

| see also

<££ U. S. Geological survey.

Bull. 227 04 14